1996 by harken_procare

,:: ..

.. ..... ,y.

. ;

....

......... ., . . ' , * . ....... , . .,. ..... -....

:C. ,

..#B'

:, . . .;; ", . . . . .. .. .. .. .. . . . .: .,:

. :

1. . ,

...

~-:p.' ;T;F .v. . . . . . . .

' .

, -

'. 3.

V" .

..;

.:.j

..'

l ; :

, .

...

./;

....

K?.. ;... . .

, . .

. .

'GP,

,a,,

k. .., *'

. . . .

L.,. ' . . *

+ .

, ' : '

: .I .\.,.L, I. j

! .. ,

,1.

. ,. . ....

. . . i

. , ;

.?.

'::+ ....j

..............

....

:.. .:.

! .

.-d.

....

p,. . .

Q:.: !' .<

i.. .. . . .

?%' .,.

E."

4r America's Cup

Three years ago we accepted the challenge of building America's Cup winches. This was a major undemking and as m e new guys on the docK we would have to offer superior weight, performanceand reliabiliiy. The results were all that we could have hoped for- both the defender, Young America, and the winner, Team New Zeabnd's Black Magic, were completely equipped Harken winches and hardware. This was a first in mod~ . with . em Cup histoly We are proud of this achievement and ofour international team of employeesand suppliers in L o m m , Pewaukee, La Rochdle, NewDolt, and San Dieao who worked tooetherto desian. build and service these winchesand the hardware. i h e tichnology transfer has already begun. AtmeriGi Cup winches, modified for offshore use underthe IMS rule, are sailing on the Bruce Fan designed, Cookson buiit 80 footer Sayonalil and are being Mted to the new Boomerang,an 80 foot Goetz built German Frers design. ~

': :

~~~~~~

. :

The lnfonnation RevoMion

8.i Li 15

Sa~ecnngme ngm nardware lor your ooar an't easy Sa ILng IS hlghly rechnlca and you nave to cnoose from tnO~SandSof pr0aLct.s own wnnout adequate lntormaton about the nardware or your boar The stakes are n gh Choose the nghl gear be t a fulllng system, wndwam sheer ng traveler or hydraul~cW nch ana your boar IS faster and easler to sa 1 Cnoose me wrona- .Dr0dJd and the resJlts can be dlsastro~sWe have made a senoLs long-term commibnentto make the proper information available to you. This catalog is the most comprehensive and informative in Me industry. We continue to expand the reference sections and to refni e the use charts j so that you can always select the right gear. ' Our Compu-Spec" sofhvare package is at the major boat shows and in hundreds of marine stores worldwide. R contains a huae database of information, including a library of over 1400 boats and all of ourequipment. It can match the right hardware to your loads and also contains several hundred standard packages preseiected by our hardware experts. It is continuously updated and made more user-friendly with every release. New store disphys and p a W i n g are making it easier to find what YOU want and understand how our ~roductsw o h We are strivlno to upgrade every storein the world with the right mix of product, better layouts, and more information. Our tecnn cal service staff has expanded over the years and they are avai aole to answer yoJr cal sana questions, b ~more t imponantry, they work hard to train dealers throuQn seminars offered woddw de. In mid-1995 we went on linion the lnternet with a Harken site full of information, news, racing and rigging tips, worldwide dealer information, photos of hardware and boats, and a selection of system layout drawings. Please sail onto the "Nerat our site- Mtp:l/www.paw.c~m/SaiVharken/~ - - ..-.- ..-. .-..- ..-..-. .---

The new Unit00 is the in e brolner of our extremey popu ar MKll fur ing systems It fearures a uniq~etorsonally ng~done plece rleli-Foil" wnch e rhe product of three years of research. Jnfl00 IS a mus fortrailerable racino, ana small cnislno ooats. New Badcars'are offerea to red~Ce weight and cost.We have two new versions of the 16 mm AirBlocksW,which are perfect for h i - l o i controls on dinahvs. The Raidead" is a sculDted eyestrap for cams which is offered in four colors and Mere are several new travekr control blocks to solve difficult problems. There5 a lot more coming and if you want to be the first to know what's new, see us at the fall and winter shows worldwide or join us on the "Net". ~

Peter Harken

Olaf Harken

~~~~~

3 HOW TO USE YOUR CATALOG I Small eoaf Blocks Pages 13 - 33

Gmss-Trimfine-Tune S ~ m s Pages 34 - 38

How to Find Hardware Index ...--.. Parts are listed alpnabellca on pages 210 thr0~gn214.Parts are I slea severa times DY a I common dercnpr~onsso tne ndex is easv 10 Jse. P a t j are lhsteo numencall,. ov. part number on pages 215 to 223.

Thumb lndex The back cover lists the man sections of the catalog. Pages are marked to correspond. To use, start with your Murnb on the category mark on the back cover and flip into the catdog until the category tabs on Me page edges appear. ~

Sections The catalog is organized into sections by hardware families.

Mid-Range Blocks Pages 39 - 46

Big Boat Blocks

Pages 47 - 76

Choosing the Right Hardware System Drawings Pages 193 to 209 show sketches of typical hardware systems to help you design a good layoutfor your boat.

Feature Pages Each of Me major sections of the catalog begins with a visual explanation of the features which make Harken products unique.

Use and Selection Charts At the beginning of most sections you will find a chart which shows the correct size or type of gear to use for different boats.

Reference Paoes Pages 190 to l& show breaking strength of common sizes of wire and rope, formulas CustomHardware Pages 77 - 80

Complementary Hardware Pages 81 - 104

for calculating loading on block, metric conversions and other useful information.

Additional Help ~ddressesand phone Numbers Page 224 and 1he insloe bacr cover conta n a tsllna of hawen aaoresses, le eDhona and fax numbers. It also contains a list of ~arken'sinternationaldistributors.

O HARKEN YACHTEQUIPMENT OlNiSionolHarken, Inc. 1996 NI RigMS ReseNed NO pOnHIn olthis m l o g maybe reproduced !dthoutthe expressed wrmen permission of Harken, Inc. Printed in U S A SpecnicahOnSand descriptionscontainedherein are subjecttochangewlhout notification.

Pages 105 - 132

Trawlers

Futlino Systems Pages 133 - 147

Batten Traveler Systems Pages 148 - 155

Pages 157 - 188

Winches

Reference Pages 190 - 192

Systems Drawings Pages 193 - 209

Index Pages 210 - 214

InternationalSales & S e ~ ' c e

US Sales

F rketing

I V r c h :I$::o. Craig Blazer $!h

K,.;,! uei-:r:,i

i ~ Syd i . Millman ~ I; i'.; ~ :i,. ::t1 , ; , , W , , , l ,, , ,v:,, , .,

Cuslomer Service Computer S e ~ c e s

Administration Administrative Services

Fac81lW Manager MalL Pam taks care of our hcilw wnh faciliw

Kan Ray, Maintenance Mmagemenl. is Harkerken'sannuwtot o o l - b m h

Machine Shog

MeOtlFhishnp Supenbrnm hw pulshepedalbheW.

Welder Will P i a b l wields hrs welding red adas hewallon MS rnmng.

Id' T'

Harh'en has be%n involvedin A m e h S Cup racing fmm the earliest days ofthe cornpaw, butas wrpmduct iina has gmwn. first into b@ boat hardware, then custom gear, and final# winches, our inwIvement has gmwn accordirg~ 1995 was the fistyear we offerad winches. This was a major undertaking and a risk since as newmars we'd haw to pmvide lighter; superior; more reliable winches in order to be m p t e d . in the and, the resuiis were more than we could have hopedforas two completely Harh'an aquippedboats, Black Magic and Young Amem sailed the finals. This mrh'ed the first time h modern Cup history that both the defender and the chainger had been completely equipped by one company Corinne Rich, head of Harkenk Custom Division, and Bill Mlemann, custom winch designer, describe thepmcess of worh'ing with Team New Zmhnd to put W e r a winning package.

Hadwane The story of the 1995 America's Cup is really the story of Team New Zealand's total domination of both the challenger series and the finals. There is no question that Black Magic was the f a s t s boat on the water and the entire TNZ oroaram was marked bv,a auiet omfessionalism that made working wiih Mem a pleasure. any of the crew of ~ e a mNew Zealand had been involved in the prev o ~ Amencas s Cup d~rlngwhich tney fabricated a fa r amoLnt of the~r own haroware For 1995 MW aecldea to nave all of the hamware s ~ o oeo l by an outside manufacturer, ihe advantage being access to fresh ideas and manufan~ringexpen se plus 1he a b i i i to Jse many stanoaro components n me custom parts. Tnev feh tnat ouv na a Iof the Darts fmm an outside manufacturer would at l i e end of theday be more economical and far less of a headache. The criteria for selecting a supplier was based largely on versatility in

manufacturing custom parts. Their background meant that they were vely knowledoeable and had somevew soecific reauirements.Thev wanted a supplier hho could tailor palts to i h i r exact needs and knew imm oast expenence that Harken w o ~ l df~ fill their expectations. One benefii ol worklng wth tne rlarken cLstom divis on s Mat Me u s tomer sable 10 work direc! y with the englneer who is designing the gear. This nteran on ensures that Me end prod~c!is prec sely as requ red. Since ThZ was one of tne Irst synolcates to bu~lda new boat they wanted to be sure that the ea~iDmentwoulo not oe ooso ete shortlv alter launching. ~ortunatety,we had been working for some time to prepare a package of hardwarefor the ~merica'sCup and were able to offer a state of the art selection that was liahter and stmnaer than anv,made before. To be sure Mat weight savings were d i i z e d , Team New Zealand's designers and technical staff supplied us with the exact breaking strengths for every pad an0 we coulo deslgn to that Imlt The relationship was so strong that even when we hao a few lnev table la~lureswe all unoerstooo this to be a natural part of designing to the limits and we simply worked together to sort things out Although much of the hardware supplied to the various syndicates was similar, Team New Zealand did have a number of unique requirements. S nca we were working wnn a I of the campaigns, t vvas necessaryto be s ~ r thal e eacn omuo's own oeslans were deoi confioent al and not d vulaed ~ was imposed in engineering and we w e i s o to other groups. l l g security s~ccessf~l that when the boats slaned salltng maiy people at Hawen were sLrpnsed to see what we ha0 prod~ced ~~~~~~

Until this AC, the choice for mast base lead blocks was eitherafixed block which only waked if the lead was directly to a winch or organizer, or a heaw standard standup block on a padeye. To remove weight, but allow Iexk e leads. we des gneo a teararop snaped eao blocK lnat attached to a sw vel paaeye rvlrn a barrel pln Tne C3829 was I gnter and lower tnan orner eao b ocks oecause it .sed fewer Dam. Runner blocks were downsized combred to the last campaign, but the same wokng load was malnra nea aespne tne JP of a 173 mm (6T4.J sneave lcomoared to a 200 mm 1774 Isneave in 19921 The welam r e d r tion in i i s cntical block was significar;t and windage W& also reduced. Lower runners were our C3870 fiddle type blocks for a 3:l runner purchase. These blocks were nearly a kilo lighterthanthe last generation. As well as being lighter than Nu0 separate lower runner blocks, the fiddle allowed considerable weight savings by requiring only one attachment point on deck. The same single attachment philosophy was applied to the C3862 spreacher blocks which replacedthe two separate blocks which had been the trend in previous America's Cups. As rvlln nearly every o!ock Jsea on Blacn M a g ~ c d ~ r ~mnsgAmencas CLID,the sheave sue of me C3861 alterauv D o c s was much smal er Man thoie used in the 1992 races. Sheave diameter was reduced to 100 mm (4'1 from 150 mm (6 1. OJt Ine working load nas ma~nta~ned by 'fallenlng JP me sheabes sllont v to adow sulllc ent beanna mater al 10hanole tne oao On the hardware side, the main story of hardware was one of lighter, stronger gear 0.r close worclng relaoonsnjp w tn the ThZ crew a lowed i s to aeslgn to the fnills ana ~es,lted n a ooat tnat (new feiv llmlls on the race course

TNZ's genoa system was unique. Their request for a genoa lead adjuster that could be moved laterally and fore and aft included more components than a standard system. The challenge to keep the weight out of this complex system caused considerable head scratching in engineering. In the end, we made all of the components as small and light as possible and developed a system that used special cars that ran in channels molded into the deck. The system gave them total control over the shape of their genoas and TNZ have been heard to say it was 'a key component to winning the America's Cup."

Winches The winch program was different in that it was not going to be possible to make custom winch packages for each syndicate. Packages could be tailored to the individual boats, but the winches themselves would be essentially the same. When we made the decision to offer America's Cup winches, vte set out 10oes gn a pac*age thal f l o d~ be slgn f.cantly Ighter than the oackaoes ~sem d 1992 ana vte as0 vmnlea lo oner some sDec at feat~res , and to put in place a system of support to provide service to the syndicates

during installation, earlysailing, and throughout the racing in San Diego. ~ iand &foremost wanted a p a c h e that would be simple andreliab.e AC boatsare lilcely to tac~40times on a winoward eg an0 they sail every day Shins between gem must be flaw ess ana systems that require drecise adjusbnenito work properly don't make t While itS easy to say tM1 you wanta s mple system, the demands of an AC oat make that a cha lenae. The pnmanes an0 mainsheet wincnes m ~ s t have four speeds instantly ai~ihbleiothebimmenin avarieiy of combinabons Wh~lethe same bas.c wncn w o ~ l dbe ~ s e fortne d primaries and verthe ma~nsheet,the mainsheel wincn would need to be a seil-ta~l~no sion. Weioht isalsoa Dammount wncem and AC winch systemsihis time amuid would wiigh hail of whatthey did during the last round. Hamen's 1110 AC wncnes tor the pnmanes and ma~nsheer~ s e fid ament wouno carbon hber drJmS wrth l n a n ~ ~ring m gears bonded nslde to dr~vethe drum and a stainless wear sleeve to hiidle rope chafe Welght was also saved by sing titani~mfor other gean and snafts, prec~piit~on hardened sbnless, and exlenslve ~ s of e hign strength aircrah-graae aluminJm. Keeplng the winches simple also helped keep o ~weignt. t Tne pedestals were fabricated in Pewaukee from carbon fioer and used kevlar drive betlstotransmnthe power of four very large crew. Dr ve shafts oe~weenthe gear boxes and W nches were made of pre-preg ~nld~rectional carbon with iely light spheridspline wuplings bonded into the ends.

After they had sailed the boat. lNZ decided to shiftthe orientation of the crew who ground the mainsheet winch sothey cutthe pedestal and fabricatea the unlqLe 'twisted preml pglestal thar anracted so much attention Earhr in 1993 we were readv wRh our orelim nalv AC wincn DaCkaae at least-in concept-and we wint out to &l it. ~ o h i ~ t r e ethe t , ~arken distributor for ~ e ~eahnd w arranged a meeting with Tim Gurr, Jeremy Scantleburv. and Andrew Tavlor of TNZ where we exolained our orooosai -~~ and were o h n lots i f feedkck that allowed us to fine-tune our bacicage. In the i d we were offered Me opportunity to fiia primary winch toone 01tne syndicate's edang boats. The test sai ing early n 1994 was In Jnt n~ worked charanenstic weather - 30 knots Hmn ram so~alls- b ~evewn perfectty. We receivedthe order to deliver winches for boat #i by &gust of 1994 and for the sewno system by Novemoer. Service was never m ~ c of n an issue. Ive o~tsideof San Dieao. Don Whehn, who has an extensive background in winches runs the &m Diego office, and JPVan Wambeke who hid spent the previous campaign workIng wlh l1Momand had worked at oLr Italian wlnch operation fora yea1 moved to San Dieao to orovide additions nelo. We decided fm;n the beginning that we w'ould make fourwinch systems for 1995. We wanted to be conservat ve to ensure that m w ~ l produce d the svstems and service tnem flawlesslv In the end. we sold f ve S V S ~ ~ ~ lout of 15 boats) and when ~ l a c k ~ & c a n d~oufm~mericasauared off in tne finals t W& a great reward tor the work we ;p ntc tne program It was wonderful to work wilh ThrZ Everyone from the sai ing crew, to tne snore crew, to 1he qndcate management was focused on working together to win tne CL^. The r maintenance,testing an0 sal lng were the wst we have ever seen. fever there was a group wno oeserved to win the Cuo. this was R. and Rwas an nonor that Mev chose ~ s t butld o their winches and hardware. ~

Cam-Matic cam cleats engage and release easily under all loads. Lafge ratchet knob is easy to adjust even wth cold, wet hands.

SwN plMc w o e s are inslalled under m to adjua angle.

Ratchet sheaves are mrhined lrom sdid m 1-TGaluminumfor unlmatefirength and mrroslon resktam. The unique eight~idedHarken Hemratchetsheave grips sheets tenaciousb, but allows line to be eased smoothb.

Delrin sidepues and sheave Insure IighfeStpossibkblock

Stainless steel sidephtes distribute had.

l Ball bearing Cam-Matii cleat can be mount53 on underside of arm and the sheet Nn through this slmfor downward release.

Ball bearin@ carry oah me hne W and (uevenl sheave lrom hobfng ontnechhotme o w l

Arm is stamped from M)G1-T6 aluminurn and Hardkote T m n impwnaM

m-JStops on bases

-7

Tough Deinn bady 1s UV stabilized forveal~of

prevent rne from fouling on (Den.

Dual rows of Delrin ball bearings on a bqe diameter m a r e Me secret tome smoothtree-swivellng aclan.

Small boat blocks are exceptionallyfree running blocks that can be used for sheets, halyards, and control lines on dinghys and smaller keel boats and for lightly loaded control lines on boats of all sizes. Small boat blocks are offered in seven sizes and dozens of configurations so there is an ideal block for evely application. 14

Three-WayHead

Wire Blocks

The three-way shackle system allows swivel blocksto be locked in front or side positions or leftto swivel freehr The set screw fits sec.re y nro berents on ine SJJ t z p a t The tnree-tray srlacke s,stem s 10.10 on 2 25 3 00 I00 e ~ne fldole neararcnet me neararcnet mesaCat ,n e he~a-Cata ~ l dm o-range

To m nlm ze fr fl.on from m st ng or .nla r eaos. l 50 311J 2 00 \\ re 0 ocrs feat-re 8 de oao oa s oetween tne mea.e ano the soep are 1 00 re 0 o c n .se o a I n n on rnrusl itasners tor i n c p.rpme A H re s 10 a lo\\ passlny of o o c ~ open stnyeo or n copressco *ores

U-Adaptor

Removable Becket

The A-doaptor a 0.8 o ocks httn 'R , l 0 mml posts to oe anacnec 10 SJI .e b a e s or to otner o ock: v m W (10 mm) posts

Tne oecaets on man, o ocds are remo.aoeto a lov, aharnnient o l a so8 ced ne

Adjustable Cam Arms Tne m m arns on a I narden ooclrc excepl ni croano o.leltr pes ad..n 10 S. I1o.r pan c. ar needs S.i~ngtne arm .p on oocas mo-nteo n !he c o c u n 01 slh nq tne arm o o ~nnen l o ocds are nlo.111eo on tne cab n n o s e

16 mm A i r I l I W

Top Qualihrllluminum

hardened lmed races ~r Ang sla nless clee oa I warlngs a on l 6 nim A rB ocas to car\ lery n gh loaos real .e to tne r ton/ s ~ ano e extreme, O A R I yht

Alum,num componems sucn ac ratcner sneawes mag c ooxes, oecr organzen ano Mre oocr sheaves are maoe of 6 0 6 1 - T 6 a q n n c h 1s narokote anoo zeo h !h Tenon mpregnat on Th,s proo,ces a very lo.gn, smootn f n sn n icn s exceptona n, res stant to scratcn ng and corrosion.

OnkJff Ratchet Switch All Hexaratchet l l t 2 blocks feature an onlofi switch to permit disengagement in light air. Slider switches can be activated under load. Reverse rotation blocks are offered so that switches face up in applications like spinnaker sheets where rotation on the port and starboard sheets must be in opposite directions.

In-Head Shackle SWem

Reve~siblaCams

The n-heao macde s/slcm on o ngn, 0 ocks g ,es lneril a 10.4 pro1 e On S fig er t can oe a gneo 10 the front or s oe or n can he .prnoe? and anacneo to a post

Tne cam clears 011 most hawen blocas can oe rererseo tor LP or oo!n re ease AU .S! ,o.r o O C ~ S10 lne besl conhg~ralronfor l0.r ooar

Actual Size

mm AirBlocks are desioned to offer vetv hioh loads in an extremelv liohtweigM b k k . They are the smallest member of t i e Harken AirBlock famiiy and are ideal for wntml lines on today's high-tech dinghys. Their hi-load ball bearing sheaves, small sizeand ewmely low weight make them the obvious choice for competiive racers. A unlqtle patentea beanng system utll~zng swnless balls in a capilve. grooved race prw oes an honest 250 bs (113 kg) safe womng load At rnat oao Me block w i suner no Dermanent ddonal~on 16 mm ~ih3locksfeature a S@' (l6mm) sheave which will accept line as large as 7 , . (5mm). They are ideal for modem synthetic lines which offer great strength for a very small diameter. EigM configurations of 16 mm AirBlocks are offered to suit all control line applicawns. special Feafun?s stainless sideplates Extrsmely low weight Hiah wofkina lmds

Specilicsti~~ Sheave dia-W (16 mm) Max line size -7&' (5 mm) Breakina strenoth for sinole onlv -1200 lbs (544 ko) ~reaknp strenmfor &I only - 750 10s,339 dgj' Mmlkllonnation-See pages 14 and 15101an explanat on of special features. See page 92 far i s mm sheave

242 Cutout

lBmm

Ball bearing micm blocks meetthe need far extremely small. extremely lightweight,free running blocks. They are ideal for a nos1of app ~catonson sal boards and smal er d nghys ana for lanr v loaded control I nes on boats of all sues - <mall dinghys will use micro blocks for cunninghams, boom vangs, outhauls, traveler controls and barberhaulers. They are perfect for Jse nside masts ana booms where space s restricted. Appl cations on larger boa& nclLoe flag leaa car rerum - nalvaras, . tackles, and leech cords. Tne W ae range ot var at ons make m cro b ocks adaptable to many slr,atlons Com~actset-clear na tack es can be made us no the micro fiddle with \;lam or the tripis with cams.

Speclal Features Speutications Self%ontainedsheaves Sheave dia - W (22 mm) Stainless side~lates Max line size - l/,. (6mm) B, n neaa re'd.ces engtn Bream ng slrengm - 1200'~s(544 kg, Campan sze Snacde p n ala - l 1s (5 mm) Additional lnlomahon- See pages 14 an0 l 5 tar an em analon of sDecial features.

40 mm

RI,

L , ,

1BULLET BUCKS 1 The bal, beanng bullet block is used extensively t o lean contm lines w ~ t h a rninlrn~rnof friction. Dtnahvs and smal (eel wars Jse o ~ l l eblocks t for vangs, oulhauls, traveier ca&is and barberhauiers. Small cruising boats can use builet blocks to lead furling lines to Me cockpit The wide range of variations make bullet block adaptable to almost all control line situations. Wire builet blocksfeaturea Tefion impregnated Hardkote anodized alurnln~msneave They also Jse rol er beanngs wnlcn WIIIcarry a h~gner load tnan oa I bearlngs out oo not rol as lreely W re ou let D ocks are ~sed for nalvards and other wlre controls o n sma I boats l h e 359 is a downhauVcunningham assembly designed for catamarans. it forms the base for an 8:l double-ended system. Special Fealms

Speerpeer~tim

Sheave dia - 1%' (29 mm) Max line size %6' (8 mm) Breaking strength-20W lbs (907 kg) Shackle oin tin-Ms" 15 mm) AdditionaIInlom,alion-See pages 14and 15for an kxp~aiation of special leatures. Bullet head reduces length Aluminum wire sheaves SWMI b l o c k fn 061 Reversiblecam cleat$

082

Single

[183

Single wheckel

2 51 mm 2%'

70mm 084

085

L a m

OouMe DouMe w k k e t

086

Triple

087

Triple w k k e l

088

Thrudeck

089

ln-line er#

Cheek

@M Triple w m

CamMatic

70 mm 3%' 89mm 3 76mm 33x %mm 3' 76mm 3W 95 mm 2 73 mm 3%' %mm

Weighl

Wotking Load 1 oz 3Wlbs 28g 136kg 1'4 01 3W lbs 359 136kg 211 oz 4W lbs 71 g 181 kg 2 % ~ 4Wlbs 181 kg . 78g ~. 3% or €03 lbs 1069 272kg 4W oz GW lbs 1289 272kp l'hoz 300 Ibs 35g 136 kg l%or 4WIbs 50g 181 kg l%oz 300ibs 359 138 kg 702 600 Ibs 1989 272kg ~

p p -

W5 096

~eaription

L e m

WsigM

Mm Watis Load

Triple wl2W Cam-Madc & b&l Upright lead

102 mm

7'h oz 2059 liloz 429 1 oz 28 g l%oz 35 g 2% oz 78 g 302 85g 4 oz 1139 11h or 35 g 201 57 g l'hoz 42 Q

600 Ibs 272$ 3Wlbs 136M SWlbs 227kg SWlbs 227kg 7501bs 340 kg 7501bs 340kg 7501bs 340kg SW lbs 227 kg 4Wibs 181 kg 5WIbs 227 kg

38mm W8

- .-

#10(5 mm) Mfastenen tlO(5mm) FHfartenen 110(5mm) RHfastenen Use with085

Wire single

Wire single w h d a

100

Wiredouble

101

Wire double whecket

102

Wiretriple

106

W!rethrudeck

51 mm 2%" 70 mm 2%' 70 mm 3'& 89 mm 3' 76mm

107 108

3' 76 mm Wlrein-line exn W," ~ ~ ~ - - - ~ ~ -95- mm . Wire upright lead 1'K 38 mm

Use wilh 086 *0(5mm) RHtasienen

#l0 (5 mm) FHfastenen . 110(5mm) FHfastenen YlO(5mm) RH fasteners

289.290 Cutout 21 mm

67mm

287.288 Cutout

109

Wirecheek

P -

113

Pivoting cheek

114

Trawler blocks

166

Smglewkwlvel

73 mm 1'/S 29mm

3W lbs 136 kg

S~nglewlswivel 8 beckel

89 mm

183

Wlre slngie wiswlvel

184

Wlre single wlsw~vel & beckei

197

220

Double uprgm lead

287

Thru-deck wmalnlescoverplate

I 289 290

136 kg

P -

RHf.geeners t10 (5 mm) RHtastenen

263

70 mm 167

227 kg 3W lbs 136kg

Exit wicam 8 bracket

2W 70 mm 3% 89 mm

1'402 42g 202 57g

SW lbs 227 kg 5Wlbs 227 kg

Wiremru-deck w i l e m l a t e ln-lmeexl whtaink? m y plate Wire ln-line exit wlsfainless mver plate

291

Phloling exit b l ~ k wn79 cam

299

P~otingexit bl& wc79 cam & beckei DovmhauVcunningham assemblv

359

38 mm

76 mm 1% or

400 ibs 181 kg 4 W Ibs l81 kg 4W lbs

# l 0 (5 mm) RH fasteners # l 0 (5 mm) RH fasteners # l 0 (5 mm) RH fasiee

3%or 1C6g

150lbs fflkg

YlO(5mm) RHfaslenen

402 113g 1101 3130

1501bs 63 kg 4001bs 182ko

nO(5mm) RHlasteners

95 mm

%' 95 mm 2%' ; 7Jmm 7 2%' 70mm 203mm

2'4 or 64 Q

;;

181%

1BIG BULLETmBUCKS I B i g bullet blocks are ideal for main, jib and spinnaker sheets on small dinghy; and for contml line applications such as cunninghams, vangs, backstajs, f~rlinglines and traveler controls on larger boats (10 mm) Their larae 1M' 138 mm) sneaves allow the use of line and maie bibullats exbeptionally free rolling blocks. ' Exiland in-line ext blocksare used for turning lines into and out of masts and booms and throbgh decks. Lpnght lead blocks are Deflect tor manv control line aDDlicar~ons,esoeciallv Jnder oecks i d at mast bases. Traveler b l i k s are specially cjesigned for sma loaysailen wn ch use rope or wire bridle bavelers. Exit o odcs wth cams are often modnted on masts for halvards and controls such as downhauls and cunninghams, palticulaiy on small catamarans. They are also used as headknocker blocks on the mainsheets of one desions and small keel boats. Use the 140 with aluminurn 150 cam-M%C cleat for mainsheats, halyards and highly loaded controls. Use the 141 with plastic 200 Cam-Matic cleat for lightly loaded controls. Special Feafuras

Sp&mtIm

Sheave dia - 1%' (38 mm) Max line size -W (10 mm) Breaking strength - 2000 lbs (907 kg) AddifonaIInfomatim- See Daoes 14 and 15 for an exoianation of special features. 20 Large d i e t e r sheaves Bullet head reduces length Swivel blockstit 061

134 cumut U mm

7d mm

hacllptlon

LBneh

weio~

ShacUe

~kl

Dlammsi 140

P'ioling ext blmk wllSO~3m

141

Pimtingext blmkwR00cam

146

bngkwMackle

147

Singlewishackle 8 becket Traveler block

148 168

Single wismvel ~~

169 222 223 362

Single wlswivel 8 beckel Upright lead Double upnghl lead Single wlbecket

3%' 79 mm 3%' 79mm 3 ' ~ -79mm 4' 102mm_ 4 108mm 31~' 83mm

602 227 g 7 02 196g 2m 57g

1OImm

2'4 m M g 2'4 m 71 g 2'/a ol M g 2 'm ~ 71g

% 2' 57mm 2 57 mm 4316'

2% m 71 g~ 3% 02 92g 5m

%S'

5mm

Max Working Load ~300 lbs Reversible 136 kg duminum l 5 0 m m 0 IbS Reversibk p!aaic 91 kg 2 W m m 300 ibs 136ky

3Wlbs 136ky 30010s 125 8082 - .136kg % 3001bs 136$ 5mm 5mm

3/ls'

5mm

300 lbs l%$ 3W lbs 1110 (5 mm) 136 kg RH fasknen MXllbs 110 (5 mm) 272 ~. kg RH fasteners lMlb ~

86'

, " 025

-r

1%2 38 mm

t'h' 38 mm

I -

L 6 046 Cutout

nmm

68mm

nghy blocks are des gneo for tne smal boat sac or who needs a Iahtweionl. low omfi e block. Tne in-head Shade svstem ~ D meS linoth oi the dinghy blockvery short. Dinghy blocks are also used extensively as contml line blocks on larger boats, particularly for traveler controls, and cunninghams on moderately sized offshore boats. These light duty blocks are not meant for use on heavy course racing keel boats or on scows and catamarans. SpecialFeahrres ~pecnl~~m LOWproiile in-head shackle Sheave dia -1V4'(44 mm) Max line size-34' (10 mm) Shackle upsets Swivel blocks fit 061 Breaking strenglh-2W0 lbs (907 kg) Shdle pin dia-3/16" (5 mm) Removable b~kets AddiIimaIlnfmaIim- See pages 14 and 15 fwan explanation of special features. 22

075 Cutout

075

063

047 Cutout

Shackle

Delcriptimn

Lengm

Single

Single wheckei

003

Double

4% 41202 lOKmm 1289 Lmrn 5' 501 %a 127mm 1429 5mm 4 8% 02 V "

WeiQM

Max

Working Diameter Load Pin

5Wlbs 227b 5Wibs

2503ibs

227kg

1134b

SpecialFeanKes Three-way head system Adjustable cam arms Reversible cam cleats Additionallnfomationof special features.

Specilications Sheave dia -21/4'(57 mm) Max line size -7/16'' (12 mm) See pages 14 and 15 for an explanation

013 -

Double

5M'

914 01

wheckei

138mm

2699

3%'

Sol

Cheeh

6n11

1134Q

25Wlbs

1000 ibs 30W 1h

[his is the original Harken block and is still the most popular in the Harken line. It is compact, good looking. and exceDtionallv free r.nnlng flnn a nlgn oaa kirly~ngcapac ty 2 25 0 ocms are JSed for rna n ana ID sneets on CO-rse rac ng (eel ooats, s c o w ana o1nan.s W rh larae rna ns Tnev are often used on mainsheets of iaysailing caiamamns andior sp nnaker nalyaras ana sneels on smal offshore ooats. YOJ' I flnd a Jse lor 2.25 b ocds on ooats of a I szes

Wngth

OOi

3.00'ball bearing blocks are used on scows, catamarans, iceboats and small offshore boats. The large diameter sheaves reduce the friction caused by bending lineover a small sheave. Wnen Js.ng single mc ls on keel boats and onshore boats an0 other aml catlons where me oaa IS hiih use the heaw duly 011 or 012 which have a tougher shackle and head post k m p l e s are mainsheets on boats to 35' (10.5 m) and spinnaker sheets on boats to 29' (8.8 m). 3.Wwire blocksfeature Hardkote anodized, Teflon impregnated sneaves tor wire hatyards or control l nes. The large diametersheave prevents wlre breakaown They are deal for siiuations where a tigmweight block s reqJ red to carry wire. hi-load 3.00 wire blocks Jse Torlon oa I bearings tor a higher workng oaa ana are ~ S e dtor appl car ons such as halyard leaa D ocks on mastheaa boats to 30' (9 1 m) Spacial F~aMms Three-way head system RemmMe beekets Aluminum wire sheaves AdditimallnfomaIion-See of special features.

W6 W7

CC@ 011 012

Sp~liom (76 mm) Sheave dim-? Max line size- 7/16' (12 mm)

014

pages 14and 15 foran ekplamtion

068

C49

Slngle wbdel Dwbk

6' 802 152mm 2270 5%' 131hm 138mm 3830

5mm X 6mm

7501bs 340$ 1SWlbs 680kg

25DOlbs 1134b 3WOlb 1361119

Doubk 6%' 1 4 % ~ X wL&el 165mm 4110 6mm 5 %' 801 Hewdm 133 mm 227 g single 6mm Heayduly 6 8'hm A' s i n g l e w ~ 158mm 241 Q 6mm Cheek C 601 l M m m 1709 Tripk B l$%ioz W 152mrn 5539 6mm

1SWlbs 680b 7501bS 340kg 7501bs 340kg 7501bs 340b 1SWlbs 680b

3WOlbs 1361kg 3WOIbs 1361kg 3m0 Ibs 1361 kg 25W lbs 1134kg 3WOlbs 1361 kg

96'

Quadrupk

5%1'

24M02

1mmm

6x0

fimm

15Wlk3WOlbS FMkn

1.3.51 km

Usewfl780 051br5:l

wklenen

UsewAl790 0521or6:l UEW/M)1 for81

1LITTLE HEMRATCHET I I

he IRtle rlexararcnet s a sma ier vers on of the Hexaratcher 1*2 r is oeal for small ooal main iib, and sglnnader sneets It al ows the crew to nand hold sheets with up to 101 holding power, The special reverse ratcnet, 043,rotates in the oppostte olrectlon from the standard m e Hexaratchet. It IS oaired w t h tne 019 for aoo lcabons like solnnaker and jib sheets where r a t c h i rotation must be in opio'site directions and it s des~raoleta nave the owon swncn on both D ocks face up harken lttle rlexaralcnets tealure an eylhrs~dedsneave wh~chs macn nea from so 10a1umin.m for the uBma1e in strenath and cormslon res~stance Hexaratchets run on Oelrin ball bearings &friction isvirtually nonexistent when trimming under either high or low loads. The onloff switch will operate under load.

Special F e a h Solid aluminurn sheave Three-way head svstem s m n operates i d e r load Revers 0 e cam c eats Fls 061 stancn on base

Sheave dia 21A' (57 mm) Max line size W 110 mrnl ~ a ~xo r k ~oao 500 0s (227 kg, Breaung strengln - 2MO 10s(907 *g) Hodlng powr wIlWwrap- 10 1 a1 50 b(23 <g) oad AddHIml Intmmaion- See pages 14 and 15 for an explanation of special features.

~enpm

~~sctip~ion

Wsiom

017

Cheek (stbd)

018

Cheek (port)

3%' 95mm 3%" 95 mm

..-

019

-020

Single

108mm

~~~-

Single wh&t

S -~ ~~

041 C43 187 188

Single wh&t 8 reverSemtatwn Single wlrevene romon ~Single wil5O Cam-Malt Single ~1153 Cam-Matk & beckel

127mm ~~

127 mm 4%' 108 mm 4%' 108 mm S 127mm

4% 02 1289 4 h 01 128 g 5 02 1429 51 ' 2 02 1569 5'4 02 1569

TurnsclocMse. Supplied wflasteneBgpad TurnscounlercIOCkMse. Supplied wnaslenen 6 pad -- -

Turns in opposite directionfmjr020 501 Turns in oppme 1429 dirmonfmm 019 10% 02 Uselorlward 2 9 8 ~ lealing iibsheefs 11 01 Use for 2:l jibsheefsm Rindle l 6 3129 & 18, Hobie 16.18 &others

(i, 1HEMRATCHET"11+2 I Ratchet blacks are trulv hand and crew savers. With their uniouelv shaped sheave they gridloaded sheets with up to 1 5 1 holding bower, yet allow a line to be eased instantly with complete control. They permit me crew to hana no a man, l D ana spinnaker sheets W Ih on / a fraction 01 the effort lnat a rea-lar blocn recl- res The special reverie ratchets, 044 and 045, rotate in the opposite olrecllon lrom the stanaara hexaralchel 1 -2 Tney are palrea rvltn the 009 an0 050 lor aool cal~onslke so nnaker ana 10sneers Nhere ratchet rotation must be in'opposite direcions and it is desirable to have the onloff switch on both blocks face up. harken hexaratchets leature an e ght-s~oeasheave wn ch a mach ned lrom so a a l - n i ~ n ~lor m the U llmale in strenatn an0 corrosion resistance. Hexaratchets run an Delrin ball bearings so iiction is virtually non-ex slent &hen rr rnm,ng *rider e ther hlqn or low oaas An on on DJllOn a lotvs tne ralcnet mecnanlsm to oe tJrned otf In ght alr. SpecialFeatures Specitications Solid sheave Sheave dia - 3' 17fi mm1, . ..alominom .. . . . .. . .... Three-way head system Max line slze- 'h6' (12 mm) Removable beckets Max worklng load -750 lbs (341 kg) Adjustable cam arms Break~ngstrength-2000 lbs (907 kg) Revers~blecam cleats Holdlna- .oower w/180'wrao-4 1 at 50 lb 123 , kal -. load Fits144 swivel base Additional tnlormation- See pages 14 and 15 for an explanation of special features. -

127 mm 6"

8'k oz 241 g

152 mm

255 g

9m 2559

152mm 127mm

131~ 02 3849

14'4 01

Turns in oppaste direcfionfrom 009 Turns in oppos@e dirmion from 050 Use for 2:l jib sheets onmmarans Cam on adjustablearm -

~p~

Use for2:l sen-cleabno

1UT7E FIDDLE BLOCKS I Little fiddle blocks are ideal for mainsheets and mngs on dinghy5 and cruising boats to 24' (7.3 m) or wherever a small three or four parttackle is required. Liile fiddle bl& are avaihble in a variely of comlgumtions. These indude fiddles with little Hexaratchetsand with Cam-Mac cam deatr on adiustablearms. Little fiddle blocksmept the 111 snap shackle which makes them easy to remove for storage. Special Fwhrres Three-way head system Soid a iminum sneave

Spen'licstim

a g e sheave ala 2' 4' (57 mm) Sma sheaw aia 1h'(38 mm) Switch operates under load Shackle pin dia -%E' (5 mm) RemmMe W s Max line size-%" (10 mm) Max w o i ~ n go a a l lbs (227 &g) Aolustab e cam arms Revenib e cam d e n Brealdng strength 2000 ios (907 kg) AddHImaI~aIlm- See pages 14 and 15 tor an e M a t . o n of special features. ~

~~~~~~~~~

500

053

RMie

054

RMle wmeckel

055

fiddle wfimmchet

056 057

Rddk w f i m m t c k l 8b~~kel Rddlewll5OCam-Matic

6' 152 mm Wi 171 mm

63%'

6lh 02 1849 701 198g 701 198g 7'h az 2139 1202 3409 12Ma2

171 mm

3548

6' 152 mm Wi 171 mm 6'

152mm 058

fiddle w l l M Cam-Maic & beckel

Use m far3:l Usew1053 far4:l UsewAW2 10r3:l Use wm53 lor4:l UsewmZ lor3:l Usewm53 lor4:l

1FIDDLE BLOCYS I k!

Fiddle blocks are used to build simple three and four part purchases for ma nsheels, vangs and other appl cat ons. The large sneavelsma sneave configdrat on prevents llne chale an0 fornis a vew n a t low

028

Special halures

Speclllcati~

Large sneave d a - 3 76 mm) Sma4 sneave d a l i d 144 mm, Shackle pin dii-l/i (6 mm) ' Max line size -W (10 mm) Max working load-750 lbs (340 kg) Breaking strength - 2500 lbs (1134 kg) Addilional~nfonalion- See pages 14 and 15foran explanation of soecial features.

Fiddk

184mm

- ..- .. -...-

Three-war neaa s,stem So o a .mlr.m sneare Removable beckets Adjustable cam arms Reversible cam cleats

Lengm -.

.. .

harken Iddle b ocks are ava~lablein a vanely of conlfg~ratons These n c l ~ d ef ddles W M hexaralcnets ano Cam-Matc cam cleats on adjustable arms. Fiddle blocks accept the 112 snap shackle which makes them easy to remove for storage.

~~aocription

Fiddlewhecket

8'h' 241 mm

Fiddlewmexaraichet -

W4 W6

FiddlewHexaraichel 6 beckel Fiddle wASO Cam-Mic

038

hddle wA50 Cam-Mic & beckel Fiddle wMexaraichet& 154 Cam-Matic Rddle wMexamtchet. 1% Cam-MaSc & becket ~~~

WO W2

7Vi

184 mm B'# 241 mm 7%' 184mm B'# 241 mm 7%' 184mm 8M' 241 mm

WOI~~I -

1102 3129

UsewlW for3:l

lllhoz Use wD28 3269 lor4:l 12'h or Use wlD36 354 g lor3:l 1302 UsewlGZ8 36Tp. l o r 4 : l 16'h 02 Use wlCC6 468g lor3:l 16%oz Use wIM8 468 g lor4:l 17'4 02 Use wlWG 496g lor3:l l 8 02 Use wm8 5100 lor4:l

L 3 e Hexa-Cats combine a little Hemratchet with big bullet blocks to make powerful, multi-purchase systemsfor mainsheets on small catamarans and keelboats. They also make ideal vangs on boats to 25' (7.6 m) and are useful for tackles such as split backstay adjusters on boats to 28' (8 m). For best results, IWe Hem-Cats should be matched wim the blocks shown. SpacialFeahrm Three-way head system Solid aluminum sheave Switch operates under lwd Adjustable cam arms Reversible cam deats Addilionallnfomation-See of special features.

SpedflcaNom

Lower sheave din- 214"(57mm) Uppersheave dia - llh'(38 mm) Max lime size- W (10 mm) Shackle pin dia- lA"(6 mm) Breaking strength -25W lbs (1134 kg) pages 14 and 15 for an explanation

189 190 191

5-part Hexa-Cat Gpart Hem-Cat

7~artHem-Cat

192

&partHexa-Cat

193

Hem-M base

Max

Length

W~sluM

WWng

8'H Zffimm

1602

Wlbs 4081cg Wibs

232mm E%

219mm W

238mm 4

146mm

4548 16140~

4Mlg 1802 510g

1802 Slog 1202

340g

Load

Use ~1128

Usew1129

4Wkg

1C001bs 454 b

Usew1130

1MOibs Usewltwol27sor 544kg one 129 &one 125 SWlbs Forbuildingspecid 227m wnfiguratlonz

Description

Lenglh

WeigM

10%'

Hexa-cats were designed to provide powerful mainsheet tackles for catamarans which, because of their trampoline decks, are limited to a slng e anacnmenl p o l n They soon oecame ust as popu ar on OHshore boats #here thev al orv arae rna nsa Is to be sheetea vlflno,t a winch. Today they are used for iainsheets, vangs, backstay adjustek and other tackles on a wide range of boats. A Hew-Cat consists of a Hewratchet block with 150 Carn-Matic and 2.25 block mounted on top of it with a swivel, The 112 heaw duly snap shackle can be used for fast, easy removal of your Hexa-Cat. For bes1 resL IS, rlexa-Cms shou 0 De malcneo W th tne proper b ocks on the Doom See me cnan for the correct comb~nabon Special Features Three-way head system Solid aluminum sheave Adjustable cam arms Reversible cam cleats Removable beckets

SpeciIIcations Lower sheave dia -3 (76 mm) Upper sheave dia -21/,(57 mm) Max line size-7/16" (12 mm) Max working load - 1500 lbs (680 kg) Shackle pin dia -IN (6 mm) Breaking strength-3000 lbs (1361 kg) Addilional InlomallPn -See pages 14 and 15 for an explanation of sDecial features.

2402 Useon141016fl(421048m) 680 g catamarans 8 onshore boats 30n (9 m) 11%' 25% 02 Usean l6H (4.8 m) catamarans & 286 mm 7239 onshore boats toEH(l0.4 m) 11 27% oz Useon Tomado & Hoble 16 & onshore 267 mm

298 mm

822 Q

Use on catamarans10 27fl(8.2 m) & oflshore boatsto 40n (12 m)

?'/a

16%02

For bUlldlnQspe~ialconfigurat~ons

290z

p~~ ~

184mm

4689

BLOCK WIMBIMIIONS

Multiple BID* on Boom 001 8 002

011 &012 ~~

2x001 a

--- -

2x011 &

WIRE BLOCKS

\I(ire blocks are lightweight, low friction blocks designed to carry wire halyards and wntml lines. Available in a v a m of configurations in three diameters, wire blocks are useful on boats of all sizes. The Hardkote anodized, Tenon impregnatedaluminum sheave is designed for years of service. A hi-load composite bearing allows the sheave to tum freely even under high loads. To minimize friction from twisting or unfair leads, 1.50"and2.00' w re b ocks feat~resloe load W Is m e e n the sheave and the sloeplate. 1O . rwre blocrs use low fnnon tnrust wasners for this purpose. The polished stainless steel sideplates are light, stmng and offer superb cnafe resistance wim wire halyams ana contro S. A I sizes and confiaurat~onsof wlre blocks own 10 al ON ~assino dswaged or nicopressedwires. Speeial Features

Blocks pass swaged wires Large diameter sheaves Stainless sideolates

Aluminurn wire sheaves Hi-load bearings

~ d d ~ t ~ ~ ~ ~ l see l rpages i ~ 14 ~ ana o n15 tor - an expanallon01 speclal features See page 92 for oose sneaws

""1 m

Law proi ~enip e ratcher systems are ~seful on catamarans Mlcn carrv me r oooms verv close to the deck and for powerful mainsh&t and w g systems on offshore boats. All blocks with cams feature a becket eyestrap over the cleat to allow very close sheeting. Cam arms are adjustable to suR your precise needs. Small catamarans can use the ligM duty models which feature a slngle swivel post but larger catamaransand all offshore boats must ~ s hee neavy auty moae s rvh~cnhave a codDler .ioinlno the three oosts for aremer "

strength

The 41 1 is a 5 (75 mm) triple wtth ratchet and cam that features a SW wl post and IS deal for use as a ma nsheet olock on mats wtth end boom sheeting as large as 36' (10.97 m) with mainsails as large as 325 ftz(30.19m?. ~ i aFsafum~ l Allows close sheeting Wt eyestraps on cam arms Mustable cam arms

&c a9 paanted gm-tri~ne-.tunesystems w t y ?hiigean' with a single mainsheet line. They o k r a powerful finetune for subtle shapng of the maln and a iasl g m - t n m for l i dr. quidc mmu-

YPR dr .-.-,a -. ..n .-.ak ..m . -.d.-..i.-.s

Inventedby scientistsandTornado sailws Greg Scace and MibZutec, Mac Blocks u M i a unique tether line and the holding power of Harken ~Gratchetsheaves to change the dsadend Iwal~on oia singk line mainsheet This shim Me svstem hom oms-trim to fiwfune as vou bim and ease the sa~lW r e hsrdto describe, but easy to us8 A M t i m m i i the main compleleiy in the gmsstrnnmode, the iinefune a u t o M t y enpagas when the sneel s eased skghtty during a puff. The sail can now be trimmed In the more powertul fiwfune made for pcedse sail shaping. Ease the sheet further and the Mapc &&S revert to the gmsshm mode. The lhetune can be enpaged at any point of trim so a powerlulpurctuse is available even on reaches. In hht air the mlem can be disenoaoed -to allow himm~ngexduslvely in the G ~ m - b i m m o d e Mwc BbcksamaMilablein three mm with 4:lR:l. 6:1/l2:1or %1/l4:1 purchase and in both senantained and split system mnfipuratiom. ~

~~~

The4:lR.l s y m am ideal (or c a t a m to 17' (5.2m) and sport systems are pertect b r catamarans to 20' (6.1 m) or sport boak to 28' (8.5 m). The %l/l4:1sys$ms am perled for powerlul catamarans m 23' i7 mL T k a m w W b r swrt W to 31' 19.4m), mou~h~e8:1~&hi;nmig~betooslwrfo;manycraws.~hesplt~ confipuratiansam dasigned for sport boats whem a swivel mmn$d on the md@lsole allows hard hmmlrq wimwt d m n g Metraveler car to mnbwarl. lbw use a 009 ratchet blodc mounted on a 144 swivel base. whm must beordered saperately The limmng tdctor m using Magic Blocks is the minimum disbetween lhn boom and tha tmw!a~whlch cmtmls the range of hnWn adjumnent. Rebr to the chart tw thm dwnemDm. (o 24' (7.3 m). The 6:l/l2:1

BalMrnshsbus ~~~

.-.

m .-.s h ...i. ..

PIRW h&songer lm nexanlchat

'W h

I;'

Pull in then ease sheet. Then pull the sheet and you're in fine tune. Watch the tether line. When the tether line is relaxed you can sheet using the fine-tune wtem.

10 use the gross tr m ease eno.gh sheet sotne bad hits the orcr olocr hron ,od can ease mr sheet q~cmry in gross-trim.

Rememberthat you first need to sheet in gross-trim in order to ease and enter tkfine-tune.

System 330 2:1/4:1 SelfConfdined

System 331 2:114:1 with Swivel Base

TWO SPEED MINSHEET SYSTEMS

lhese pmss-tnrrvlinhne systems are very simple ro Installand use. For

tast ShWJnQ in lylM arr or dunnp maneuvers like 11be.s and marlc robndlnos. pull both taiis of ofe maimheet.When more power is required, pull one tail and W purchase is doubled. Two soeed mainsheet wstwns are offered in five mfiourations for boats t o m 22 io 35' (6.5 to 10.5.m) wlM maim as large as 400i12(37 m?). The seHcontained 330.2:1/4:1. and 332.3:1/6:1. are very sirnp,elo install as the lower b~odcshaddes to the traveler car and the dooer . . bloc<attaches to me b m . The 331.333 and ulilii a swivel base with double cam for centerline shee!hg.

336

All systems are offered in packaged kits, but blocks may be purchased individually to customize packages or to allow utilization of existing palts. Maximum line size is W (10 mm) and minimum line size is Y16"(8 mm). It is suggested thatthe line be spliced in a conCnuous loop so that the line wears evenly and remains evenly distributed in the tackle aftertrimming the fine-tune.

Special Fsahrrsr Ball bearing sheaves Ball bearing Cam-Matk cleats Hemratchetsheaves Adjustable cam arms

System 333 3:1/6:1 with Swlvel Base

System 336 4:1/8:1 with Swivel Base

System 332 3:1/6:1 Self-Contained

Not aulabk m all countries

IFINE-7UNE SYSTEMS I

I Harkengm-trim finetune mainsheet systems offerthe powerto properly

shape highly loaded mainwk. but fealure a fast gross-tnm speed for sheetina in llaMas or dun^ maneuversI k ~ibesand mark roundinas Thev are seila~tainedsystemithat attach to tmvekr car and do noirequiri mountingaddlboMl hardwdre to me dedc Three systems are ofkm to M offshore boats tram 28 to 40' 18 5 10 12 m). ,411&re Haken Cam-Matic Gats for easy release and enoagem a t of sheets. Hexaratchet II t 2 sheaves on the gm-trim for conk1 when easing, and tree mlling ball bearing sheaves throughout. The 410 6:1R4:1 system is suitablefor use on boats to 35' (11 m) with mainsailsas large as 300 C (28 mZ)and end boom shaeting. The powerful

24:l fine- tune is ideal for shaping Kevhrand Technora mains. The 1661 is a 4 1/16 1 mainsheet sudable for wmilar boats mat do no1 reqLire as much wvrer in lne amstnm moae The 1662 6 If24 1 fine-tune svstem s ideal ior boats to (12 m) wilh mainsails as law as 450 ft2(42 m?

do.

~I~ Ball bearing sheam Fast omss-him mode ... Powelful fine-tune Hemratchet II + 2 steam an gm-him Cam-Matk cam cleats ~

1MID-RANGE BLOCKS 1

*tap-amund head mnsrmnron Insuresoreastren~and safety mmhsadmaloded ln frmlw Me m, or allowedloM

TW I *late

soap wraps GOSS me M

d the b@ tor ~ncnaudslren@~and

Swm rkle on tall bearinas to insure lowest W i h passibk. Bearings cany hiph radial loads and aka Watm shsave fmm 9deWm to piem h & m caused by unfair bads.

DwbI~sand Trip& SwIvel Cams on m a-range t~aolesand s ngle ratchets can be reverse0 so bloc6 may w set 101up or aown release Adlust to best sun your specdlc neeas

an0 lnpk mld.range olars tealure m v e l posts B ocrs can be lockea n from or s de snack e poseons, or lett to swvel treen, DOLM

Tne &~enied egMjm ~ exarmmsheave a machned horn W 6061-T6al~rnm,rn tor uhlrnate strengmand carmon r m m The sneave gnps tewlously oul a l l w line 10 w W smWh)y

1MID-RANGE BLOCK FUTURES I Marangebloc6 are (dealfor sneets, nayards and contro lines on offshore boats m s e their robust mstrucbon n stmng enough to h a l e niph loads while their ball bearing sheaves reduce fncbon 10 a mtnimum. Tne large diameter sheave$ accepr llne to %s' (l4 mm) and the woe range of configumim means them is a mid-range block that's ideal for any app M o n .

1MIDmRANGE USE CHART I Hardware specrficatlonsare for monohulls of moderate displacement. Multihulls and heavy displacement monohulls should reduce the maximum sail areas shown by as much as 25%. Please contact Harken r( you have any questions regarding hardware suitablil'ty Mainsheet

Maximum Mainsail Area I

End-Boom System

Single Attachment ~

MuHiple Attachment"

Mid-Boom System

500 n2(46 m')

540 l6 (50 m2)*

Single Attachment

425 ft2(39 m2) ~

H)% foretriangle sail area 150

l6 (14 m')"

Maximum Spinnaker Area 8$ndanlBlocXs

d Base

Standardelom

Main Halyard Lead Block

Max " P dimension 48 R (14.6 m)

Genoa Hatyard Lead Block

Max "I"d~mension 46n(14 m)

Max "I"dimenslon 48fl1146mi

Spin~kerHatyard Lead Block

- -

I HI-~oad~fom

Max " P dimension 5 2 n (15.8 m) Max "I' dimension 50 n (15.3 m)

Max "l" dimension 53 It 116 m)

Maximum Runner Wire Breaking Strength

Running Backslay

wgl$

HI-LoadBlocla

Slmdard #loch

H, Load Bloch

P -

2200 lbs (998 kg)

28M) Ibs (1270 kg)

Deck Block

-1

vana Fiddle Blocks

Mun~pleanachmem assumes more than one load carrylng shable on Mh the boom and traveler car or deck "Assumes maxlmum apparent w~ndspeed of 35 knots "' Assumes maxlmum defiectlon of 45"

Maximum Mainsail Area

Ma-

m m usad extanslvalyfor mainshaeff hatyards, solnnaker sheets and oonhol linss cm medium and lamoffshoe &b. The 3" (76 mm) diame$r ball bearing a&pIs %B' (14 mm) llneand hasawotkicing load of 1sM) lbs (816 kg).Hi load mid-ranoe bk& use Tollon balls and haw a vmrfdna load

malnsalls as larga as 540 ff (50 Mwhsn mdLipla W am usad in end boom installations. Thev an oerted S M I W sheat

~mWto35'(10.7m)andarel;sedas&base ha!yardlead~onWto39'(11.9m).

W-

ZE2sL2?' ' hminumMnrshecvss Wide sheam

, '

Shea* dia -9' (76 mm)

mlhsin-~a.(ldmm) ~mreW-%a'(51Rm) ~oin~-%e'f8mml

MID-RANGE HEXARATCHETS"

Mid-range ~exaratchetsare larger, stronger versions of the Hemratchet 11+2. The uniquely shaped ratchet sheave offers a gnpplng power of 15 1 at 180"ol wrap, yet allows Me llne to De eaw lnsrantk, lncomoratea into hqhb loaded Nstems Ike mainsher&, &ey allow the crew to e&e sails safely and with complete control For the fim tlme, crews of boa& as large as 35'110.7 ml can nand hold so nnakers In IOMto moderate arr Mid-range Hexaratchetsfeature an eight-sided sheave which is machined from solid aluminum forthe ultimate in strength and corrosion resistance. Mid-range Hexaratchetsride on two rows of Delrin ball bearings so frietion is virtually non-existentwhen trimming under high or low loads. An odoff switch allows the ratchet mechanismto be disengaged in light air. Thii switch ouemtes under load. The 1571 an0 1572 are special revem ratchets They are pared wth the 1549 and 1550 for appllcat~onsllke 11band sp~nnaker sneets where rmchet mtatlon mdst w In o o m t e dlrm ons but fi is desirable to have Me onlofl switch on bbM blocks face up. Mid-range triples with ratchets and cams are used to build oowerful. low orofile 5:l or 6:l tackles for mainsheets. vanas or backtay'adjusters. These blocks feature Me 280 ~ a m I ~ cleat a6 on adjustable cam arms so the angle can be changed to suit your precise needs. -1

F d a h

SpscMca~ Sheave dla- 3 (76 mm) Maw line ske-%6.(14 mm) Holdingpower w/lW wrap-8:l at 50 ib (23 kg) load

Solid aluminum sheave Three-way head system RemovaMe beckets Adjustable cam arms Reversiblecam ckats ~ o n s l ~ a t i mSee- paw 40for an explanidionof special features. See page 41 for suggested uses. 44

1549 Swk

1554 s",!,kv,km

18mlbs 816kg

SMOlbs 228Bk4

lmlb 816b

5mOlbs

4250

13m

15Mlbs

42Wlbs

Tums

1SEkg

C k c W

4200lbs ISEkQ

Tumsmumr-

3979

7 lfflmm

1551 Chkk(smd)

Cha'port)

14m

6 1Mmm

15m

lllmm

3680

i3m

580M 15m1bs

3680

680kg

lllmm

2268k4

c k c W

F 1554

-ption

L a m WsigM

Sinpk ~ ~ ' 2 8 0 Cam-M&& beckel

7'A' 184mm

1565 Triple w m e m c h e l &2WCamMatic '

2702 7658

Mu Bn.16nl WoMw Load 18mlbs 5WOlbs Usewfl541 816 k~ -~ -E M k g lor2:l

4 ' 4902 197mm 139kg

38Wlbs 1724kg

BSWlbs Usewfl545 %.%kg lor5:l

1556 Triple w f i e m c h e t , 28OCam-Mafic & k k e l

W4' 51 01 222 mm 1.45 kg

W l b s Usewfl546 %.%kg lor6:l

1571

6M' I56mm 7 184mm

38001bs 1724 kg l800lbs 816kg lBMllbs 816b

p~ ~

Sinplewirwem mWionSingle w h c k e l & m m rowion ~~~

1572

p p p p

1402 397p 1502 4250

m l b s Turnscounter2268kg dockwise 5WOlbs Turmmunter-

dockwise

1rwsmr BLOCKS I

Mainsheet M a ~ m u ~ M a i n s aArea iI

3.W

4.00"

4.50"

Big Boai Blocks

MI*

Single Attachment

Single Anachmem Multiple Attachment'

Boom

3.00"

! ~

6.00"

Big Boar B*l

AIrBIom

1250fi2 116rn2

12506 116 m2

15Mlft2 139 m2

1200nz 112d

1500 n2 139 r$

1500n2 139 m2

17006 l58 r?

750 n2 70 m2

loo0 93 m+

1000# 93 rn2

13506 125 m2

rmlt2

1 m n2 121 m2

1mff 121 d

1mfF 139 m2

Breaking SIr8nglh ~@WireRod

P ~

5.50"

925 ft2 86 m2

93 d

-Running Backstays

~-~ -

4.00"

5.0r

Sfslnlerr

~lainlers

~~-

4.50"

6.00"

5.50"

SfainIlsrt

Flying Blocks

4535 kg

2995 kg

4490 kg

5670 kg ' 3445 kg

6530 kg

6713 kg

8618kg

TT--

9890 kg

8165 kg

12975 kg

21.1Separate Deck Blocks

12100lbs 80001bs 5490 kg 3630 kg

121001bs 1 ~ m 1 b s92501bs 175Nlbs 180001bs 231501bs 265001bs 219001bs 3 4 ~ 1 b s 5490 kg 6920Q 4195Q 7 W k g 8165Q 10500kg 12MOkg 9935kg 15785 kg

2 1 B~?cksf Deck Blocks

7500lbs 3400 kg

75MIbs 343400 kg

5500IbS 2495 kg

3:I Deck B/OC~S (Block #I)

148501bs 6735kg

99Mllbs 4490kg

94701bs 4295 kg --- a

148501bs 187501bs 11400 lbs 216Wlbs 222001bs 285001bs 3T/001bs 2700(11bs 4 2 W l b s 6735kg 8505kg 5170kg 98WQ 10070kg 12928kg 14835kg 127Skg 1 9 W k g l

3:I Deck Blocks (Mock #?.)

139Wlbs 263001bs 270501bs M7501bs 398501bs 32900Ds 527001bs 6305 kg 11930Q 12270kg 157Mlkg 18075 kg 14925Q 23750kg

Mast Base Lead Blocks

3.off-

4x3"

Big Boar BloEXs

I~PAirBIW

Big Baal Bl-du

AMIIocb ~~~

- --

Main Halyard

62' 18.9 m

74' 22.6 m

70' 21.4rn

4.50" Big Boai BlOm

Maxlmum "P"0lmension 80' 25 m

KW-

SL50" Big Boar BC&

UrBlocb

A1l#1_*

~ - -

W 27.5 m

81' 24.7 m

96' 29.3 m

Maxlmum 7Oimenslon ,

1 BIG BOAT USE CHART I

-~-~--

Spinnaker

MaximtnSpinnakerArea

3.00"

4.00"

4.50

p~ -

Big Boat Blocks ~-

AirBIocks - ~~-

~p p

Big Boar Blocks

5.00"

AirBIqcks-

-~~-

1750 ft2 163 m2

2400 fi2 223 rn2

74'

70'

Big Boat Blocks

AirBlocks

~p~

6.1.

6.00"

3000 ft2 279 in2 . -~

Maximum ' I ' D i m e n ~ i o n- -~~~ External Masthead I

5.50"

Big Boa1 . ~-Bloc@ A i r S l o c k s

Spinnaker Sheel -- -Single Block

Spreacher Blocks

P -

83'

93'

95'

105'

Genoa Maximum Sail Area at 25 Knots

74500 Series 3000 Series P

Adjustable Lead Car ~

#l & #2 Genoa - P

MidRange

575 ft2 53 m2

1100tt2 102 m2

~~~

185ft2

4400n2 409 m2

180' Turn

. .

~~~~

120' Turn P

2.25"

650 n2

T~ 3.0(r' -~-~~.4 . 5 1 ~ : - ~ 5.50" ~

220 it2 20 m2 255 n2 24 m2 310ft2 29 m2 ~

90' Turn

~~Pp---

240 fi2 2 2 m 2 335 n2 31 m2 410ft2 38 m2

Double Genoa Foot Blocks

1300 n2 121 m2

Assumes 100% Genoa. 40 knots apparent wind and 60° Sheet lead angle.

L:5$

60 m2 750 ft2 70 rn2 925 ft2 86 m2

7.00" L---

875 ft2 1050 tt2

l O 7 r n L

8.00" l700 ft2 --158 rn2

10.00: 2200 fi7 2044

I335 n2

124 m2 1625 tt2

2400 it2 273 rn2

Maximum 100% Forelriangle_SailA r e ~ t 4 0 D K ~ t s

~~~p

180' Turn i

Assumes 155% Genoa, 25 knots aDparent wind and 45Osheet lead angle.

Maximum 100% Foretriangle Sail Area at 40 Knots

~~~

Big Boat -~

335 fi2 31 m2

Single Genoa Foot Blocks

~~p~

#3 Genoa

Small Boat

~~~

120' Turn SO0 Turn

This chart is desioned to helo vou select the correct sire hardware for each svstem on vour boat. Match the specified d~mensionson you; boat to the maximum values shown in the chart. These hardware specifications assume a boat of moderate dtsplacement sailing in normal conditions. ULDB's may often use smaller hardware. Heaw disolacement boats and multihulls often reouire stronoer hardware. Please contact Harken if vou have any b e s i o n s regarding the suitabilib of hardware for your ipplications.

3100ft2 288 m2

stalnlesssteel s w l Set screws may be llghfened m secure shackle m frwR or sde psnlon or may be left bose so block s w l s

POStand shackle

Hlgh strengthTorlon rnlkr beanngs wrry h ~ radal h loads m hanglrQ and foot blws

FoolB/& Foot blocks have large swallows to pass sheets and tvvlsts freely

~ tuber carry s h m

and Sldeplate bads

Sheaveraredevgned f o r w mantenance rnseandmonalsqu~rtmth a I~htspray lubrlwm Is dl fhaf Is regutred AfreYlwater

V V

Sheasand sdeplates are machined or stamped frnm solld W31 TGaIummum for IqMwegMslrengm NI alumlnum pans are Hardkole anod~edwth Teflon lmmmon taw u l ~ mmcorrns~onresostance

Delm Mb cany ade ksepmp ShefiRsflOnl NbblnQ

Sheave Gmow

Hanpiryl Tab

Sheave grooves are speclaliy deslgned to handle wlre rope and Dacron. Spectra or Kevlar llnes

A hanging tab S standard on

spreacher blocks and can be fmed to any b ~ gboat block

Stand U p Block Stand up blocks can pvot in all dlrectlons and swlvel freeiy or be locked in front or s~depasdlons Unlque. altracbve

v FootBloChs The SpeClaliy shaped hausing accommodates a mde range of lead angles Boil spacing 1s deslgnedto spread W load to Me deck

AirBIocks" AlrBlDCks were a Harkenfirst and comblne the hloh performance of a ball and roller bear~ngsheave wdh very hlgh strenglh and extremely law we~gM

BIG BMT BUCK FUTURES Harken big boat blocks were develo~edto meet Me demands of offshore racers and cruisers. Thev are desianed for hiah oerformanceand forvears of trouble free , service in the most demanding condiiions. Big boat blocks feature free rolling bearings, carefully engineered ioad canylig structures, and materials selected for their strength to weight ratio. Whether you race or cruise, Harken big boat blacks are the perfect choice tor performance, strength and reliability. ~~

Choose the Right Beating for ihe Job Big boat sheaves and blocks are offered with three types of bearing systems. Match the sheave type to your application. Ball beanngs are the freest runn ng system. but they have tne owes load canying a b ~IV. Jse bal beanns blocks wnenever Me oao wll ~ermd. Roller bearings can cany more load than ball bearings, butihey have more lridon at low loaas. We combine rollers with bal.s, wh ch carry the twisting sloe loads of sneaves, in our standard oia ooat MrdWare. This is a verv tree rolling system for moderate and high loads. 50

Sometimes the load is too high even for roller bearings. This is usually the case when the size of a sheave must be kept to a minimum and will not permn eno~ghro lers to carry tne load Good examples are mastnead sheaves and runner block sneaves For these v e h~ah ~ load aoo mbons we use a Teflon impregnatedbushing combined withside load'balls in our h -load cornb.nation bearing. These k n n g s produce more fr ction tnan balls or rollers at low loads and snould onlv be ~ s e wnen d soace will not oermn a roller bearing sheave.

2.25"HI-LOAD BIG BOAT BLOCKS 2.25hi-load .' blocks are designed for applications where the need for a small, liaht big boat block outweiahs the need for low friction at low roads-~i-loadblocks use; special bearing system wh ch coma nes s~deoao carrylng bal s rvlrn a Tef on comoos te b ~ s h ~ ntoacarrv the raa al oaos. Wn le not as free rolling as the standard liarken balVroller bearing system, this hi-load bearing system is extremely durable and well suited to applications where a small diameter block must carry high loads. 2.25" hi-load blocks are well suited to applications like spinnaker tweaker blocks and genoa barberhauls where size and weight are the primary considerations. They should not be usedfor applications like mainsheets. The sideplate on 1754 opens to accept lines and it is perfect for tweakers or Spscificalions Sheave dia -21/4'(57 mm) Shackle pin dia - % 6 ' ( 8 mm) Max line size -'h' (12 mm) Max wire size -%6' ( 8 mm1 Addilionallnfomalion- See paye 50 tor a i exp anaf on ot speclal leat.as See pages 48 anu 49 tor s~ggessd.ses See page 60 tor D80cns& In sta n ess slee s,depales

Oacription

1746

Single

1748 ~

Special Fealum Three-way head system Hi-load bearing system Removable beckets

Lengih ~

~~~

138 m m

Slnglewhecket -

We' 169 rnm~

1750 Oouble -~ -~ ~

1752 Faidead

1754 hdead wlopening

3'8

!"!?P ie Stand up

89 mm-

~~-

ss/,<

Block swlvels

5%~' 138 mm 3%'

1767

5%~'

- ~-

Sab Wwhp Load .-..

Wiht

Fns a8 padeye ~

fourMs'(8mm) Mfastenws

3.mb i boat ~ blocks are exbemely popular on smaller

offshore boats where they are used on rnainsheets, running backstays, halyards, and spinnaker sheets and guys. They are also used extensively on larger boats for such applications as reefing blocks and traveier conbl blacks. Spmlal Feabnss Three-way head system Rollerkcll bearing system Removable beckets Stand-ups swlvel and pivot

Sp~pI~Ions Sheave dia-? (76 mm) Shaclde pin dia -5/16' (8 mm) 2% friction load -3000 lbs (1361 kg) Max line size -W (12 mm) Max wire size -%G' (8 mm) AddHIonalinfommIon- See page 50for an explanation of special features. See pages 48 and 49for suggested uses. See page 60 for blocks wRh stainless steel sideplates.

4.00"big boat blocksare used when an exceptionally free rolling block is required for moderate loads on offshore boats. 4.00" big boat blocks have many applications on mainsheets, running backstays, spinnaker sheets, afterguys, halyard leads and reefing blocks. Special Features SpeciIiwtions Three-way head system Rollermall bearing system Removable beckets Stand-ups swivel and pivot 17-4 PH stainless shackles

Sheavedia-Y(102 mm) Shackle pin dia -5A6" (8 mm) Max line size -W (12 mm) Max wire size-%" (8 mm) 2% friction load - 3130lbs (1633 kg) Safe working load -4950 lbs (2245 kg) Breakina strenath-99M1 lbs 14491 kol -. Addilionallntonnafion- See page 50 lor anerplanar on of spec a Ieat.res. See pages48 ano 49lor rlggesied uses See page 61 for o ocks vlnn sta,nlesr slee sloep ales

589

Single w

672

Stand up

m l

T 178 mm

30.7 02 870 D

Four?&' (B mm) FH fasteners wA1h'132 mm)s~acina

4.50

big boat blocks are extremely useful for a variety of applications on offshore boats over 45' (13.7m). They are used for mainsheets, running backstays, spinnaker sheets, foreguys, aftergys, halyard leadsand reefing blocks.

W a l Fealum Three-way head system Rollerball bearing system Removable beckets Stand-ups swivel and pivot 17-4 PH stainless shackles

Sjh?citicatmm

sheave dia -414' (114 mm) Shackle pin dia-1%" (10 mm) Max line size -W (16 mm) Max wire size -34s' (8 mm) 2% fncfion load -6600 lbs (2994 kg) Sale working load -8250 lbs (3742 kg) Breaking strength-16500 lbs (7484 kg) Additi~lMvma!ion-See page 50 for an explanation of special features. See pages 48 and 49 for suggested uses. See page 61 for blocks wilh stainless steel sidepiates.

F,"

oar'Ptian

Shmaw ~lametcr

MaxSB line wire ~

140mm

WelgM

2% Friction Loaaload

Safe WorLing Load

Breaking Slrennh ~

Fartenemlnduded (See Page 76101 Faslenar Sparlngl

~~-p--p-.

16mm

8mm

54,' 8mm

6'W 165 mm

2% 65 mm

5702 1.61 kg

7400lbs 3 S 7 kg

8050ibs 3651 kg-

161001bs b~~ - 7303 ~ -

%a' Emm

7% 192mm

14' 38mm

4701

97W I M

12375 lbs

24750 lbs

5-X

%e"

Z1j/16' 72mm 114' 80 or 13WO lbs 38mm L 2 7 ~ 5 5897kg 2Q%i 147 02 13030 lbs

221Wlbs 1W25Q 14365 lbe

44200 lbs 20049 kg 28730 lbs

5-W(12

19mm

5/16'

19mm

Ernm

7%~' 192mm 9%' 241 mm

34"

5 '

9th"

8mm 6 '

178mm

HLlghl

6%" 165mm

5%'

114mm

Langlh

1% Sm~m

32 01 7400 Ibs 907g3357kg

12375 Ibs 5613kg

24750 lb5 11226kg

p~~~~

5-W'(lOmm)x4'4'(114mm) (10mm)x 3 ' 8 (69 mm)

mm) x3q4'(89 mm)

Wpllon

8h.m DLm*

UneMat Slm Wh

HoI"

WIgM

EE:

$?$

Sal8

Wnrklnn Load p

536

538

Sinde Dwble

203mm

19mm

%6" Emm

1%' 302mm

1%' 44mm

147m 4.17kg

11% M2mm

3 83mm

26202 7.43kQ

6 '

203mm

19mm

Bmm

1SWOlbs ffi18k 19oOlbs ffi18kg

F a mbr wFastmmr m l d u dSprdnp) ~ (See Page76

M l b s 13W9kg

WWDlbs 27218kQ

ZWWIb 9071 kg

40m01bs 18144ko

l-M'(12mm)x3%.'(90mm) 6-%.'(12mm)x41*i'(114mm) 1-1h'(12mm)x3M'(90mm) 6-18(12mm)x6(152mm) . . l-W(16mm)x3'8(Wmm) 6-%'(16mm)x4'h"(114mm)

~~~

601

Siqk

10' 254mm

1" 25mm

%B' 12mm

15%~' 397mm

DauMe

10'

%S'

15%"

1% Mmm 3

23002 652kg

24m0Ibs 43WOlbs EEWDlbs 10886k~ 19484 kg 3 8 9 6 9 k g

42702

24WOlbs

286671bs

573331bs

OPENING FOOT BLOCKS Tnesz .n q.e tool o o c ~ lea!-te s a spr .~qoamo bacd i3n cn a o S: 0 OCI( 10 o z nl. Ipn o w n :ln o i c nano lor fasl shrel cnanocs Fo.1 sizesof opening foot blbcks are offered for use on boats from20 to 50' (6 to 15 m). The large diameter sheaves are designed to protect sheets and reduce friction t o a minimum. Housingsare hard anodized aluminum and the blocks may be disassembled for service w~thoutbeing removed from the deck.

?I!

SpecialFealures Spring loaded opening back Large diameter sheaves

~e~cri~tion

Mar Line

Sheave Diameter -

B2113

Slngle

3l?is" 100 mm

B2114

Double

315,4{ 100mm 415,',h

B3114

Double

%i"

14mm Y',~"

14mm

Height ~

S% '' 140mm

5%' l4Ornm

S,%''

fi1%8'

125mm

16 mm

415~s 125mm

16 mm

170!L 611,j6' 170mm

Sale

Lsngth

Size

Weighl

11%~" 46 mm

33b5 02 950 g

2'3,'k" 72 ~ mm - ~ 1%" 50 mm 3"s 80 mm

4714 oz 1.35 ko ---51 o i 1.45 ko 78 01 2.21 ko

Working

Load 4409 lhs 2000 kg 4409 lhs 2000 kg ~~~~~~-~~ 8377 Ibs -3800 kg 8377 lbs 3800 to

Breaking Strenglh

88181hs 4000 kg RR18 Ibc 4000 ky 16755 Ds 7600 kg 16155 10s 7600 ko

Fagenes 3 x '5 16" FH

3x8mmFH-3x

' ? ~ 6 ' FH

3 x 8 rmllrl FH 3 x ',B'FH 3 X 10 ~ r F nH ~ 3xh'FH

3 x l 0 lnrn FH

STAINLESS STEEL BLOCKS

Stainless steel blocks bring the diability and pelformanca of Halxen big boat blocks ro cNis no sailors who oreter the ricn look of polished stainless stiel blocks. Stainless steel Mocks are standaro harken bin boat bloc6 with al of the features of their alhinum counterpalts. They feature Todon rollerhall bearingsfor low maintenance performance. Sheaves and nead p l m s are 6061-T6 a umlnum wn~ch1s rlarddote anod~zed with Teilon impregnation for lightweight strength and maumum corrosion resistance. Siep at& are 316 stain ess steel hand oolishw toa n oh ustar. We offer the most wbular Harlcen big boat bloc6 in s i i s~~table for boats from 33 to 90' (10 to 27 m). Omer sizes an0 confiourat~onsare &ailable thrbugh our Custom ~ivi$on, Sp~~)Ifsrlwrr

Hand polishedstainless sideplates Rollerhall baarina-sworn , Addlt(au1 InlbmrrDbn- See page 76 for fool bbck nde spacing Refer to page 50 for an exp anmlon ot spec al features See pages 48 and 49 forsuggesbd uses M)

1736 Stand up

4' 102mm

4201

178mm

1.19kn

3WXl lbr

12mm 8mm

1633ko

lh'

4%01bs 2245ka

99Wlbs 4491kn

672

Shem

wW'ioM

MaxShe Lins W n i

A " 246mm

6201 l75Q

16mm Bmm

4'h' 114mm

6%' 222mm

74 m 210Q

16mm 6mm

5'8 140mm

11' 279mm

M m 2.50Q

19mm 8mm

5 140mm

9% 248 mm

%m 2.71 Q

19mm 6mm

Twosheave deckorganuer

2%' 57mm

PAs' 156mm

29 m 8229

'X %S' 12mm Bmm

Three sheave deckoroanizer

2 57mm

IOs/ls' 262mm

41 m 1.16kc

12mm 8mm

Dercripllon

Diameter

Le"

4M' 114mm

Load

~rsakinp SbMmh

llluminvm quinlm

66001bs 2994$

8250lbs 3742b

165WIbs 7484 kg

541

66Wlbs 2994k~

8250 lbs 3742kg

165Wlbs 7484kg

674

88Wibs 3992k9

105Wlbs 4763kg

210Wibs 9256 kg

545

MWlbs 3992kg

105WIb 4763 kg

210Mlbs 9256 kg

676

49501bs 2245 kg

9930 1bs

724

74251bs 3366 ko

148aibs 6736 ko

d,L

764

Single

1737 Stand up 766

Single

1738 Stand up 576 579

W W %' %'

1 '

5/18.

ke' 5/16.

5/18'

5/16,

M91 kg 725

MAST BASE & OVER THE TOP BLOCKS M a s t base lead blocks are offered in two sizes. They use hi-load sheaves to carry the high static loads of halyards. The sheave carriers are designed to provide a low lead and are narrow to allow mounting numerous lead blocks at the mast base. Over the top blocks are useful for leading lines aft over the folward edge of cabin houses, coamings, or splash guards. The 2.25' (57 mm) hi-load sheaves can accommodate high loads but keep lines close to the deck. Over the top blocks are provided with a keeper bail and are offered in single, double and triple configurations. Special Featues Hi-load sheaves Low leads Lightweight

1988

F'Ledmast

1990

F'aed mast

3004

Trlple over

'h'

2500 lbs

SOW lbs

9x VFH

1876

Earn

in the 1992 America's cup campaign we were approached by a syndicate that wanted high load blocks that were very lightweight. The tradiiional answer to that would be blocks with hi-load composite bearings, but this syndicate also wanted blocksthat were exlrernety free rolling and etlicientto speed sail handling and allow use of smaller winches. HaWn's custom engineers started with a clean desigopad. They knew that a large diameter sheave would be requireb&spread the load wer enough rollers to achieve good efficiency. The challenge was to cut out weight but still be able to transfer Me loads to the sidep!ates. It took an open mind and state of the alt design tools like Finite Element Analysis software to develop AirSheavesTM.Their centerless design, compLter opbm zed S oeplates an0 unlqLe amcnmenl methoa Nas so effective tnat ine orlo nal AC wnd ale used them for virtually every functii on their-boat Before the America's Cup was sailed in May, 156 AirBlocks had been delivered to five AC syndicates. AirBlocks are clearly superior to other big boat blocks, both in weight and efficiency. Harken offers standard AirElocks in four sizesfor sheets, halyards, running backstays and control lines of offshore boats. Aluminum and stainless steel sideplates are offered to suit any application and rating rule. Special Features Grge anameter, centeness sheages Tonon rollers wth Delnn oa s Swivel shackles

1927

ram NewZealand- M

Dans ~ h o m

Sab WoMq

Marsh

oesriQtim

1881

Aluminum single

Bmaklnu

. ... ks' 4950lk 2245kg 8mm

Mlbs 4491 kg

49MlbS 2245kg 49501bS 2245kg

99001bS 4491 kg Mlbs 4491 h

W lbs 4491kg W R s 4491 kn 144Wlk 6532kg 144WIk 6532kg

1904 1926 1912 1908

14.502 4139

12mm

1' 191 mm

16.1 oz 4579

12mm

We' 8mm

6 158mm

18.60~ 'h' 5268 12mm

8mm

6 166mm

19.6 02

76mm

714 191 mm

C 102mm

8%' 2ffimm

23.4401 6648 21.8m 616g

Aluminumsinple wmeCkel Aluminum stand U@

C lmmm 4 lmmm

9%' 233mm lsmm

23.9m 677~ 3201 907~

Stainless steel single

8W 2ffimm ~

28.501 8089

4' 102mm

3401

233mm

971 Q

12mm

Aluminum single wmecket

3' 76mm

Aluminum stand up

76mm

Stainless steel single

76mm

Stainless stssl s!~ley~l!eM

5 5 3'

1876 1935 1927 1913

6 166mm

Numinumslngle

1 9 ~Stainless $feel ynglew,BCkd

7%'

1xmm

8mm

4950 Ibs 2245kg 49501bs 2245h 72001bs 3256h 7ZWlbs 3288kn

We' 8mm

72Wlbs 3266kg

144Wlk 6532kn

%S'

12mm

8mm

7200Bs 3288ku

144Wlk 6532ku

72001bs 3256h

144Wlk 6532 ku

5 5 6 9 12%

'1' 12mm 'h'

12mm

lzmm

5/16. 8mm 6

Bmm

% 8mm

8mm

D~cnpllon

Sheay.

127mm 1910

Stainless st-l

1915

Aluminurn SInQle

6 152mm

Length

Weight

12'N

5802

1O%S 265mm

5802 163kg

12'h

72 oi

MaxSlm

W!.

%' 1

300mm

62 oZ 1 7 4 k ~ 19mm

11'Ka' 300mm

69 02 14Sq

13'4''

83 01

5/16'

& l

lOmm

won,,,

Sale

p;@$

10SWlbs

218001bs

ESS STEEL H BLOCKS Harken stainless steel runner blocks feature hi-load sheaves with compositehallcombination bearings which can handle extreme loadsfor long periods of time. Stainless runner blocks are permitted by all rating rules and are oerfect for IMS boats, racerlcruisers and for owners who orefer the k h look of polished stainless steel. They are computerd&igned to optimize weight. AI rJnner bloc6 are so a uvi1no.t heads Cnoose a rang pale or shackle post from lnose shown on page 68. SpectaI Features Hi-load sheaves Computer oeslqneo sldep ales Accepts tangs or snackle pons Addltonal InlonwUon -See page 50 tor an exp anallon of special features. See pages 48ad 49 for suggested us=. 66

A i r ~ u n n e r smanifest the latest thinking in runner block technology: they are strong, lightweight blocks with extremely free rollino sheaves. For vears racers have sacrificed oertormance for i e grit in tnelr Qearcn for the aea rJnner o i c k D ~ n n g the 1992 Amer ca's CL^ har~enawe opeo A rSheaves " ana AirBlocks'" for syndicates that recognized the need to combine low weight with high performance. While most runner blocks use composite bushing sheaves to carry high running backstay loads, AirSheaves utilize Torlon rollers in a large diameter race which allows a large number of rollers to share the load. By removing the material from the center of the Airsheave, Harken has been able to produce ro ler oearlng sheaves nllil the sallie Slrengln and we gnl as coinDos te sneaves Ro ler bearinas r.n inore free L Inan bushings, particularly at low loads sich as when the runner is being set up or released. AirRunners feature computer designed sideplates with thin bailsfor weight optimization. Their Hardkote anodized. TefloP impregnated6061-~6aluminum shells are legal under all rating rules. Bails are rounded to prevent fouling on lifelines and other lines and positioned to allow a large range of line entry angles making AirRunners suitable for use aloft and on the deck, They are offered in both single and becket versions in three sizes appropriate for boats from 38 to 65' (l1 to 20 m). All runner blocks are sold without heads. Choose atang plate or shackle post from those shown on page 68. Special Fsahrres AirSheavesfeaturing Torlon rollers Computer designed sideplates Thin wall bailsfor weight optimization Additional Infornation- See pages 64 and 65 for an explanation of special features. See pages 48 and 49 for suggested uses.

127rnm wikkel ~

127rnm

'h'

76mm

76rnrn

%6'

12mm

8mm

3'18'

~zmm

8m1n

11 02 316g

SW0 IbS 1OOW1

14.702 418~-

5aX)Ibs l W W l 2 2 6 8 ~ ~ 4544

2268kg

4544

2007

7ZWlbs

144WI

Runner blocks are sold without heads so you must choose the appropriate fitting to anach your blocks to Me r~nningoaclcstay. Heads witn shaciles are ohred wflh bo!l parallel ana ~emend~cukr onentatlon of Me shacke and are often used for deik mounted blocks as well as the flying blocks. The tangs

allow attachment of tumbuckles, toggles and other rigging fltings. When several pin sizes are offered oe sure10 spec fy the miectdiame(er when oraerina"

Sbclda Pod

She

BlacL

S 76 mm 4' 102 mm S 127 mm

737, 1918,1522 1853,1863, 1919,1923 1855, ISM, 1920,1924

R'pandhlar MHO.

740 1S59 1861

Taw Am

R~III

RI~NO.

W@M

740

7 02 198g low 280 g 1301 $69 g

18W 1862

Tanl ~all~o. 747

WI@M 301 860

Runner ~htI!ameter 'Oe' 12mm

Padand ~hsdotq mn

niammm W'

nnp

~s(*l~l

W n h Steel

6 mm

1S57

511 02

StainlessSteel

12mm

1858

156g 9 01 255 8

lomm 'An' 12mm

Stainless Steel

W 18 mm

SPREACHER

BLOCK^

Spreachers are ideal spinnaker sheet lead blocks for modern offshore boats. The double in-line sheave configuration permits use of the block for spinnaker changes without the use of two attachment points, a serious consideration on modem boats with cored decks, The 722 is an ideal spreacher block for boats to 38' (11.5 m). AirSpreachersmare lightweight, high-strength spinnaker sheet blocks. They use Harken's Airsheaves which feature Torlon rollers and Delrin balls for the ultimate in free rolling performance,Their large diameter bearing races can carly high loads, yet the open centers keep weightto a minimum. When sizing spreachers be sure that the smaller secondary sheave is adequate for the highest anticipated load the block may see. All spreacher blocks feature a hanging tab so that they can be suspended from the lifelines. SpecialFeatures Hanging tab Three-way head system Rollerhall bearing system Extreme strength to weight ratio

Olamatar

M' 12 mm 'h

12 mm

S l WolXlng Load mmaw W n d a w 4950 Ibs 2245 kg

4950 1bS 2245 kg

4950 Ibs 2245 kg 49501bs 2245kg

Air~heavesmare the heart of the AirBlockS" that wetr: developed for America's Cup boats that demanded extremelv lioM sheaves that could carrv. verv, hioh - working lkdsiwim very low frktion. By using very . . large diameter bearing km,these sheaves can carly high loads on Torlon rollers. Side loads are carried bv two rolls of ball bearings to reduce friction caused by line twistand unfair leads. The center ofthe sheave has been el mlnatea to red~cewe~ght AllSneaves are onered seDaratelv for use in soec~al applications like spars, thru-deck leads, or custom fittings. Due to their unusual shape and high working loads. AirSheaves must be mounted with areat care to InsJre thar load ,s properiy d ~ t r i ~ ~tot et i ed support structLre and 10 me fasteners. hormal18-8 or 316 stainless steel fasteners may be used, butthe sheave must be properly aligned to the load. SpaclBI Feahrm Torlon mllerhall beanno svstem nardmeanw~zed. ~ef6n;mpre~natw 6061-T6asm1n,m M~nlmumwlpm tor Jmrnlng oad AddilionallntonnaIion- See Page 50 for an ex0 anauon of special features and page 64 for hrther information. ~

~~~

Fastener holes must be perpendEularlo the load

Pan

Width

Special Featurn

Torlon rollerball bearing system Hardkde anodized. Teflon impregnated 6061-T6 Aluminum AdditionaIlnf~~mation- See page 50 for an explanation of special features.

Safe

Bmaking Qlnngth

L"=!

Center Hole J'!"!%r~

Fadenem -

~~~

76mm 41%' 114 mm

22mm 1 25mm

3WO lbs 1361 kg 7400lbs 3357 kg

t1/8 29mm

9700lbs 4400 kg

4950 lbs 9900 lbs 3/8' 49 2245kg 4491 kg 1 0 m m 1 0 m y 14850ibs 297Wlbs 3/8 673629 13472 kg 19mm lOmm .. . '6 3/a'' 14850lbs 297031bs 1Omm 6736kg 13472 kg 22 mm

130001bs 5897kg

26500lbs 12020kg -

530W lbs 24041 kg

l!v

38mm

12mm

19000 1bs 8618kg

44WO b s 88000 1bs 19958kg 39917 kg

2%'' 54 mm

Ih''

l 254 mm 32 mm

3600 ibs 1633 kg 240001bs 10886 kg

6 4950 b s 9430 lbs 4491 kg lOmm 2 2 6 k~ 5OWOlbs lOWOOlbs 3%h* 22680 kg 45360 kg 34 mm

1% 40mm

7000 Ibs 3175 hp

4950 b s 226kg

Big boat sneaves are the 10-ndat on upon whlcn o g

boat b ocks are b~ t Tney are otlered separate y lo give boat owners high quality sheaves for special applications. Big boat sheaves feature the Harken ball/rolier bearing system in which Torlon rollers carry the high radial loads while Deirin balls suppollside loads. When choosing big boat sheaves, care should be taken to choose a sheave based upon load carrying capability rather than physical dimensions.

%FriUion LOSS Load

11N 178 mm 29mm

F:zr 41 mm

6 oz 1700 160z 4549 2 7 ~ 765 g ~-

2W Mmm

4502 1.28 k[

1% 35mm l

32mm

22mrn

76mm

~~~~

Welght

~~~

12 mm

6501 1.84%

1002 284 S 10202 2 89 k[

10mm

9900 Ibs 4491 kg

3 83mm

W 12 mm

10mm

IOmm

43W 121 mm p

1002 284 Q

Hi-load sheavesare the heart of our standard running backstay blocks and big boat deck organizers. They am offered seoaratelvfor reolacements and for use in spacial appiicatiois which require a very strong. compact sheave. They are popular for use in masts and booms and for through-the-transom running backstay instalhtions. Hi-load sheaves use a special bearing system whicn comb~nesside oao carrying balls witn a Tef on wmooste bushina to cam, Me rad,al oaas. Whtle not as free rolling as the shdard Harken balVmlkr bearing system Mis hi-load oeanng syslem 1s earemelv durable and W I suled to aoolimhons which mist canyvely high loads in a'kricted diameter. Brealc~ngstren$hsare basea on tne use of solid 304 sta nless steel shafts. Lighteningholes Hi-load beating system A d d i I i o n a I l ~ i m - See page 50 for an explanatbn of special features.

z: 727 754 712 714 716 1734

mrmstsr

WI~M

2W 57mm

22mm

76mm

22mm

7 4' l m m m 22mm 1' 5' 127mm 25mm 1' 6' 152mm 25mm l 8'

w s i g ~ Dlamear PI"

Mar Slm Wire

U"'

40z 1139

lomm

12mm

501 1420

'h'

12mm

1001 2849

"46'

lamm

'h' 12mm

8mm

1701 461 g

3%'

h '

22mm -~

16mm

8mv

WLz8 %ls

Orapldnl

FiD

gbsnb

Bled;

724,725 726

%a' 8mm

49Wk 2245kg

Wlbs 4491 141

h '

12mm

8mm

70Wlk 3175kg

165Mllbs 737.797, 74Mkg 1711,1719 32WOlbs 697.706, 14515hg 1713.1721

h'8'

2301 6520

22mm

16mm

lomm

4601

1%'

12MKLlbS 5443kg

15MX)lbs 51WIbs ,E8?-$, 23!33kg 18WOlbs 5lWOlbs 23133k~ 81ffikg 37WOlbs 1mwOlbs

699,708, 1715.1723 701.710, 1717,1725 1726,1728

NARROW HALYARD & Harken's narrow halyard and steering sheaves are specifically designed for masthead and steering system nstal at ons w e r e s ze an0 we gnt are cr t cal consloerat ons Narrov~ha yard an0 sreennq sheaves are computer designed, use 6061.~6aluminum, and feature lightening holes for maximum weight savings. The use of these sneaves in mastneads Improves sa handlnng remarkan v soeed no sal cnanoes an0 allON no me Jse of sialler,'iig~er hiyard winches. When usedin steering systems, these sheaves return crucial "feel" to wheel steered boats. Because halyard and steering sheaves are subjected to very n gh oao,ng tne, learue aspec a near ng system wn ch comb~nessloe load carry ng oalls c !h a Telton comoosne oJsn na to carn tne rad al loads Whl e not as free rolling as t i e standard Harken balVroller bearing system, this high load bearing system is extEmely durable and well suited to masthead and steering installations. Bread~ngstrengtns are oased on a sol 0 shah 01lype 304 staln ess steel Tn s strength I vary lotner snah materials are used Special Feahrres Lightening holes Hi-load bearing system Narrow width AddilionalInlormalion- See page 50 for an explanation of special features. See pages 48 and 49 for suggested uses.

A Pnt

Dlamet8r

Wimh

WeigM

center

Pln Oiamafar

Max Slzs I I".

p -

'h'

76mm

16im

128~

12mm

&fa

woridna Load 4W0 Ibs 1814kg

lOmm

5mm

165W lbs 7484kQ

1/15

8 mmp %S'

37103 lbs

8 mm

W lOmm

37103 Ibs

(

Steering sheaves are designed to put the "feel" back into boats with wheel steering. They lead the steering cables from the wheel to the quadrant and reduce friction in this highly loaded system to a minimum. Since steering sheaves are placed in the weight sensitive aft end of the boat, we use our 692 and 694 lightweight narrow sheaves. These sheaves feature a hi-load bearing system which combines side load carrying balls wlh a Teflon composite bushing to support the radial ~- - loads. --.. There are f o x stainless oracdets ava lao,e for mourn ng steering sneaves P voting brackets wil lm, over 45" to simollfv al,onment of the steering cabis with the sheavesand quadrant:Fiied irackets are llghter and ower. AI, oracdets feature boil slots so that they can be hwstea UP TO 100 for better al gnmant after instal ation spscUIlH,atnn3s 316 stainless steel brackets

Large diameter sheaves Hi-load bearings Addlfkmal lnh~~mallm-See page 50 for an explanation of special features.

E 785 786 787

788

om3lmlon 4'(102 mm) Steering s h w w t i ~ e dbracket C (102 mm)Steennp shedvewhllwnngbmkl W(152 mm) Sleering s h m wKlM bmket 6'(152 mm) Steerinp

Heloin

tengm

4%~'

llOmm 4'%6' 125mm €44' 162mm 7'M

95mm 4%r' ll4mm 4%~' 116mm 5%

MIX

WIW~

31/16' 78mm 3'M 79mm

W,' 95mm 3%

WOIQM

1902 5399 21 02 5958 40 01 1.1 kg 45 m

wln S I ~ %S' 8mm 6

8mm

Ja' lOmm

3a'

Sal8

~~lldng loud SOWlbs 22584 35WlbS 1558kg 75W lbs 3402kg

hwm 1WWlbs 4535 kg 7CCNIbs 3175kg 15CCNIbs 6804kg

692

582 694

6x%<HH 6x8mmHH 4xM6'HH 4xammHH 8xWHH 6xlOmmHH

hrtawr S~adnu 2 W x 2h' 67mmx54mm 3Wx2 90mmx51mm 3Wx 2%~' 86mmx65mm

1SNATCH BLOCiGS I W i t h their opening sideplates and snap shackles, snatch blocks are versatile pelformers on offshore boats of all sizes. The snap shackles mean they can be attached to any free padeye or bail while the opening sides mean that the sheets may be inserted W tn0.t reeving a free eno thro-gn the bloc<. They are pertect for aoo catlons Ike mast oase reelino bloc6 or cnana n~ sneets ana are often used for deflector blo& on spinnaker she& or to pass halyards to afree winch. Harken snatch blocks feature low friction sheaves and a patented one-hand opening latch. Sheaves roll on roller/ball races for ease of adjustment under high loads and instantaneous release under low loads. The 1600 and 1608 use Delrin roller bearings while the hi-load 1601 and 1609 use Todon rollers. The push-button latch allows the blocks to be opened with one hand, a definite advantage on a pitching boat. Trip buttons are protected to prevent accidental release. Sideplates are urethane to prevent damage to decks, spars, and cabin houses. An integml bail permits hanging the blocks from lifelines with shock cord. S n a shackles ~ are sized for block loads. They will fit most appropriate padeyes and bails. When adaching directly to toemils or other fxr~resthat wiJ not permdme shacde to a ign proper y W m the ioao. dre the 1608 or 1609 snatch ~ o c k w.m s trLnnion snap shackle: Snatch blocks may be used forgenoa leads, but should not be used as genoa foot blocks. SpecialFealures One-hand latch Rollerhall bearing sheaves Urethane sideplates Snap shackles

Spaciliwtions

Sheave diameter-218 (€4mm) Max line size- 5h' (16 mm)

16W

Snatch block

1601 HI-load Snafch block

wnh l y l o n

ADDITIONAL SPECIFlCATlONS

2.25" (57 mm), 3.00' (76 mmi Foot Blocks 511528.552, 553, 768,769.1739,1740.1839,1840,1756,1758.1765.1766

4.50(114 mm). 5.50'(140 mm), 7.00 (178 mm) Foot Blocks 512,513,514,530 532. 534,770,771,772 773

Parl NO.

2.25 (57 mm),3.00 (76 mm), 4 (100 mm),4.50(114 mm) 5.00 (127 mm), 5.50 (140 mm), 6.00 (152 mm) Stand Up Blocks-670,672.674676.1735. 1736,1737,1738,1767,1769,1897

Part NO.

B ~~

670.672 1735.1736

3' 76 mm

674 1737 676 1738

31,,+1" 94 mm 3'%1 94 mm

1767 1769. 1897

3 .-.76 mm . 4 100 mm

3'4 79 mm

51 mm

23/<

10Fmm~-

70 mm

41,4 lmmm

254"

67 mm

21~~'. 48 mm

75 mm ~

5% 130 mm

3'h"

89 mm

CUSTOM HARDWARE A

C4244 4.W (114 mm) S W n k steel low lead block. Sheave k been l'pht~ref Hardkoteancdued. SWk 75W lk (3401 U).

Wwd W. Harken wcd block

CRUISING YACHTS I

C4055 BC bmt jib S l d e r m l.%(l14 mm) stainlesssteel sheave carer SWL: 95W lk(4318 kg). Wel~m:5.59 1 k (2.54 kg).

The versatib of Haken's custom products extends beyond meoayachts ana America's Cup and inciuaes the special needs ol mne smal er-CN sing yacht. ANho~ahmost of Mese boats are f i with standard hardware., nevltablv there is one iocation where a suitable standard part is unavailable. Our goal in ihis market s to prov ae cruising yacht owners wdh high quality custom parts that meat tneir articular needs at reasonable orices. rlard<oteanodized al~mnnum hand poli~hedstainless steel, and even wood blocksare available to make sailing easier and more enjoyable. 78 ~

C-3761 40 mm T-track sllder car wth 55W(140 mm) sheavecarrier Car and shaveare ligM gray Hardkote anodized SWL: 175W lbs(7955 kg).

C-3876 162 mm Stainless steel fixed habard krBlock. SWL: 21WO Os(9545 kg). C-3473 5.W (127 mm) Stainlesstee1 Iomb1od(wlh wide Airsheave. SWL: 145W lbs (6950 h ) . C-3614 50W (127 mm) Pivoting stainless steel halyard lead black. SWL: 120Wlbs (5455 kg). Weigm: 6.15 10s (2.80 kg).

C-3808 4Wi102 mm) Hi-load sfainless stesl snatch block. WelgM 4.2 1 h(19 1 kg).

O v e r the past several years Harnen custom hardware "as developed a r e p m on for a v na re aD e,. n an ~erlomanceselvlce on meaavachn O L PurBlockr" ~ des ans hanale extrehe loads without the bulk and weiaht of trabiional m e ~ a - y a c hgear. t wework hard wlh designers, project managers, and owners to develop hardware that meets their exacung news w h e~ ma nraln no tne n ghest standaros in q ~ a l t yan0 tln sh. Tn s gear Contmues t o evolve as b e work t o mane t more rel~ablebener looklna, - and D e r l o m at the highest levels.

C-3838 40 fnnl T.lrsk smnless n d OIa m A In 162 mm man err steel A r B a X Sb. 21WO br19545ligt

C-3736 2.50'(64 mm) Aluminurn W 1firBlock. SWL:40Wlbs (1818kg).WeigM: 0.51 lbs (0.23 kg).

G4286 5.WFixed habard AiWock S W HMXIlbs (4596kg). Weight: 1.67 Ibs(0.76k~).

C-3740 Mid-rangejib wlyslide wilh 3.07 (76 mm) aluminum sheavecarrier SWL: 36% Ibs (16EQkg). WebM: 1.51 lbs (0.69 kg).

C-3780 Big boat genoa lead car SWL: 4500 lbs (2041 hp). Weight 4.63 lbs(2.11kg).

C.4279 IMS maxi wing MockMh single handed opening feature. SWL:35Wlbs (1587kg). Weight: 0.52 lbs (0.24 kg).

SWL: l l O O D lbs (4596 kg). Weight: 2.20 ibs (1.00 kg).

C4329 6.W Strapheadhrf~lock SWL: 120W lbs (5442 kg). Weight 1.95 Ibs (0.88 kg).

a A

Growth in the IMS racing fleet continues to be impressive. This year's Admiral's Cup should give us some exciting racing as Me ILC 40 and 46 classes make their CMAC debut. A new class of maxis is also developing with yachts that are faster and mare exciting than their IOR predecessors.As this racing genre grows, so does Harken's role in this fast paced market. Harken custom IMS gear has evolved from our standard line of black to become the worldwide standard for reliable, lightweight high-perfomlancegear. Upaaled and rellned A~rBlocasare no!*/ ava lab e for yacnts of a1 sues Polys oe aenaa cars are the llantest ava lab e an0 o ~ ma r nsheet traveler cars Drovloe the highest strength with the lowest friction on the market Thls year, rlamen equlpped boats lnc Lae the newesl MS mars Sagamore ana Sayonara, LC4Os an0 46s M.mm 36s, as we as me orana new Melges 30 11YOL want every DOSS ble advantaae when sal lna vo,r ne* MS vachr, alve bs a call. We'll be happy to put 0urexpe;ience and exK;tise to work for you.

C4012 8.OO'hrRunner M h pioling becket. SWL: 35000 1 b(15873 kg). WehM 8.25 lbs (374kg).

. .,

you'// do M.

his-M-L-XL I.

2h9 p..Plo with + ~ [ b @

l*'?

. ',:,

.. .

Dry Suit Essential a t t i r e for small boat sailors and h t b i t e r s . Whether you're drenched in spray. or find yourself swimming. this. frontentry. gwrantepd waterproof suit keeps you d r y and comfortable Nylon oxford urethane laminated fabric w i t h s e a w seams, latex rubber neak.d%t*a"?onkk gaskets proteitedty a d j u s t a a n e o p q e 0yq:cuffs. Self-draining m c k pocket k y lanyor&metol tooth w a t e ' +f zipper. l k u b l e layered. s e z drainingknee and seat patches Adjt&table bungee card waist.

S-M-L-XL-XXL '... 2427 Purple w i t h yellaw/black

trim

S-M-L-XL-KXL Ze6%$l wrth bkck trim

HS- l

HS-2

and

TRS

r i p system features f l e x i b i sole and tri-radial sipe pattern t o inhibit hydroplaning and give traction in all directions

You're in the cock i t takin care of business when all hell breacs loose. 8 u t y w move about w i t h confidence knowing y w won't slip. You're wearing Harken b w t shoes.

Sidewall bars and tack grips integrate w i t h bottom tread t o expel w a t e r .

HS-l is made of split suede and foam-backed mesh. The HS-2 is constructed of lightweight. synthetic leather t h a t breathes. B o t h incwpwate the latest in athletic shoe styling and technology.

Beamy outsoles offer wide base of support f o r maximum surface contact.

2020 HS-l split suedelmesh

2021 HS-2

synthetic leather

Full-length Reslite-polyurethane cushion incarprotes integrated sidewall support s tern for comfort and stobiEy.

2024 Removable insole replacement (size 5-14)

243 252 2M) 268 277 285 294 302 311

37 Conl~nenlalI

Engllsh Amencan Women's Arner~can Men's

3839

4041

, I I I I I , I , 4

43 44

4646

I I I I I

Scalloped Achilles tendon pod is cwnfortoble while offering maximum heel support.

S 1 8 1 1 1 2 1 3 ~

Removable grid-style EVA f w t b e d provides cushioning while promoting ventilation and rapid draining o f water.

I I I I I I I I I

EVA midsole wed e ives lightweight and f em.% le ~ 1 ~ 1 ~ 1 cushioning.

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 *

~ v a i l a b l ein medium w i d t h men's US sizes 5 t o f4 w i t h half sizes from 5 112 t o 1 1 '12.

&j#hhvy

with navy fkece liner .n16

Outer Wear " ,

fleece Jacket When you're beating through

t h e Straits o f Mackinac in fivefag+ waves and a 30-knot breeze. and it's so cold you can see your breath. it's time t o w a r m up w i t h Harken's front zi fleece pullover. &asy on. &asy o f Two zippered , , handwarmer pockets. Generously cut f o r eas Ia ring Pillresistant a1 en polar fkece.

S-M-L-XL-XXL

ZWO Teal w i t h gray

trim

Vest When i t ' s r turn t o be on U want t o ward watch on o f f the chi160nptgrab the rwn. grab your Horken vest before facing the elements. Expedition Cloth Taslan. shell w i t h li htwei ht polar fleece I. . A s t i c zippers. insi e and outside zippered p c k e t s , seamless waistband.

'""? QlKK

S - M - L+.xL'-XXL 2421 Rod w i t h tmvy t r i m 2422 Black w i t h r a p 1 t r i m

. '

e~...-. .. .-- .-

--+--4 + e ,-

c W..

CasuaI Sport Polos Tryone. Try them 011.

Whatever

yav style we've got yw covered.

2yy1

Multi-Cdor Moke o splash in cur new polo of h s t green. n a y ond burgundy Classic two-button I 00% cotton . pique knit w i t h drop toil. Embroidered logo.

.;M

2770

1560

M-L-XL-XXL 2WI Multi

'U'"

.h(.

Rugby Style

If yw long for skeves. a polo in bright purpk nips the chill. 100% cotton heavyweight pique knit, ribbed cuffs, side vents and three button continent01 placket.

I(<:>

S-M-L-XL

2424 Concord

sport Kick bock in our oversized shte polo for m y rolaxrng. Pre-wnshed 100% cotton dcubk mesh piqop knrt. Elbow length banded sleeves. extended drop tail ond fiw button dcrcket. Ernbmidered h. " S-M-L-XL

2423 Slote

1 '210

16nm Key Ring

Jewelry;

How mnch smaller con yw g e t and still have a worki load of 250

Honey I &unk ths blocks. No working h d k these detailed t o scab miniatures. Chain ?hem o d your neck c u f f them - ; .. ta your w i S t . , o r simply stick them in ywr ear. 2354 Ruvru earring ZW5 Sp-eacher cham WI Dr- winch chann 2355 S p o c h e r earring .. 23% C h w i i r h sham , 2356 Earring wire . . . . 2353 Fdlng c h a p

EaYtond.

16 mm block featwes rust resistant key ring. 2933

.*nr3n.nat

..,

This ? I - p q m e hut ;;fs&waskd ' denim is the CWnisnfty pocki on y a d h e a d you* duffleis M I . : . ' EmkoirfEredb40. ,

h.'

&bags O r e sudr hot s e l h we're IlDrkl fewrishly tb kee demo3 Made here W or en With

headquarters, +hese sailbootfriendlv trawlina c o n n a n h 'keep y& ih ord; '

Made of 1000 denier C w d w nylon and K e v l o ~ sailcloth Kmdar c& a d potterns wry,

5p-t puck, fully limd cotton webbi handbs and s ~ l d e sr t r ~ p . . ZZ.".x X 1 O"(5Sx 30 X 25 CV) 2 w

Tri--fold TT& T k e e genepack6.b or9nize h p /n.qcossiti& Fdds fok t r a w l . UnMd and hang easy access. . .

'2W6

?g*y

Lu99a90

D&ek

Fully lined t k e c ~ d m e 7 t s , p m a l k zi+r ( '1' for easy accospeottoo t d b l n g handhs and shwldic s t m p :

28"x 13!'x 111(71 x31r33&). 2 w ' 1 ~

macho: Multitude of ~

pockets f o r pm caladatws.

srmp.

2 w Traveler: Singfa compadment.

Perfect for grooming essentnls. 2378

Cookn Of -e this codsr keeps drinks cdd Most co&n do. But oun is more thanj w t another c&. We use this hirterpraaf tote fDT a dozen things keeping W camera a& film d r y W storing f h mokings +apicnic We'veknTdkditT andused it m a pPIIcwIcw

2338 2 4 p k 2382. 12 pack

LA-Z

Laces

Trip faces? Simpf trr~d'af tyin 7 not fkar. LA- Laces are %re. S~OCI SIPm slip OM with no fuss muts. Rubber 6attach y/ith pins fed thrargh epkfp. Sized to f i t all s k . It's so eas t o do we know ycull thadu+

2389W white 23896 grey

2389.B

block

2389P pvpb

Promotional Can tookr

Keep drink stabk and &ezie. c o d k i t h Harken's race equipped ' hdder. h 1 1 b.arihg6 r o t inckded

Tattoos

L?z LE:,

face tattoos appeal

fun. Great icebreakers a t reyattas 2Y30

Lip Balm / Zinc Gide

Thumb your

nose a t ths hole iri the m e w i t h Harken lipstuff and zinc oxide pkdion.Both come m dispensers with unique fliptop trig9ers and lanyards for instant accessibility Cdwkss $ bolm is SPF 15 w i t h aloe w r a and vitamin E.

2W9 Lip Dalm Zinc oxide k awilabk h five wild colors green, yellow. pink, p p l a and blue

ZY3 1 Zinc okide

PIaying Cards It's a fact that sailors think a b w t sailin every 7 minutes Show the worl A t ' s on your mind by breakin out a deck of ywr ' B o a t k a d " playing cards. h&-deck

bridge-size pckage.

2 w Sailing W e s Track your t a c h on this waterp d npteboard lncMos code flag references. erasabk marker and four Velcro tabs,

81/2"~11"(22 X 2390

28cm)

...

ZY5l Offshwe

'. ~ortlstarbopl-d.~ti~ke+:.~ ,

h't

Sametimes M khbw?.whi+, : : end is up. Dyt thank to PIS

stkkars ~;CrlwOp knpv W ' pwt ho ~ s t a r b w r d . D e v o e d fw &Sailing's~'ior insiructionpbgam Green

% r h r d strc . r adheres to side of the bwm

rig"

Rod

port sticker * t h e l&' 2393

.., .

~ d t e sft /ag?.

. '

Ever racin sei'hr nods these

' N d s a i d . 2ary Velcro strip :

s h d attachment. red "brak"flag 2W8, yellow "I" flag

. . L

Winches. U s i s for those plastic winch ~ p l i c a sa m limited only by tho

i-ginatw Great catchdls for kids blocksand crayohs,glasses k e y and other small things that ditappear on h t s . YX73Dlock

m4tlYonld

. ,. ,

Yn5&om.I.. . .

. . . I

HARDWARE ,

...,

.. .

Rounded tm m11ndcut ortear line -hey hald by squeedng, notming into it Smmlh V e n t r y k p s line in when cam hUpSldedOWn

Super Efmw mare d e of HardkdeTefbn impregmted die rart aluminum.

A s p e a spmg made of Um f i n d materbl in thew& k mnwhr

Drain Me allows trapped m r to m p e .

Three m of MriflDall bearings disbibute Mgh MS mnty and alow c m to rotate smwmlvardmiiy

The tom design and cam entry geomary avow linesto be pulM iinto the cleat Moutdrawinglinemrough Gm cleat- perfect for when you'uetrimmd tome max or milje apmise contrd adiusrmem

rdsedsoyou can pulltkline in wiU~outscrapno knucldes.

W BEARING CAM-MATIC"CLEATS

A gooa cam c eat holds securely wnno~taamag~nqlhne engages and

re eases easllv, works ea~alNwell wltn a rdlioe ol me alamerers and withstands y& of use wkout suffering weir damage. In January of 1984a patent was issued to Peter Harken which covers the use of rotatable bearings in a cam cleat and the speclic geometry of cam pawls. Since that time no other cleat has matched or surpassed the Harken Cam-Matice for performanceand durability. Ball bearings are one key to the Cam-Matic's success. Because the pawlsfloat on multiple rows of bearings, they open easiiy even under high loads. Lines engage with simple downward pressure and there's no need to pull h~gny loaded lhnes tntough tne .aws to ease sneets or habards - IJS~Rclt Inem out BecaJse tne Dawls noe on beannas the &m sprin$s can be very lightto allow evein easier line entry. Tne Cam-Matccs patentea geometry Insures that tne same nJmoer of teeth arm me line reaardless of Is alameter Tn s al ows the use of roJnoed teeth chit do not damage line and they hold small, hard, high-tech adjustment lines as well as soft large lines with equal force. Light spring pressureand special geometiy also allow the use of round teeth becausethe pawls close evenly and don't need to bite into the cover to insure that they close. The aluminum jaws are Hardkote anodized with Teflon impregnation. Their hardened, round, die cast aluminum teeth and slippery Teflon surface resist line abrasion better than any plastic, includingthose filled with materials like carbon. Aluminum is a terrific material for dissipating heat where plastics tend to bum during high speed trimming and halyard raising. 82

There are four sizes of Harken Cam-Matic cleats for boats from the smallest dinghys to large offshore boats. The 279 micro Cam-Matic is designed for small control lines. The aluminum teeth wear well with the hard, small linesfavared by dinghy sa lors m e 11ns (27mm) no e spaclng atlows c eats to be spaced c ose twetner and IS wrlect lor Jse wnere manv control l~neslead to a small area. he all-plast/c 2C4l low profile ~ a m - ~ $isi ca lightweight cleat forsmall or m e d m szed lhne Lse 11 wnen tne load slow and aolJstment IS nfrequent Avolo the 200 wnen line a drawn throuah me a m our na ad~ustment The 150 Cam-Matic is used for highioads and forap$ic&ons where the line is adjusted often or is drawn through the jaws during adjustment. The aluminum base and jaws make it a strong, durable cleat. The 280 offshore Cam-Matic was designed to complementthe midrange series of blocks. It will accommodate line to 5/8" (16 mm) and will glve r~ggedserv ce In h~gnload sltLat ons The 412 doub e Cam-Mat c 1s used in WOswed mansneet svstems It will accommodate 5/16" (8 mm) to 7/16' (l l mm) line, has an aluminum base and pawls and comes with a stainless steel eyestrap.

Cam Kits Each cam is available in a packaged set which includes a mm, wedge and appropriate wire fairlead. See page 85 for wedge and wire fairlead Specifications.

zuu Cam-Matic" Cam Cleats Heighl

279 ~-

280 412

Micro Can-Matic ~~p ~p

Onsliore Cam-Matic Double

V4 -

lgl"fi

LengL

Wimh

ll%a" 7g; .- 4 ~ ! .n 2~ !

WeigM

size

Fartener Soaclnll

Li"-no

i/r 02 21 Q

#8 RH 4mmRH

l%< 27mm

'A" 6 mm

Mln

WoYnu ,--.

Mataria1

150lbs

3WIbs

Ph'dc6

SW Its

7531bs

Numinum

l!?" 32mm

3% 85mm

1'0" 38 ?m

5% 01 1489

W FH 6mm FH

ZM6' 52mm

16mm

6mm

317h2

1%'

4Mm

XlOTH

2%~'

%S'

%6'

Cam

Wsqe

279

297

284

CamMadclot

I50

145

137

Onshore cam kd

280

283

282

M i m CamMadc whire fairkad

279

Low proSleCamMatic wiwire fairkad

Cam-Mac wiwirefaiiiead

150

tmuiptlon

NO. 315

Micro cam lat -~

316 317 .325 326

327

FaCload Wolghl

284 298

356 Cam-Mal'c 150 .~ ~~- w/fairiead 357 LwrprdileCam-Matic 2W wflaidead 358 MkroCam-Mabc 279 whirlead

201 57 Q 302

85 P

145

328

145

328

402 114g 302

859

297

I l A or 34 Q 31Aor 93 g 6% or lMQ lor 28 9

329

11502

39 Q

W~Wsmdeslpled to hdd line?. atcamsand featureastainlsswearguxdforllnechale pmfectim.

CAM FLAIRLEADS & FAIRLMDS C a m faideads allow cleats to be used even when lines enter or leave the cam at unfair angles. Mo~ntedaft of me cam. the fairlead allows engagement and release of lines from UD to 45" one ther side ol Me cam. mis is ideal for controls on modem boats where crew move from the cockpit to a trapeze or to the weather rail, yet the weight and expense of swivel cams is not justified. Mounted ahead of the cam, the faidead accepts lines with varying leads such as traveler controls on small catamarans. Made of cllass-reinforced olastic. cam faideads are resisrantro ioras on -1nes r be on arge dtameler staness steel tubes wnich mlnlmlze fnci on and wear to both the faldead and 41ne The shaoe of the cam fa rlead has been optimized to ensure ea& engagement of lines even when pulled at acute angles. The 328 fairlead f& both the 150 and 200 cams, The 329 fits the 279 micm cam. Both can be reversed for either front or rear mounting. Ra rleads are scu pt~reaeyestraps des gneo to noid lines at cams They are llant and feature a sra~nlesswearguard for protection against line chafe. Flairleads are k nd to legs ana fou weather gear ana offer an oppor1dnW to CO or code tne l50 and 200 cams Fh~rleads are packaged in pairs and are available in black, red, green andyellow- specify color when ordering. Sp~lFsahKss Faidea&

Specis1 Feahoer Flairleads

Fiber reinforced plastic Stainless tubes protect lines Large diameter guides for low fr'aion Reversible 84

Fiber reinforced plastic Stainless wearguard protects plast'lcand prevents chafe

Cams not included. Rease see @ape B3 for cam fairleadkls

v 328 Mounfed behind a 150 Cam-Mafic

11 €uenalac.le.. oe~ngagea m cams Glass ~ e l l f o m pdmc and mnk nee g. ae aoesensue ow nlmoi

Faabwr

bs"ption ~-

Weight.-

Spacing

32 01 9g

l =mm l'h'

. ::,.J, C 2 . p P -

m -

p ~

294,296

Eyestrap

137 .

201

e' .

1602

eyesbp

.. .. :'

;,!;! i :il

r.-

CAM CLEAT ACCESSORIES

281 ~

282 .

There are four evestraw to provide a fairlead on cams and to hold the line at 1ne c eal when not n Lse Tnc 284 an0 298 v. re falr eans can ne .sen w~thtne 150 200 ana 279 deals to p ace a far ead anead of tne carn Tne 201 mav oe ltneo to tne 150 t h e n a our orollle fa~rleaas aenreo and the line is nb larger than %6" (8 mm). The 4 i 9 eyestrap forms afairlead on the 418 Trigger Cleat. A wedge kit is available for each cam so cleats car be angled 15" for better leads in special situations. The 150.200 and 279 cleats can also be fitted to either flat or 15" angled risers to provide proper leads. Each wedge and angled riser includes an under-deck shim to provide a properly angled mounting surface for nuts when the cam is through-bolted.

Lowpr~lik

5-9

Microeyestrap

,1601

Largeeyesimp

4.50 8 02

. -..-. ...284 Microwirefairlead ~

. . .

150,200 ~

150.2W

"mm

~ p p

1%~' 2 7 ~-~

280

21/18' 52 mm 1%

23 9 24W

279

P P p p

279

27 mm ~p~~

Wedfles& Risers

I%e'

Micro cam

1 .: ~

.: . .

293

Flat micro cam riser

5 oz 149

27 mm

16 mm~-

294

1BAngled mtcm cam nser

7 5 or

1146'

295

FlatCam.MalkM

':'

296

1BAngled Cam-Matic nser

2!8 loz ~- 28Q

1%6'

~~~

19mm-p~p

2'"?

'X 38'l4 mm ~

1.250~ 35 9

P~ ~~

llh"

38mm

22 mm

- - - p ~~~p

25 mm

1CAM B m S I H a b n mm bases Dmvide a variew of mountina possibilities for block and cam deats. The patented ball bearing swivel bases ride on two rows of ball bearinas to insure smooth. eaw pivoting under load. ~s"youchange positions i i Me boat the m e will s k e l free& to ~nsureatair lead even under high loads. The 205 and 144 are ~rovlaeoW n the 145 wedae lor so the cam mav be angled to best suit youripecfic needs. The 205 s perfect for dinghys and small offshore boats where the base is mournedat deck level. The 144 is a more upright base and is ideal for mounting on the cockpit sole or on heavy course racing keel boats and small offshore boats where a larger block is desired. The 1574 is designed to accept mid-mnge blocksand is suitable for use on the mainsheet of boats as large as43'L13 m). T h e ~ a n 361 d swivel bases featurethe Nasn tcigger cleat whin perm ts msy release of hiah loads. The 402 and 403 bases feature a double mm for use wB two speed mainsheets The 240 and 241 s w d bases with cams are useful for wntrol l~neson boats of all s zes and are frequently used for mainsheets and jib sheets on boardboatsand small dinghys. m e 238 and 239 cams with bullseye failleads feature a stainless mounting base and are ideal for controlswhere Me lead to Me mm may vary. S p m 1Mshmrp Smooth pivoting underlaad Cam-Matk ball bearing cam cleats

~a~riflon

Hsipbl

Wnlgbl

144

SlvelLme

% 5' l46mm .

1301 3690

!p'

Fadenem

Max Working Load p p -

205 238

Cam onplle mllsple

239 240 -. 241

360 ~

361

1202 3400

1l/i 32mm 1%' 32mm

4 02 1139 301 859

X 3.12mm

M'3f 3-12 mm

p ~~~

B u l l s e y ~ w l ~ l l'5A~' ~- 49mm

.-e.acarn

3-12mm

h m 2130

Slvelbase wrngercleat - . M e M base wnrlggercleat

1W 6% m 3 2 8m - 8 4 0

5'h' 138mm

19mm

XlOFH 5mm

19mm

Use wR2Y. 3.W lighl duty B Hexaratchetr

3/i

15%m 4339

#l0 114'b 1' 5 ? m - ~ 3 88 25 mm 110 114'& 1' 5mm 38b25mm

'XB'Yls' 34mm

W 3-12mm

Bullseye w/sMve

#low 5mm

114mm

Camonplle whullsye

Ih'%6ld

3.8mm

W 3-12mm

XlOFH 5mm X10 FH 5mm tlOFH 5mm

1 x m m 1lm' 26mm

Use wlbig bullet, dingh: 2.2s b iMe Hemratchets

303 ibs 136k9 1YIIbs 68kg

Aluminurn l50Cam-Matic

3Wibs 136Q 150 1bs 68 kg

Aluminurn lSOCarn-MatK

402

M e d b a s e wldoubkcarn

403

S M l base wMoubkmm

4%' % 4'

14 02 3980 1%01 3629

XlOFH %" 3-12mm 5 r n r n ~ ~ - 1 9 m m ~-S/le'-?de'

6-11 mm

XlOFH 5nm

RaSic 2OOCam-Matic Use w R 2 Y , 3 W d o u b k ratchel blocks -

3/i

19mm

p -

11omm

Rastic200Cam-Mak

Usewn2S. 3 W d o u b k ratchet blocks -

Use w n 2 Y , 3 W d o u b k ratchel Mocks

3/i

19mm

p ~ p -

146mm

1401 3989

5/1s"-%e'

8-11 mm

XlOFH 5mm

19mm

p p p p

base

5'5%' 151 mm

23 01 !4'% 6520 6 1 6 m m

W FH 6mm

11/16" 27mm

Use wR2Y. 3 W d o u b k ratchet blocks

Use wimid-range blocks

H a k e n is now offering the Nash Trigger Cleat for sailors who require a cleat that can be released easily under very high loads. By pulling down on the sheer the LnlqJe Trigger mecnanlsm s activated an0 the ads ooen easing the sheet. In light air, or once the'load is relieved using the trigger, the cleat is operated like a normal cam. The Trigger cleat features stainless steel pawls and a glass reinforced nylon base. It is ideal for high load h mainsneets catamarans applications s ~ c as ana some nakatds. Wn le the Triooer C eat is not ball bearing, the trigger a c t 6 ensures reliable operation in heavy air and the cleat fits a unique need. The 355 is a cam mounting bracket which allows Me trigger cleat to be attached to 3 (76 mm) low profile triples. Fts 051, 052,064.152 and 411.

The 355cam mounnng Prd~keIaIIon5 lhe Inggercleaf tobeanached!o300(76mm) bwprnhktnp,es

POWER SHEET JAMMERS

Harken sheet jammersfeature a double control system. The small hand lever allows the jammer to be o~enedunder liaht loads. A winch handle is used to release the jakner under heavy loads. The open top design allows Harken jammers to be usea for genoa and splnnader sheets Tne lammer 1s Dbcea In I ne berween the blouand a Anch. sheets may be forced down into the jaws to taKe the load otl me wlnch. The laws remaln ODen untll the I,Dof the W nch socket s Dressea whereupon they snap closed. The low profile, compact size, and Me fact that the hand lever does not protrude beyond the base virtually eliminates the possibility of fouling sheets. Power sheet jammers are available in two sizes, Hardkote anodized aluminium or chromed bronze. Polished bronze is available by special order. ~

Lenm B1773RA B1773RC B1773LA

Largechrome sheet Largealumlnumsheel

B1773LC

B1866RA

3'5As

2ks"

39 01

lWmm

56mm

1.1 kg

14mm 22mm

3'"rs' Z3&" 11302 ~ ~ l W m 5m 6 m ~3.2 kg

14 mm 22 mm

6 '

39 oz W l!: kg 14mm 22mm 1 1 3 0 ~ %a' W 1Wmm 56mm ~3 2 k g 14mm 22mm 1%" 1601 34' 9/16" 76mm 44mm 450g 1Omm 14mm 315As'

Largechrnme sheet iammer (l&) 150mm -~ Smallal~~minumsheet 4%' lamme, (wM) 10Bmm ~

WeigM

HeigM

150mm 6' 150mm

l5Omm

2hr"

loomm 5cmm 3'54s 234s' p

W~nmhandle re ease for heavy cads Hand lever releasefor lugnl oaas Avallaole n ngm or leli hano models

Largealumlnumsheel

WidIJ

B1866LC

lammer (ngM)

10Bmm-p76mm

ymmer (W) Smallchrome sheet

1OBmm

76mm

4602

44mm - l 3 k g

1602

44mm

4509

8 ' '

lOmm 14mm 3 4

3/18'

lOmm 14mm

WWnp

Fmmm

55W lbs 2500kg 71501bs 3250kg5500 lbs 25Wkg 71501bs 3FOkg 33W lbs 15Wkg 44W lbs 2WOkg 33WIbs 1500hg

4 x l0mm

4xlOmm 4 x l0mm 4xlOmm --

4x6mm 4x8rnm

4x8mm

-pm1am01 sl!eq ahped uQle #h(e'@uaqs wnwpecu ~ o j .JapJo (wadshq alqel!ene qsod peaq uoSn3 q w hue syw1q poq

uayo a e pue ssalu!~s'glc we '689pue 889 'sakped padeqs puoue!p a U .&ped l q s s s a p ! 40~ a6uu e %a@ uaylq( .,

spalpunq pue 'sywlq OUWJ S' I101slu!od luauq3eUe se pasn OS@ a e pue q w l q fiu!~unouJ O m ~ 6 a s sahpe

' s p m p ! ~se~qeap ~ w - u m uo pasn we l w a m pue

1STAND UP BASES I to swivel and pivot to give the fairest lead while a rubber stand up device keeps the block from hitting the deck or stanchion. The 061 accepts Harken blocks with 34' (10mm) swivel oosts. These include big bullet blocks, dinghy blocks, 2.25 b ~ i k slittie , fiddles, the 005 and W, lm~~emratchets, andHexaratchet 11+2's. The 061 is sometimes used for Rag halyardsand light air spinnaker sheets. The 1573 is a stand up base for mid-range blocks. Blocks are supported by a spring, but are f w to pivot to permit fair leads under load. The 1573 has a very lcw profi e design whlch (eeps Me sheave close to the oeck, maimg d Idea for use as a mast base ha yard lead block The safe workng loaa of the 1573 e such Ulat it may oe ~Sedwth any slngle, ratcnet, or fiddle mid-mpe b ock Mid-range aouble and lnple Dlocks may be Wed to Ule 1573,out Meir safe working load is higherthanthat of the base.

S t a d up bases allow avarieiy ol Mocks to be held upright, yet swivel freely and pivot to provide fair leads under load. The 010 is often used on the mainsheet of small dinghys. Its ball and socket design allows blocks to swivel freely and to pivot to a 45"angle. Block may be fitted with springs, but even without springs, blockswill not hit the deck. The 010 accepts all Harken blocks with 34' (10mm) swivel posts. These include big bullet Mocks, dinghy blocks, 2.25' blocks, lime fiddles, the M)5 and 006, l i i Hexaratchets, and Hexamtchet 11+2's. Use care when selecting b l m as the maximum working load of the 010 is often less than that of the corresponding blocks. The 029 is similar to the 010 except that l accepts Harwen D80ckswith 7/16' (l l mm) sw vel posts. These lnddde 3 00' crJlser b ocks an0 fidole D. &c M m ol Mese b l & s have workim loads in excess of Me W

m u r n ~ 1 ~ o ~ ~ 1 ~ ~ 9 ~ 0 ~ m u s t ~ ~ e l ~ ~ c a r e . The 061 stanch~onmount base pemllts easy attachment of a MW i s e s accept a variety of blocks of blocks to 7A'or 1' (22 mm or 25 mm) stancnlons or p~lpds.It s Bids will not hil deck Block can swivel and pivot freely frequently ~ s e dfor leading hrllng llnes afI to the mckpt The olock e free

rim

-m ~-

010

Ml&sc&lbasa

029

Law ball & sockef bare

...

1%' 44mm 2' 51 mm

061

SgnchiCnmOUMbare

1%' 32mm

1573 Mid-range stand up hase

If5A/16'

49mm

3 01 850 4 01 i!>g

h Dhmam

2%'

Re'

10mm

5mm

load 4Wlbs 181kr.2

'Ad

1%'

4mlbs

12mm _ - 6 m m

54mm

Man WWMne

181 kg

3a'

%Q'

lOmm

Smm

159kg~-

73mm

15mm

SW Bmm

18WlbS 816kg

2 a2 57g 7 a2 198g

lmYe he*r L:

350 1h5

-a

-F

13Wlbs 5Wk~ 13Wlbs 5Wkg

#lam

5mm YlOFH >mm

25mm

UsewRE, ILMdb, &HexanMets

1' Z5mm

Usewnlidle, 3.W cwiser&H~Cats

500olbs 2267kg

'/(.RH

6mm

41 mm

US whullet, big bullet 2.25 & Hemratchets Use whnid-range MW&

1MAGIC BOXES I

Pall

Baxlq

NO.

Wlgl

116

Delrin

Mad. Mv. 6:l

-117

Delrin

6:l

118

Oelnn

178

Totlon

6:l

M a g i c boxes are powerful, multipart tackles housed in a comoactaluminum extrusion. The box eliminates hyists a"d keeps the line perfectly organized. The secret to the Harken magic box is a patented ball beanng system to prevent lnct on oetween he sheaves and oetween Me sheaves ana the axles Magic boxes are useful for outhauls, downhauls, c~nninghams,, ~ halyards. b oacecstays and many other controls which reaJlre a ~owertutack e rvitn a I milea range of adiustme'nt. ~ h & are used on boats from small dinghysto large offshore racers. Hi-load versions which use Torlon balls are available to increase Me wolking load capabili. ~~~

~~~

179

Todon

6:l

180

Torlon

8:l

181

Torlon

-~~

8:l

Special Featurn Ball bearing sheaves Low stretch line Removable beckets

Numeric tensioning guide

Speciti~ions

Line size -sm'(4 mm) Fasteners-#10(5 mm) RH

8:l

127mm

1' 25mm

8 225mm

1U 254 mm

1' l 2 5 m e 9 m m

8m 2278 1001 2849

8'/4' 2 ! 5 m 12% 327mm

Wlbs 272b 6001bs 272N

15W l k

Wb, 1500lk 680 kg

~~~

S l 127 mm 35 mm 10' l 254 rnm-~~ ~3Lm-!

Q(& 232 mm 1 4 359 mm

1202 l%$lxW ~g 2 Q x z 15'401 ' M i ' x l 3 W 439g 24 x W mm

lWOlts 2WOlk ~454 k g x k o lWOlbs 2WOlbs 454 kg , 907 kg

182

Todon

15' 381 mm

139' 35mm

lY 483mm

1802 5109

135

l/<

136

h'(8 mm) diameter sfainless steel S hook for 8 pan magk box.

(6 mm) d'ameler sfdlnlesssteel S hwkfor 6 pan magic box. Pllows quick disconnect d=h UIOWIn6!iCk diWMneCtof habards

'5he'x18'A' lOmlbs 24x464m1~vJo-

2WOlbS

407kg

SE1F-CONTAIIYED SHEAVES

M o s t small Harken sheaves are not self-contained and cannot be supplied loose. We offer the sheaves which are selfxontained for applications where you need to add a free rolllng sheave to your own spec a1conf~guration Cons der loaalna carefu tv and remember that halvard sheaves carry twi&the loadof the halyard. ~elf~ontkned Sheaves am sensitiveto over tightening. Use lock nuts on the fasteners and avoid aoolvina ... saueeino loads on the sheaves. The micro, bullet and big bullet self:contained sheaves are Delrin with Delrin ball bearings. They are scored for rope and snould nor be Lsed for wtre 16 mm AlrBloc< sneaves are De nn with mnless ball beannas nd~naon a sDec al aroovea race. Mid-range sheaves are availablein eithe; ~elrinoraluminum. Use aluminum sheaves for wire. Self-contained wire sheaves are Hardkote anodized alurninum with Teflon impregnation. They ride on a hi-load composite bearing. The 114' (38 mm) and 2" (51 mm) sheaves have ball bearings to minimizefriction between the sheave and Me side~ b t e caused s by twisting loads. The 1' (25 mm) wire sheave uses low lnbon ltirust washen for tnis pbrpose. The 161 dual sheave ~ n ~ v eead m lnc hoes two 160 sneaves ~and is used to divelt a line whiih must turn in eiltier direction. It is often used behind the traveler car on a self-tackingjib or to lead a catamaran trawler control line to a cleat. 92

~~~

SMALL BOAT DECK ORGANIZERS

D e c k organizers are used when a large number of lines need to be led n a smal, space They are oHen ~ s e 10 d r ~ ha n yams ana contro I nes ah lrom tne mast to vu nches near the c o c k ~ tDeck oraalllzers are also ideal for many other applications which'require muiiple sheave cheek blocks. Small boat deck organizers feature l'h' (38 mm) ball bearing sheaves. They are intended for use on rope halyards on boats under 26' (8 m) or for lightly loaded control lines on larger boats. Small boat deck organizers are available in double ortriple sheave configurations. Stacked double and triple organizers are used when it is necessary to lead a large number of lines aft in a small area. Special Features Self-containedsheaves Compact length Low profile construction

Specificafions Sheave dia - 1l,? (38 mm) Fasteners -#l0 (5 mm) FH Max l~nesize -W (10 mm) Max working load (per sheave) -300 lbs (136 kg) Breaking Strength - 2WO lbs (907 kg)

3 .

MID-RANGE DECK ORGANERS

Running halyrds and control lines aft allows the crew to operate Me boat from the securitv of the cock~it.Deck organizemare used to lead multiple lines from the mast They are useful for hatjards, reet lines, outhauk, pole l i and dher control lines. Deck oroanizersare also Mfor many other applicalionswhichkquire rnulliplesheave cheek blocks. Halken mia-range deck organlzem leat~re2' (51 mm) ball bearino sheaves. Sheaves are available in ohsnc for moe ~ r i orcontmls s and in Hardkote a n o d i aluminim for wire halyards.They are intendedfor use on halyards on boas to 37' (1 1.5 m) or for IigMly loaded m l r o l Ines on larger sp#chlFsr~ Self-contained sheaves large diameter sheaves Com@c.l k m Law pmk wnstmtion hminum wire sheaves

spec-

Sheave dia -2' (51 mm) Fasteners TA' (6 mm)' Max line size -W (16 mm) Max wire size (alumsheave) Max working load (per sheave) 5JW . lbs (227 kg)

Single heiM mid-ranpe Wownhen are available msbsheam by s@a

ordr

'saleldap!s laals ssaluw WM ~ ~ 3 0101 1 409 a6ed aas -uo!~ewoiu~~euo!~!ppw 1 6 ~S41 ) W66 - aneaus lad ul8ualls . Bu~weaa ., '(61 S ~ Z S41 ) OS6P -aneaqs lad peol 6u!vaM qeS lunu!lunle (Mu 61).E4 l-No!aH

lapla lepadshq saneaqs uataidn W alqe!!ene ae uquesla y3apleoq 6!8

,y3olq peal paiunow-yaaq2 aneaqs ald!qnlu e la) IIW 4 3 ! 4 ~ suo!w!ldde l a y 0 Auew l o l p a ~ a osle d a e slaque610 'aseq i s e u aqj WOJJ ue peal aq isnw 4314~sau!l lo~wo3laulohue pue w ! l alod 'slneuvo sa, 1 ,aa 'spJeQe4 .o, pasn a.e Aabl 'SaCxIM .O sladdojs p l e h e ~01 sa-I aldlunu pea 01 pasn a.e s l a z l ~ e h oysa

H a k e n offels a comprehensive rudder bearing program including standard and custom bearings suitable for use in boats of all sizes. These include a standard range of bearings with Torlon balls and rollersand custom bearings and shaft seals, including self-aligning bearings with rollers and integral shaft seals. Harker has also teamed with JP3 of France to offer their extensive range of productsand engineering services. JP3 producestypes of self-aligning bearings for boats of all sizes, production rudder stocks and blades, and bearings, shafts, blades, and seals for custom boats. This diversky of product means Mat we can offer racing boats ball bearing feel and performance, cruising boats years of trouble-free sewice, and large offshore boats high load, high pertormance bearings. Production and custom yards will apptnciate JP3's abilii to provide complete systems including shafts in aluminum, stainless or composite and blades with fiberglass or compasite construction. Because the steering system is so vital, we ask you to detail your requiremenls so that we can suggest the best productsfor your needs. We will anaiyze your loads using our computer load program or the JP3 Artemis prograrnand make proper recomrnendajions.

1. Boat Model 2. Length Overall 3. Length Waterline

4. Displacement

5.Type of Boat (Monohull, Catamaran, Trimaran)

RUDDER BEARIMGS & TUBES

Ha*en Rudder bearings are machined fmm solid M)61-T6 aluminum which is Hardkote anodized with Teflon imDreana tion. A plastic liner on the inner race bears directly on'therudder shaft to insure proper fit and to minimize electrolysis, This provides a strong, lightweight bearing that is nearly impervious to corrosion. Torlon ball and roller bearings require no lubrication and are designed to operate either immersed or dry. P r o o ~ c t ~ orLaaer n Dear ngs are ofierea in four S zes for ooals as lame as 50' 115 m). M nor bar allons ol insiae a~ameler are availableon a special o;der basis at a slight additional cost. Fiberglass rudder tubes, which are sizedto exactly match our laroer bearinos. are available to sim~lifvinstallation. The inside sirface of t i e i e tubes is gelcoat f&asmooth, waterproof finish. Polyester resin is used so that the tubes may be bonded to your boat without using exotic resins. Specilicattions Fasteners - 'X FH (6 mm FH) Flange Thickness - l/< (6 mm)

Fibemlass Rudder Tubes Inside Dlarneler -~-

p p -

Modification to standard ID is parr number 641. I

Pafl NO. 614 615 616 617

Shan Diarneler 2%' 635mm 211" 63.5 mm 2l8 63.5 mm

5 76.2 mm

618

5 76.2 mm

619 620

3' 76.2 mm 3 8 88.gmm 3'8 889mm 318 8B.9 mm 4 1016mm 4 101.6 mm

p ~ p -

621 622 623 624 fi7F

Sah

Auddet

Desuipllon Flange, hub up Flange. hub down Plain

165.lomrn

6.500'

5.750' 14605mm

6.50W 16510mm

5.750' 14605mm

----

Ranpe. hub up Range, hub down Plain

7.WW 17780mm 7W0' 17780 mm

Range. hubup Range. hubdown Plain

75W' 190.50mm 75W 193.50 mm

Flange. hubup Flange, hubdown

6.W 203.20mm 6W 20320mm

Phin

4.493' il4Emm

2.506' 6365mm

2.718' 6904mm

4.490' 2.506 2.718 11405mm 6365mm 69.Mmm 4.490' 2.506' 2.780' 114.05mm 6365mm ! 0 7 m m 3.W6 2.718' 6.250' 4.W 15875mm 12675mm 7635mm 6804mm 3.0%2.718 4.990' 6.250' 158.75 mm 126.75 mm 76.35 mm 69.04 mm 49W 3W8' 2.780' 126.75mm 76.35mm 7061 mm 6.79 5.490' 3.508' 2.718' 171&5mm 13945mm 8905mm 6904mm 6.750 5.490' 3.506" 2.718' 1 ~ 1 ~ m 1 ~ 9 ~ 5 5 89.05 m m mm 54W 3.506" 27W 139.45 mm 8 9 . 0 5 L0:61 ~ mm 7.250' 5.W 4W6' 2.718 181.15mm 15215mm 10175mm 69Mmm 7.250' 5.990' 4.006" 2.718' 18415mm 15215mm 10175mm 69.04mm

mmn

p p

7 7W

WeigM

3.62W

291b 1.3kg

91g95m

WorXlno Load Radial axial^ 17lW lbs 2025 1bs 7757 kg 919 h

3.620' 2.9 1b 91.95mm 13kg 3.820 261b 9195mm 12kg 3620' 3.4 1b !6kg 91.95mm 362w 3.4 1b 91.95 mm56kg 3.620' 2.9 lb 91 9 5 m ~13kg 3.620' 3.8 1b 9195mm-.1.7h 3.620' 3.8 1b 91.95 mm 1.7 kg 3.620' 3.4 1b 9195mm 16ky 3.620 4.1 1b 91,Em l5kg 3.620' 4.1 1b 91 95mm 1.9k~ R fiM' R R lh

171W lbs 7757kg 171W DS 7757 kg 19675 1bs 8925 kg 19675 1bs 6925 kg 19675 1bs 6925k~ 222501bs 1W92 kg 22250 lbs 1W92kg 22250 1bs 10092 kg 24825 1bs 11261 kg24825 lbs 112Fkg

74825 1 b

2025 1bs 919 kg... 2025 1 h 919 kg 23251bs 1055 kg 23251bs 1 3 23251bs 1055kg 2625 1bs 1191 kg 2625 lbs 1191b 26251bs 1191 kg 29251bs 1327 kg 2925 lbs 1327kg 2925 ibr

p ~

JP3 RUDDER BEARINGS J Prudder ~ bearinas are offered in fourconfiaurations to meet steerino

system requiremenis for boats ranging from sinall one designs and c i s ing boats to the largest offshore racers and cruisers.

Type l Eearlnfls Type Ibearingsfeature a self-aligning ErtaMe ball riding in a machined m Tne seii-alfgnlngf&ure means that Me beanngs work a ~ m i n ~body. smodhh even wnen the rudder shall or the h ~flex l or the alionment during instailation is not perfect. The bodies of the bearings are machined of solid 6082-T6 aluminum which is pratected by class 15 anodization. JP3 Type I bearings are approved by the Bureau Veritas and have been in use since 1987. Type .. I bearings are offered in both ulain and flanaed configurations.

Tvpe l1 Bearinas Type II bearings are designed primarib for wheel steered boats or tiller steered D O ~ E Wch requ re more load carrying capacily than is offered oy Type I bearings.Type IIoeanngs feat~rea self-alignng Em yte ba,l rioing in a rnachlnea alumin~mboov. Thev lealure IIDseals for warentahtness. TvDe II bearings can be providedwith bravisionforthe vertical adjistment i i h e rudder stoclc and are offered in pain ana flanged vers ons Type 11 bearings are constructed of 6082-16 alumln~m ~

Type I bearingsare an evo ~ t i o nof Type I and feature sumless stee

newle Dear nos whlch riae aaa nst Me Enalvre aa I to ensure free movement under l&d. Type Ill b&ngs are machined of 6082-T6 aluminum and feature two lip seals for watertightness.

Tvpe lVBearin@s Type IV bearings are designed for use on large boats which use composite or hol.ow meta rJdoer stocks They feature a seH al gnlng bal nding on three rows of rollers. Thev can acceot rudder shaft del ecr on as oreat as +/-3.5 degrees and can be fitted d i k i y to composhe shafts wit/;out use of a stainless sleeve. Rollers can be provided in either Ertaw or Torlon to match the load. Type IV bearings feature bodies and inner races machined of solid 5086 aluminum and are designed to handle both radial and axial loads. O-rings on the inner race combined with lip and V seais at the upper and lower plates ensure complete watertightness. Type IV bearings are provided in both phin and Ranged configurations. 98

Harken stay tensioners are reliable mechanical adjusters which are used by many of the world's top boat builders. They are easy to install, simple to use and are extremely strong. For smaller offshore boats they are the only good choice for a powerful backstay adjuster Large cruising boats find stay tensioners preferable to hydraulics for their simplicity reliability and good looks. Made of polished stainless steel and chromed bronze. Harken stay tensioners feature bronze worm gears and thread drives to prevent galling under load. The moving components are mounted on greased roller bearings for easy adjustment under all condlions. There are four sizes of stay tensioners available for boats from 27 to 50' (8 to15 m) with backstays from 7i32"to 14''(5 to12 mm), The two smaller adjusters feature handles which fold down for adjusting and up to store alongside the body of the tensioner. The largertensioners accept a standard winch handle for adjustment. In addition to use on backstays, stay tensioners are frequently used on other systems such as inner forestays and babystays. By special order the 8500, 8501,6502, and B503 are available in custom lengths to fit unusual requirements. Special Features

Polished stainless steel bodles Bronze worm gear and thread drive Simple. reliable mechanism No exposed thread

P -

SPIIYIYAKER POLE END FITTINGS

Harken offers a wide range of Spin~kerpole end fiiings in metric sizes. All pole ends are hard anodized aluminum with stainless steel pistons and pins. Piston type ends are ideal for Me outboard end of poles and for Me inboard end of poles for small and mid sized offshore boats. They offer internal and external release levers. The B14711W is automatic with a triaaer mechanismwhich holds Me oiston ooen until the is inserted, at which time it automatiillv closes. ~ e end i Inings are pop~laron medium andiarge boats whicn dip pole .itW. The be1 and socket arrangement is very strong, easy to engage, and allows the pole to articulate properly in all conditions. Toaale track slides areavailable -~~acceot ~~~~- bells - - and - -~~ -~ with orwithout in sto~s.Pole ends also f i i a ~ ~ r o ~ r i a t e adjusrabte spinkker pbNe cars show on pag'e'lM.

~-~

100

~~~

~120 81%

Large bell sockel Small bell socket

~~.~~~

82mm 66mm

168mm 154mm

D Length

85mm 80mm

650g

8121 ~eriesbell studs B131 Seriesbellstuds

E Tracik Pin

Wa'gM

35 mm

26 mmT-track

Track slidef for bell wlstop

95 mm

35 mm

26 mmT-track

~ B A ~ d e r f bello r 83488 ~ a c sa oo for oe h nop

95 mm

35 mm

95!!mpp 82768

32' mm~-lrack

F Pole 00

POLO

Le"h

RrtPols

Weign

Fii

SPINNMER POLE CARS H a k e n spinnaker pole cars are based on recircula~ngball bearing travelers to permit adjustment under any load. They roll freely on low profiletraveler track to allow the crew to adjust the inboard pole end for optimal sail shape on all points of sail. Eight cars are available to fit boats from daysailers to offshore boats as large as 48' (14.6 m). Cars with rings for end-tor-end jibing are available in small boat and mid-range. Mid-range and big boat cars are offered to accept two popular toggle studs as well as Harken bell end fittings. Spinnaker pole cars for larger boats or with other attachment configurationsare available trom our Custom Division. SpecIaI F s s h

Recirculatingball bearings Accepts most popular pole ends Can fit low profile track Addll~~llnhmnafion-See pages 106 and 107for an explanation of special features. 102

ringcar

illmm 36gg

1535

toggle

Forespar toggle

12.7

580 Mid-range

to~glerr

5 21 or 23Wlbs 15Wl? 1 3 m m 5959 1043 hp 140m2

1510

1535

lACCESSORIES 1 Accessories are useful kems that complement the product line. Moduiarily is a consistent concept in the Harken range and many of Me accessories are designed to make standard blocks more versatile. Other accessories are small pieces that fill a special niche

Hand Holds The 062 hand hold is oo~ularon boats like Solinos and scows to help hiking crew re-eierthe boat. It is also frequently used as a handle for engine covers, etc. It is fitted with two drain ports which are shipped closed but can be punched out if desired.

Bullseye Fairlead The 237 bullseye is used as afairlead when there is little deflection in the line such as when muting the spinnaker pale foreguy aft along the cabin house. p . . . . -

Sail Chafe Pmtectofs Sail chafe protectors are rollers designed to ease genoas over Ifel nes or past snrouds and to nelp arge roacn malnsa Is c ear backslavs Tnw. are ,re-onlted to 1113116 15 mm1 wlre b ~can t oe dr llea to t;i wire as large as 318" (10 mm). sail chie protectors are made of two interlocldng halves that snap together so they can be fitted to preswaged wire and can be removed. They are sold as a pair.

Preleeder The 947 is a sail prefeeder for use with racing foils or with furling systems. It is supplied with a 36" (914 mm) long Dacmn pennant for easy attachment to the bow. The 947 weighs 1 oz (28 g) and will work with #5,X6 or #7 (4,5,6mm) luff tape.

062

- ~--~~-~

Hand hold

5%' 146mm

3'4 89mm

p ~p~ -

077

DN adapter

093

U-adapter

pp--p

--p---p

1598

Mid-range U-adapter ~-

237

Bulky

failead- - -

'Me.

32mm

Sail chafe

7/(6 llmm --

'h'

'h"

SteerlnQ past

12mm 22mm I'd'

114'

38 mm

32mm

%c''

8 mm

-p---p p ~ ~

Inside dimensions

316"

Smm-

Anaches m9 to ON

316'

17mm - 5 m m

-p--.

Cutout 4%8'xlW 113mmx48mm

?h'' 12mm

2%' pmtenor set 70 mm pp~--~---~--~~-p947 Prelesder 285

V10 FH 5mm

YIORH

5mm

----

AandB

Inside dimensions Aand B Holespacing I'(25mm) Two per set ~-

Hanging Tab The 630 hanging tab replaces a fastener on big boat blocks to form a shockcord attachment mint for sus~endinablocks from the lifelines. They can be added to all big boat blocks u p 6 4.5 (114 mm)

Shackles The 072 and 138 shackles are used on most of the small boat blocks. Thev are also useful for a wide ranoe of other aDDlications.. he 077 is a special shackle to attach a 009'~ewratchetto the steenng post of a Dh class .mooat Tne 093 ana 1598 U-aoaotenconven srandara olocs wiln oosrs to a female shackle so that the); can be attached to other blocks with posts or to tangs and chainplates. Snap shaclctes flla w ae vanety ol smal boat and m~d-rangeblocks to maw them removable Many boats flla snao shackle to me lower van0 blockso that it can be m&d from the mast base tothe toerail to ~ shacdes to tnelr be Lsed as a preventer. Smal catamarans offen f i snap ma nsheettackle so that R can be removed M e n the boat is left on me beach. Spinnaker sheet and spreacher blocks are often fitted with snap shacdes so that rney can w removea when not ,n Jse and so rnat they can w placea in a variety of posllions a ong tne ra~l.

Springs Springs are used to support blocks on padeyes, eyestraps, bases and traveler cars. 104

ShacLla

~arripllon

071

Stand up

097

spnng

Small stand UP

--.p-

072 138 111

spring

112

1' 25-mm

Large shackle

17mm 16mm

Largesrq sham 1584 Mid-Range

'h'

281s' 65 mm

3% 86 mm 3Ms'

Fits dl smdl bladcr except bullet& micro. W bulh Mock

19mm

12mm l l m m

sh&le

S: ",*P -

51 mm 22mm

Small shackle

Smp

Mar

%6'

W 6mm %s' 5 mm

W 6mm

3%' fimm

1 -

Inside dimensions Aands

Insidedimemions AandB

lWOlbs F i blockvdh 454 kg %ss (5 mm) s M k 15WlbsFibWuim 680 kg M'(6mm)shadde 18Wlbs Rlfik"

canaccept avanely of blocks to mmch your boat's needs

Mid-range and big boat carsare avaihMe wlh stand up toggles thataccept arvide variayof blocks.

P~onngm ~ k aows b car to lol h e e y m moer mn-erica MS WI wriq steam ease lravebr a d i u m t .

Control blockassembliesmount on t&for easy installation.

Trim caps bssr hack mds and - - orevent - ~ -sham edoer. ~

Me SO -- dlrem - ~~,on - track -~

can wont bind undernonvertical or hxlslmg loads.

($m-Ma6CrncI&dS engage and relsareepsilj undersll loads

Horizontalbearing racesallow awry lw, pmfile cardesbn.

Pin-Stop Track Mid-rangeand big boat low pmfile tracks a i offered-wth pin siop holes to permn use of positive stops. This is especially useful for simple mainsheet travekrs, genoa car systems and self-tacking~ibs

FimUng cam arms pennltramie~ adjustment f r m a MWof pmnwns in h l e coclmt.

Risers allow easy retrofit ol cabin toptmvekn.

Every car, eno slop an0 contro

assemo v features energy absoroIng obmpers to cush on tne hlgh shmk oaos of acc denta I oes

155.560 and 1511 nl-oeamtracds are oeslgneo 10 span mckplts or m m pan onnays d o n a suppon onoge 560 an0 1511 tracks .sea patemed sliding bolt attachment process which allows variable bonspacing.

H a r k e n introduced recirculating ball bearing travelets. They are designed to move freely under even high non-vertical loads, They offer a mulitude of unioue featuresthat make them the lowest. freest runnino and most versatile travelers in the world. Five ranoes of Harken travelers areavailable to fit anv boa; from the smallest dinghy or beach catto the ~ a r g e s t k e ~ a y a c h t .

106

Track 1s Hardkole anod'ked with Tdlon impregnation for superior comoslon resistance.

Adiusfable Stops A0 .staO~ slops are a.anao c lot man, lracls lor .se m r e conlro I nes are not desired.

rack mounted ~onlrol~ilocks B3 1 war ng conlro olocks are ard doe 10 In sma m o-rangc an0 o g boa1 track

Cars with Two Shackles Cars .\nn w.0 snacr PS 01slam .p logq es are dea tor 2 1 m. nsneels

Track risers attlculate sothat ellherstmight or curved trackscan be fined to any cabin house.

Trackavalable in low profile or hlph beam conligural\ons.

Car Mounted Conlml Blocks Stand uptag& hold blocks uprlght so they will n d hlt cars or deck when the sheet IS slack

Single double or trlples are available for mld-range and blg boat cars

Hi-Pertorn~anceLead Cars -~ ~~

~~~

T.lracd edo cars ted1.re oal ano ro er nearlng sneates dno .drr ers tnal p .a! 3nd sit .e Tney can oe au,.sleo 1.' IIIa fo*,ny ne or .re of p n s t o ~ s

Windwad Sheeting Trawler Cars

w,ors lo pc. Ine car ao0.e lne cenl?r ne ,: Ino-t re eas ng lne eeaaro ronlrn ne Tnr car sla,s n pos I o n a.# ny a tacd d~U roll tnen oc P. PO aoo e in? centen ne n lne olner o rzcton W nO:!aro Sneet ng cars a oi.

Swivel Ears and Low PiwtIn# Shackle Swivel ears allow a choice of control blocks and the low plvollng shackle allows load to be applied at severe angles without binding

Cam with Cam Cleats Sma uoslOII m o-nnge 1ra.e crs are otlereo t o r s m p e m,lpe p-rrhase s~stems

Trawler Car Couolers t.

ln cam c eats on lhe car

Co.penare a.a aoelo o nsomecars ncreasny oao uarri a0 r) n .e matnraln ng lrle a0 lr) m ro on 1yhl rad

I I ~

Oinghvs & Light Daysailers -~

Tmveler Cars ~

Monohulls (Max Mainsail Area) --

~ n d - ~ o oSheeling m

Multihulls (Max Mainsail Area) ~~

~ n d - ~ o oSheeling m

id-~oom Sheeting

125ft2(11.6 m2)

100 f? (9.3 m2)

100 f? (9.3 m2) -

80 ft2 (7.5 m2)

i 200 ft2 (18.6 m2)

160?(14.9 m2)

135f?(12.5m2)

135tt2 (12.5 m2)

1l0f?(10.2m2)

160f?(14.9m2)

1 6 09 (14.9 m2)

135 f12 (12.5 m')

300 ft2 (27.9 m2)

225 f? (20.9 m2)

225

. . ~ -

156,157,171,209,211 -~ --

158,159,172,210,212 214,215,247

id-~oom Sheeting

1508,1575,1594

~~p

~~~

f?(20.9 m2)

175 f? (16.3 m2)

Small Offshore Boats & Heavy Daysailers

Large Offshore Boats ,p,

Monohulls (Max~Mainsail Area)

Tfaveler Cars ~

Multihulls (Max Mainsail Area)

End-Boom Sheeting -~

p -

515,608,1928.1930

400 g (37.2 m2)

300 tt2 (27.9 m2)

300 ft2 (27.9 m2)

275 tt2 (25.6 m2)

558.609.1929.1931

525 f? 148.8 m2i

425tt2 139.5 m2i

425 ft2 139.5 m2i

325 it21302 m2i

1939.1940

575 tt2 (53.4 m2)

475 tt2 (44.1 m2)

475 ft2 (44.1 m2)

400 ft2 (37.2 m2)

2 - 515s joined by 517,580,584 or 586

650 f? (60.4 m2)

500tt2 (46.5 m')

500 ft2 (46.5 m2)

425 tt2 (39.5 m2)

1941,1942

6 5 0 6 (60.4 m2)

500tt2 (46.5 m2)-~ (46.5 m2) (39.5m2) 500 i? -~-. 425 ft2 -.

2 - 558s joined by 752 --

750 f?-(69.7 m2) -

625 ft2 (58 m2)

625 ft"58 m2)

1700,1704: 1705,1841,1842,1843

li00ft2(102rn2)

900 f? (83.6 m2)

665,678,679,751

1400ft2(130 m2)

li00tt2(102m2)

1100tt2 (102rn2)

500tt2 (46.5 m2) -

750 tt2 ~-~ (69.7 rn2) 900 h2 (83 6 rn2)

TRAVELER USE CHART lhis chart shows travelersfor three categories of boats: Dinghys and small daysailers; small offshore boats and heavier keel daysailers; and large offshore boats Traveler specifications are based on mainsail areaand the position of the sheet on the boom.

C-Smwby mnmn em1 w m HofizonblBend- In a horizorM bend, the trackstays flat and theends curve to the bow or stern of the boat. Horizontal bends allow the travelerto follow the radius of the boom as itswings across the boat, but are sometimes used for boom vangs and occasionally for staysails,especialiythose with booms.

Morm36- SfarylimIieMPhoto

VetficalBend, E n h Oom-This is the most common bend. R is usually used for mainsheettravelers mounted over the cabin house. The curve matches the crown of the cabin house for aesthetic reasons and allows the trackto clearthe companionway hatch while minimizing the height of the track risers. VefIi~dlKQnds,Ends Up- Some racing boats use a vertical bend with the ends up to relieve leech tensioning which occurs when the traveler car is moved oft ofthe centerline. a phenomenon which is exacerbated when part ofthe mainsheettackle is placed ofi of the travder car These bends are also frequently used for staysails. The track is bent toa radius equal to the LP of the sail plus the distance from the clew tothe track. The track is then mounted on risers and angled forward to face the clew of the sail. ComppundBend- Compound bends are a combination of a vertical and a horizontal bend. Acommon example would be when atrack is curved in the horizontal plane to follow the radius of the boom and is mountedto a deck which has a slightvelticalcrown.

ICLI:

1 TRACK

Traveler track is orten bentto follow the curve of the cabin house orthe radius of the boom. Occasionally,tracks are bent vertically with the ends up to relieve tensioning of the leech as the traveler car is moved off of the centerline of the boat. Very shallow curves in low profile tracks can often be bent during ~nslalat~on,OJI if necessaw rlarnen wil bend traveler track 10 y o ~ r sDecticaltons at a mooest add tiona cnarae Horizontal. ven cal or cbmpound bends can be made. Bends cannot be extended completely to the track end, but typically leave 2 t o 5" (50 to 125 mm) unbent at each end depending &the type of track Harken trave er cars m 1st be matched to me radius of y o ~ track r The oao carrying ao,ltv of a car is d m ntsned in relation to the seerrv of me bend. consult the charts on the traveler track pages for the minimum rao LS a car VI l roe on. When y o u oaos oemand a long car an0 track neeos l o be oent n a t ant rao ,S. volr mav neea to use two shon cars joined by a coupler. Standard Harken mini-maxi and maxi traveler cars cannot ride on vertical bends with a radius under 50' (15.25 m). Ordering Infornation To order curved travelertrack, please specify the following information: 1. Palt number of track 2. Length of trackor length of chord 3. Direction of bend: Horizontal Vertical. ends down Vertical. ends - uo ~ Compouno nor;onra ano len ca. .p Compo.no nor 2onra and .en cai oown 4. Chord depth or radius of bend Communicate the information carefullv to Harken orvour Harken dealer to insure that yourtrack is bent corredtly To determine the price of a bend. see chart for pan numbers

Length

Track

Slmple Bend an no.

Major Bsnd

Compound Bands Simple Maior

h & 5: P~II NO. 274 275 276 286 1527 1528 1529 1581 1530 1531 1532 1582 769 790 791 576 792 793 794 577 795 795 795 795 Simgls Bend-Track Lengih of 6' (1.83 m) or less and chord depth less than B (200 mm). MajnrBend-Tra& lenglh of T (2.13 m) or greater wchord deplh of B (200 mm) or 142,143,154,155 1510,1535,1596 1511 516.MI0.758.759.1847 5M),1701,1706.1848 €60,661

greater. CmnpwndM- Bend in both horizontal and vertical planes. MmpwndSimpieB M - Both bends are simpR bends. CompwndMsiwBend-One or bnU bends are major bends.

SMAU BOAT TRAVELER CARS

Harken small boat traveler cars are used on boats from the smallest dinghys to offshore boats as large as 27' (8 m). A wide varieiy of cars insures that you will find exactly the right system for your boat. Dinohv cars use Delrin ball bearinos while hi-load cars use Torlon bails for greater woking load.i250 series cars feature a longer body and Torlon balls for maximum load carrying ability. Travelers with fixed sheaves and evestraos are desianed for situations where the mainsheet load iH witin 10 degrees of vertical. Cars with pivoting shackles are designed to accept loads up to40 degrees from verbcal ffltno~tblnd ng, tho~gh load carrv na ablltv IS detreased DroDon onallv to m e ana e of d a n o 210 traveler can with fmsheaves and ad.t.stao e cam cleats allow a vew rimme installation. The cams can be adjusted to suit a variety of cockpit arrangements Tne 139trave~er6i1sa pacagcagea traveler system SJltable for sma Iotfsnore boats to 27' 18 m\ Maxmum malnsa area a 170$~(16 &)for end boom ;heetkg and 135 ft2 (12m2)for mid-boom sheeting. The ki includes a 215 car, two 083 blocks, and 259 and 260 control block for a 3:l system. You need to add track from page 117 and control lines. Special N,atu,uz Rec~rcuatlng oa oearlngs P m l n g shacd es Choce of wntml bbck

S~mCalioM Wlotn - Zhs' (56 mm) B r m ng nrength - 2500 0s (1134 kg) Car M y helgm - '41c'(24 mm) Ball dia - V4' (6 mm) Track-142,143,154,155 No. of balls -42 1214 and 215 use 64) A d d l N o ~ ~ a I I ~ ~ fSee i ~pages l l - 106 and 107 for an explanation of special features. See page 108 tor suggested uses. See pages 198 and 199 for Suggested lraveler systems.

Fasteners Not Included

264

Small boat track is available in low profile or high beam configurations. Low profile track should be used when the track can be supported at each fastener hole. Hi-beam track should be used when spanning a cockpit or other unsupportedarea. See chart below for spanning capability of small boat track. Either track will accept any small boat car. The first fastener hole on 154 and 155 track is located 2 (51 mm) from the end. The first fastener hole on 142 and 143 track is located 50 mm (l lsA6") from the end.

End Stops and Trim Caps All track is supplied without end stops. 173 and 174 ends are designed for small dinghys and low load situations. 263 and 264 heavy duty end stops are designed to absorb the shock loads of unintentionaljibes and are for use on larger dinghys and small keelboats. 261 and 262 trim caps are designed to finish the ends of track when control block assemblies are used.

SOB

760

152

SPAN (inchedmelersl

~~-~ -

durfendstop

Heavduwendstop

154,142

155.143

~~~~

156-159.209-212. 4?(107m 171.172,2~15Bw/175 ~~

~~~

r'(1mmm) Faaener Spacinp Low Pmfile Hi-Beam

100 mm (3'14s") Fastener Spacing LOW Prniile

Hi-Beam

C U N Track ~ ~ Harken will bend any track to your specifications at a modest additional charge. Horizontal, vertical or compound curves can be made. Refer to page 109 for information regarding track bending. Speciiications Track width - 7 8

(22 mm) Hole spacing - 154. 155: 4 (102 mm) 142, 143: 100 mm (315~6') Fasteners-#10 (5 mm) FH WeigM- 142. 154: 4.93 orlft(459g/rn) 143, 155: 6.5 oziit (607 glml

155-40" ~.. 40 (fi~m!

143-1 m

1 m 13'3%)

Small boat traveler controls make Harken small boat travelers complete systems. Control blocksallow simple installation of purchases from 2:l to 4:l. Assemblies secure tothe traveler track itself so no a d d i i i o ~holes l in the boat are recluired. Cams are mounted on pivoting arms so that control Ines can be enoaaea or released from a varim.of DOS , tions on the b i t . The 255, single sheave control, is often used with the 211 or 212 windward sheetino traveler carto build a 3:l purchase. It is also used on boats to 25' (7.6 m) to bu id a 2:1 p~tchasefor the 249 genoa eaa &r ~ n 258 e IS ~ s e on d boats to 28' 18 5 m l to b ~ ~al3:l d raclde for ~, the 249 genoa lead car. SpsclsI Fd~hlres Ball tearing sheaves 200 Cam-Mak cam cleat Pivding cam a n Shock absorbing bumoer Fasteners included

Spscih-alims Length-41%'(108 mm) Widm 1%~''(40 mm) Track -142,143,154,155 Fasteners-1%'(6 mm) Max line size -$6" (B mm) Sheave dia - 11N (29 mm) A d d i t i ~ ~ I I n ~ a t i oSee i - pases l00 and 107 for an explanationof special features. seepage 108 tor suggested uses. See pages 198 and 199 for suggestedtraveler systems.

255

256 257

mYIImContolF'urchm Rrrminsndaliow 258

Under 140 f? Urderisd 440-175f? 13-16m2

259

Single sheave 7m mlermntrd 198g Single sheavemler HI4 oz cm101 wRW a m (port) 3269 Smgle sheaveinvekr ll%.oz conbol wnDO mm (M) 3260 Guubk sheave Bm m i e r comrol 227 Q Double sheave trwer 13m conlm wf2W cam (wrt) 367 g

1%' 44mm 2' 51mm

3W lbs

i36$ 3Wlbs

136b

Wolbs 27241

2:l

purchase

GWlbs

2:l

purchase

2' 51mm 2lX 64 mm

3Wlbs

136$

272b Wllbs 27241

Wllb 272 kg

12Wb 544 kg

3:1or4:1 purchase

Th'

GWlbs

12Wlbs

3:1or4:1

73 mm

272 kg

544 $

2:l p u m

prck

MID-RANGE TRAVELER CARS & CONTROL BLOCKS

Mid-range tmveler cars are designed for use on offshore boats from

27 to 34' (8to l0 m). Four cars are available with a variety of track and control accessories. The 1508 car is suitable for end boom sheeting on ma nsa Is as large as 240 ft2(22 m2j The 1509car 8s SJ table for e i a boom sheet ng on malnsa IS as arge as 275 ftl(25 m?] 1508 ana 1509 m a-ranae traveler cars are so d wfln no control b,ocn

1,u EOC s.,

fixtures, but a variety of special control blocks attach to Me cars to allow tackles from 2:l to 4:l purchase. 1594 and 1595cars include control blocks and cams for simple 3:l control systems. They are popular on boats with the traveler in the cockpit. The 1561 stand-up toggle fits all mid-range cars and holds a variety of blocks in an upright position so they will not hit the cars or deck when the sheet is slack. The 1557 coupler joins two 1508cars to provide a high load assembly which will still roll on radii as tight as 70' (1.78 m). The coupler assembly offers a very low attachment point. The coupler may be used in conjunction with mid-range control blocks. The 1536tmveler kit is a packaged traveler system suitable for offshore boats to 34' (10 m). Maximum mainsail area is 275 ft2 (25 m2) for end-boom sheeting and 225 ft2(21 m2) for mid-boom sheeting. The kit includesa 1509car, two 1515 blocks, and 1520 and 1521 contml blocks for a 4:l system. You need to add track from page 114 and control lines. Specilicaions -Cars Breaking strength -5000 lbs (2268 kg) Width - 2 W (70 mm) Car body heigM- 1'N (32 mm) Ball d'u-%S'' (8 mm) Track-1510,1511,1535,1596 Addilionallnlomalion- See pages 106 and 107 for an explanation of special features. See page 108 for suggested uses. See pages 198 and 199 for suggested traveler systems. Special Feahmras Recirculatingball bearings Pivoting shackles Choice of control blocks

1561

uoao~rlptlon 1512 Comlang kl

E Uaronption

Length

Walghl

range car

1001

Load Capi$ 1803 lbs

133 mm 3509 !M3

1595

Long mid-range

232mm 7379 9 2802

balls 48

End-boom sheetlngon mansto 275 t? (25 m')

- Joins WO1508~31s

616kg

2300 lbs 60 43B'(ll mm)wide

length . ~

2: - -

248'

M oz

67mm

149

1536

HelpM Sale mn, W o l q rma Load %' 1000 1bs 289

454$

ma6m

SLmnfl 2000 lbs 1:l purchase 907$

1513 Singkcontmlblocks 248' 2%. oz 1%' 3Wlbs 2000 lbs 2:l purchase 67mm 719-32mm 136$ 907$ (sold as pair) 1514 Singlecontrolblocks 258' 3 01 1%' 3001bs 2WO lbs 3:l purchase w k k t (soldaspair) 67 mm 85 g 44 mm 136$ 907$ 1515 Doublecontrol block 2%' 4 or l GW lbs 2WO lbs 4:l purchase 67mm 1139 48mm 272Xg %37$ (sold as pair) 1561 Sland up 3'4 02 25W lbs Accepts3.W smdl boa!, fiddie, toggle 59 mm 999 1134 $ single & mid-rang block 1526 25 Replacement %8' Fit mid-rangecars (8 mm) Torbn balls 1536 Mid-range Purchase 1510.1511.1535or1596trackand traveler kit conbol lines seoam ~~

SPAN (inchesimetets)

Mid-range traveler track is available in either iow profile or high beam configurations. 1510 and 1535 low profile track is ideal where it's supported for its entire length. 1596 track has W (l 0 mm) holes spaced on l 1h" (34 mm) centers to accept 1597 adjustable pin stops. 1511 high beam track is designed to bridge cockpits and companionways wthout expensive bridge structures. it mounts with bolts riding in a channel in the bottom of the track. Bolt spacing is flexible, but at least three bolts should be placed together at each span end. The fastener hole on 1510track is located 2" (51 mm) from the end. The first fastener hole on 1535and 1596track is located 50 mm (115A6")from the end.

1849 Traveler track llne and components not lncluded See paQe117

W FH (10 mm) Fasteners

A CD

End SODS and Trim Cans 1522kd 1523ena slips are energy absorbing po prethaneto absorb tne Snack oaos 1524 and 1525 tnm caps ftn sh track enos *hen contro assemblies are s e a .

Tmck Risers 1849track risers are sold by the pair They perrna easy installation of mid-boom trawlers which need to be raised to clear companionwayhatches. Risers articulate to allow use with either straight or curved trackand to fit most anv cabin house.

Curved Tmck Haken will bend any track to your specfications at a modest additional charge. Horizontal,vertical or compound culves can be made. Refer to page 109. Specifications Track width - 11h' (27 mm) Hole spacing- 1510:4"(102 mm) 1535, 1596: 1W mm (315A6") Fastener; - 1510,1535,1596: 1%' (6 mm) FH 1511:'/4'(6mm) HH Weight- 1510,1535: 7 ozM (655 glm) 1511:16oznt(1.5 kgm) 1596: 614 o2m (620gm)

114

Track Bending Tnnler Minimum

MID-RANGE TMVELER CONTROLS

Mid-range traveler controls make Harken mid-range travelers svstems. imvele;controls allow simple installation of purchases from 2:l to 4:l. Assemblies secure to the travelertrack itself so no additional holes in the boat are required. Ball bearing sheaves insure that cars can be adjusted under load and released instantly in a gust. Cams are mounted on pivoting arms so that control lines can be engaged or released from avariety of positions on the boat. The 1597 pin stop is used on 1596 track to provide a positive comDlete

adjustable stop for genoa leads, traveler cars, or self-tacking jibs and staysails

Special Featuns

Specifications Length -41h"(114 mm) Width - 1V4" (44 mm) Track-1510.1511.1535 Fasteners-5/16" 18 mm) Max line size -~$ (10 k m ) Sheave dia 1'R' (38 mm) Additional tnformation- See pages 106 and 107 for an explanation of special features. See page 108 lor suggested uses. See pages 198 and 199 for suggested traveler systems.

Ball bearing sheaves 150 Cam-Matic cam cleat Pivoting cam arm Shockabsorbina bumoer Fasteners includkd '

Purchas

Single sheavenaveler control 1517 Single sheavemler control wll50cam (pott] 1518 Single sheavetraveler control wIl5ocam (stbd) 1519 Doublesheave

Sale WorkinQ Load

F,",";?

1516

Trawler Conlrnl Purchase RecommendatIona Sal1h a End-Boom Sheeting Mid-Boom Sheeting Under l40 ff Under 125@ Under 13 m2 Under 12 m2 140-235ff 125-2Wff 13-22m2 12-19m2 235 -275 ff 200-250ff 22 - 25 m2 19-23m2

HeipM Mow Track

Weipn

2:1

1520

3:l

1521

4:l

255 g

38 mm 136kg 11'/16' 3WLs 43 mm 136 kg 1%' 3001bs 43 m m 236kfl-

425 g 425 g

mm 272 kg

2988 Doublesheave travebr control w / l 5 0 ~ c a m j p p 468g Doublesheavetravekr 16'hoz control wll5Ocam (abd) ~E 5m

Wrnm

QW mm

6001bs 272 kg 6WIbs 272 kg

68Okg 15001bs 680 kg 15001bs 63O@

purchase 2:t purchase 2:l purchase

630 kg 15Wlb 680 kg 15Wlbs 630 kg

purchase 3:1 or4:l purchase 3:1 or4:l purchase Fib 1596

*56,5kIt,!hr,ye ft,!,lj,,

-1

lq78r,tr '!v,:

ac,,;m(!,:~~

1896 Harten big boat traveler cars are known as the best big boat trawlers in the wodd, They have earned their reputation as the most sought after racing and cruising trawlers because they roll freely under high non-verkal loads. Where others have failed, Harten has succeeded bringing the ease of dinghy traveler control to the offshore yacht. Variations of the big boat traveler cars are available to M boats from 32 to 65' (9.8to 19.8 m). Big boat traveler cars are used primarily for mainsheet trawlers, but they are also frequently used for self-tacking jibs, outhauls, and vangs. Big boat cars ride on recirculating Torlon ball bearings. They feature piMting shackles which allow them to accept loads up to 40° from vertical without binding, though load carrying ability is decreased proportionallyto the angle of loading. The 1928 and 1929 cars feature a stand up toggle which holds a variety of blocks in an upright position so they will not hit the deck when the sheet is slack. The 1896 toggle kit can be added to most 515 or 558 m.Big boat cars will ride on curved tracks, tho~ghloaa carrying ao l i s aecreased propoltionally to the bahrness of tne radius. See Daae 109 for m nimum rad i. - The 1939 is a car with trio &nd up toggles designed for 2:l mainsheets or self-fading jibs. The 1940 has hvo shackles. 4:l mainsheet systems can be built using either the 1941 car with three stand up toggles orthe 1942 car which has three shackles. Eacn car WI I accept a variety of conrroi bloc6 al owing a selection of contro S ranging hom 1.1 to 6:l See page 117-118 lor car co~plers and control blocks. ~

1928

w l m d up

1929

n SpecfRwtiom Car w a n - 3%6'I84 mm1 Pivoting shackles Car height- ;31 (43 mmj Choice of COnbOl blocks Track -516,560,680,758,759,1847 AddHIanaIlnfmflon-See pages 106 and 107 for an explanation of special features. See page 108 for suggested uses. See pages 198 and 1% for suggested traver systems. 116

45WSeriesor

wlstand up 1939 SWOSeMrar

a l ~ r Rec rc-lalno ball Deannos

3WOSeMcar

1940

wRmggks SmOSeriscar WRShaddS

1941 W S e k c a r Wflmggb

1942

BmOS8rbcar wBshackles

547

25Tori~

IFS6

Stand uo

rephment bals

5%' 133mm 7 184mm 8%' 216mm

2701 7659

?iWllbs

38m 1.Mb

4002 113kQ

Wlbs 2W1 41 SWOlbs

lWODlbs

33m

SWOlbs

1WODIbs

216mm

9369

IOW

48m

136141

226841

2268kg WDOlbs 267mm 1.36kg 2722kg IOW 40m 110 Wlbs 267mm 1.13kQ 2722kQ 6ts515,554,557,558,559,587,1939,1940, 1941and 1942 can 110

mWb 3175kg SWOIbs

4x3141

453641 453641

lWODlbs

453641

lWODlbs 4536kg

BIG BOAT CAR COUPLERS

B i g boat car couplers join two big boat cars to form a high load assembly which will run on C U N ~track. ~ The 517 coupler is used to join two 515 cars. It accepts a wide variety of standard blocks for control lines, The 580 coupler is used with two 515 cars when 1797,1798,1799or 1935 control blocks are used. It forms an assembly which is useful on boats with mainsails ta 650 fF (62 m2) and end boom sheeting. The 752 coupler is used with two 558 cars for boats like 12 Meters and Formula 40s which have very high sheet loads. It accepts a variety of standard blocks for control lines.

Wel@m

Le@ 517

Coupkrfor

580

Couplerfor 515 can Couolerfor

752

7jN 184mm

21 02

10%'

Working

mlbs 2722 kg

12WOlbs 5443 kg

90001bs

lBWOlbs

1 TMVELER KITS, TRACK I

of mid-boom travelers which need to be raised to clear companionway

565,566,682 and 683 traveler control blocks. The 1985 kit adapts 1893, 1982 and 1983 lraveler contro~sto 6:l ena conlrols Both 6ts are sold as a pair the 1892 k t also inc Laes fastenersano spaces

561

Big baat traveler kn

1849 T m riser

1692 4:l Dodger Mock conversion kit (pair) 1985 6:l Dodger block cmvemion M (pair)

516.560.758.759 or 1847 Track. Tmckand control linessold separaiely

560

8 1bs 3 01

563,564,565,556,582,683 Tmeler control blocks 1893,1962,1983 Traveler control blccks

L.u,,,yullolualr # # " L

included w l h nseo.

3.72 kg

243 mm 6"As" (170 mm)

45 mm (76 mm)

117

BIG BOAT IRIIVELER C ' C O m R l nHOCKS

Big boat traveler cars will accept a vanety of contm~blocks offering standard purchases fmm 1:l to 6:l. Car mounted control blacks are designed sothat they will not hit me track or end controls. Use the 659 or 1512 as a dead end for 1:l controls or when you wish to use loose blocks for your control purchase. Use the 659 when the control D acts snoLld SVI vello meet unfair leads or lor cuwea track. The 1513 is deal for 2:l controls on smaller ooats wn le me 1514 ~ L tds Ia 3:l tackle and the 1515forms a 4:1 purchase. These light duty control blocks feature ball bearing sheaves and should only be used with 515 cars (see Control Block Selection Guide). The 1797,1798and 1799are hi-load control block with roller bearino sheaves aes~gnedfor larger boats ana use rvltn ether me 515 or 558 c a r i Tne 1935 is a low orofi~etr ole control olock for The - 6.1 o~rchases -~ sheaves are roller bearing for high loads and Me low profile configuration prevents damage from mainsheet blocks. 1935 control blocks are 5" (127 mm) wide and may present clearance problems when tracks run in troughs or deck recesses. All control blocks and tangs are sold in pairs. ~

~~~

Special Feahrm

Modularattachment t o big boat cars Control blocks do not httrack or end stops Free rolling bearing sheaves Additional lnlormatim- See pages 106 and 107 for an explanation of special features. See page 108for suggested uses. See Daoes 198 and 199for suooested -. traveler systems

Des"lon

Lam

,"cng

WeiuM Tlad;

659

Swivel brackets

1514 Single control blocks wlbeckels (pair)

1 %mm l 3omm 2% 67mm

1515 Doublemntrol blocks (pair)

2% 67 mm

1797 Hi-I~adsingle mnlml blocks (pail)

pair)_^ 1512 Conlra4fangs (pair)

1798 Hi-IWd single control blcckswkkets(pir) 1799 Hi-load double mnlrol blocks (mr) 1935 Lawpmblelnple(pair)

Bmbng

Load

202 57g

2%' 7omm

lWOlbs 454~9

20Wlbs 937 kg

l02 28g

%' zomm

1WOlbs 454kg

20W l h %7kg

302 859

44 mm

3WIbs 136kg

ZWOI~ 937kg

8.502 241 g

l 48 mm

8.502 l 241 g 40mm 10.50~ 2%' 298g Wmm

MXl lbs 272b 7Mlbs 340kg 7MIbs 340kp

2WO lbs 6 1 7 ~ 25W lbs 1134kg 25001bs 1134kg

76mm

1402 3979

2%' Blmm

1SWlbs MlOkg

25Wlbs 1134kg

2%' 70mm

902 2529

1 45mm

15001h Wkg

25~1bs 1134 kg

76mm

3 76mm

3' - -~

Big Boat Car Control Blocks Sold Separateb

1%"

Mm mansail area: end bwm -275

CM~I PVrrhsPe 1:l

515 1928

(25.5 m'), mid boom - 240

ConPDl Block Saladon Guide Car Part No. 558 lg39 1940 2x515 1929 1411 1942 wb17 659

659

(22.3 m2)

2x515 wfiIII

2x558 wA2-

2:1

659 1512' 1513'

1797

2x1746

1797

2x1746

3:1 4:i

1797 1514~- 1798 l515 1799

1798 1799

2x1748 2x1750

1798 1799

2x1748 22x1750

6:l

1935

BIG BOAT TMVELER Bigboat traveler controls make Harken big boat travelers complete systems. Traveler controls allow simple installation of purchases from 2 lto 4 l Assembl es secure to the lrave er track nsen so no aoalt ona noles n me ooal are r e w e d Ball bearing sheaves insure that cars can be adjusted under load and released instantly in a gust. Cams are mounted on pivoting arms so that control lines can be engaged or released from a variety of positions on

the" hrnt

The 599 slop accepts a stanoaro wncn nanale and s .sea 10 lmll car movetnenl on 516.560. or 758 lracfi when control lines are not desired. The 703 stop is used on 680 or 759 track to provide a positive stop for travelers or genoa lead cars. The 704 not only serves as a stop on 680 or 759 track but also serves as a bail for attachment of snatch blocks. Special Fealurss

Specilicaliom

Width -2%' (54 mm) Track- 516. 5E€, 680 758,759 Fasteners7% (10 mm) Max line size-%<(l0 mm) Sheave dia - 13/4'' 144 mm1 . .. ..Additional Inlorrnalron- See pages 106 an0 107 tor an explanallon 01 speca, teal.res See page 108 for sbggesteo .ses See pages 198 and 199 tor s.ggesteo rraie er sjslems

Ball bearing sheaves 150 Cam-Matic cam cleat Pivoting cam arm Shock absorbing bumper Fasteners included

140mm

7098

51 mm

3' 76mm

5MoZ

5/s' 16mm

3' 76mm

T1h02

2139

"h6" 24mm

43N

13 oz

Traveler Comml Furchase Recommendatlam

Adiustable om stoo

1560

3500 lbs

HI=LOADntAVELER CONTROLS HI-load traveler controls are desfgneotor use on boats witn mainsails over 400 R2 137 m21. Tnev Jse o U ooat sheaves and hi-load aluminurn sidkplates to withstand the severe snom oaaing generared by ~ninrent~onal i<bes on ,ame offshore ooats. rli-load [raw er contro s al ow simpl~~~tallation of purchases from 2:l to 6:1. Hi-load traveler controls are also suitable for genoa lead car adjusters on offshore boats. 1893.1982 and 1983 low porfile control blocks are JSed wm 1799contd ~ o c f fto i f o r m 4 1 purcnases on ,arger onsnore boats, The 1936.3000and 3001 traWler controls are Jsed wlM the 1935 low ~mfiletraveler car control blocks ta form 6:l purchas&. ~heyteatureroller bearing sheaves and stainless sted sideplates. Sp9shlH i bearinm 150 Cam-Matk cam cleat Shock absorbing bumpers Two boltsfor strength

Sperilicafim Wiwl -27M (56mm) Track- 516,560,680

758,759,1847

Fasteners 4% (10 mm) Fasteners Included Max line ~ i z e - ~ 1 ' ( 1 2 mm) Sheave dia 21/4' (57 mm) A d d ~ l l n l D m t a 1 ( m - S e e pages 106 and 107 for an explanationof special features. See page 108 for suggested uses. See pages 1% and 199for suggested traveler systems.

730 731

733

734 c o 735 736 1893

1mmkrCoM

R8cmrn-n!

Sail h a ~gmn8hsllq MlbBoOmWWdlW under450 f? Under 4W ff under42 mZ Under 37 m*

1936 1982 FWJW

37-51

Gver~f? Gver56m2

Gver5l m*

1983

m2 W 1 whnnch

27111 oz g 194mm 34% m 9 7 8 0 194mm

Double SW hi-load 350z t&kr contml 9929 Doubbsheavehi-lwdlrayeler 4 1 % ~ n t r d p o r t ) l.lskg Dwbbsheavehi-laadtraveler 41%oz c o m l ~1150 mm (stbd) 1.18k~ Triple sheave hiiaad 42 m b'ayeler mntrd 1.19$ Lowprdikdaubleconlrd 2001 block wmecket 5679 Low profiktnple mntml 211% m block wlbeckel 6100 2801 Lowpmfiledoubkcontrol 794g b~ockwmecket&mm (poll) Lowpmfiledoubkcomml 2802 7949 blockwmeckm&cam(stb) Lowpmflletnplemntrolblack 2601 7Mg w b W & m (port) 28 m Low~mflletd~kcontmlblock ,

3WO 42-%m2

Single sheave hiioad DaYelercontrol . Single sheag hi-load traveler

7% 194mm ~7W 194mm 7% 194mm 7W 194mm 6'8 165mm 518 140mm

6%' 165 mm 6W' 165mm SW' 140mm 51h'

56mm &8'

56mm

2WDlbs 907 kg 7001bs 318kg

3 % ~ ' 14Wlbs 81mm 635kg 3%' 14WlbS 81 mm . 635kg 3%' 1403 lbs 81mm MSkg 4%' 14W lbs 106mm 635kg 1M' 1lWlbs %mm 499 kg 2% 1SW l h Wmm 680kg 2'8 1lWlbs 499k4 64 mm 2%' IlWlbs 499kg E4mm 2W' 15Wlbs 6809 Mmm 2 8 15Wlbs

4WOlbs 2:l 1814 kg 14Wlbs 2:l 635kg

28Wlbs 1270kg 28Wlbs 1270kQ 28Wlbs 12mQ 28W lbs 1270kg 25WIbs 1134 kg 2 9 3 lbs 1134kg

3:l or4:l

25Wm 1134 kg 25Wlbs 1134kg 25Wlbs 1134kg 25Wlbs

3:l o r h i purchase 3:1 or4:l purchase 5:lor6:1

3:l 0r4:l 3:1 or4:I 5:1 or6:l ForcontmBvdU remotedeals 5:l 0r6:l

5:1 or64

BIG BOAT TRACK & ACCESSORIES

B i g boat traveler track isavailable in either low profile or hi-beam configurations. Use low pmfiie tracks where they can be supported for their entire length. 560 hi-beam track is designed to bridge cockpits or companionwayswithout support structures. See the graph below for spanning capability of 560 track. This track mounts with bolts riding on slides in the bottom of the track so spacing is flexible. 680 and 759 tracks have 7/16" (12 mm) holes spaced on 11h"(34 mm) centers to accept 703 and 704 adjustable pin stops. 1847 Airtrack" is a vecy light track ideal for travelers, lead cars and spinnaker poles on racing boats. The first fastener hole on 516 and 680 tracks is located 2" (51 mm) from the trackend. The first hole on 758,759, and 1847 tracks is located 50 mm (11~/16")frornthe end.

E 631

548 and 562 end stops are energy absorbing polyurethane to absorb the shock loads. 631 and 632 trim caps finish track ends when wntmi assemblies are fitted.

curved Tni-k

Track width -ITA' (32 mm) Hole spacing-516.680: 4' (102 mm) 758,759,1847: 1 W mm (315~6') Fasteners -516,680.758.759.1847: %6' (8 mm) FH 560: 5A6' (8 mm) HH Weioht-516.758: 11.40~,%11.06kolml 560 35.3 olm (3.29'kglm)- ' 680.759: 10.8 oZm (1.01 W m ) I847: 8.3 o m (775 urn)

Track Slb.680. 75875E 1817

End Sops and Trlm Caps

Halken will bend any track to your soecifications. See ~. a-o e109 for information. SpeciHcatim

Description

-III',

Regular

"V,':!

Part No

panNO

..'6'

532

'111~1 rill

Sl,i~i:i1 1 k

i l T 758 680 759 l817

tmrus

100mm Faslener Spaciny Length

Part Nn

' P,,

Metrlc Track (Lengthrlllelers)

Variable Fastener Soacinn

HI Beam

SI6.6811. i 5 8 i S : l B 1 i

1786

American Track (LenglMeetI 4"FaslenerSvacing

cru

Length

Regular

wlStop Holes

AlrTrack

Part No

WINDWARD SHEETING TMVELER CARS

Wndward sheeting trawler cars bring a new ease to traveler adjustment. Cats may be pulled above the centerline without releasing the leeward control line. Tack, and the car stays in the same position on the track, ready to be pulled to the new windward side. The windward sheeting car allows the mainsail trimmerto stay on the high side of the boat and allowsthe boat to be tacked wltnout Me need to first cleat Me leeward control Ihnes. Once yo~'ve sal eo wnn a Harken w~ndwardsneehna- traveler car, vob' l wonaer how you ever sailed without one. Windward sheeting traveler cars are available in w e n s~zes for mats from dinohvs to lame oflshore ooats. AoaDter kits are available to fit most ~arkensmall boat mid-range and big boat traveler cars. The 211 and 212 feature a small boat traveler car. The 211 fits smaller dinghys while the 212 is used on larger dinghys like the Hying Dutchmanand small offshore boats like the JD4 The 247 features a 1250 series car and can be used on heavy course racing keel boats like the Dragon and on offshore boats to 26' (7.9 m) with mains as large as 175 fP (16 m2). Small boat cars can be rigged wlh 2:l or 3:l traveler controls. The 1575 is built on a 1508 traveler car and is ideal for offshore boats to 33 (10 m) wltn mama Is as large as 240 it2(22 m?. The 1576 Lses a 1509 car and may be Lseo on ooats to 35' (10.6 m) wlh ma nsai sto 275 h2(25 m9 and end boom s n a n a AI existing mid-range windward'sheetiig cars will acceDt the 1561 stand uptoggle. The 608 and 1930 use a 515 big boat traveler car and are suitable forthree-qualtertonners and some oftshore boats as large as 40' (12 m) wlh mainsails as large as 400 ft2(38 m?. The 609 and 1931 are based on a 558 car aia are usea on wats lhke one tonners wth arae malnsal s to 525 it2150m 9 Al ex& na b a boat windward sheing cats will acce~tthe1896 &and UD. to&le"and -the 1930 and 193i include the toggle. All windward sheeting cars have 150 Cam-Matic cleats buil into the control mechanism.They are best suited for tmvelers mounted in the cockpit and at, or near, deek level. Controls cannot be led through turning blacks to a remote location. SwiaI Faahrms xeward c eat owns automatra ly

Rec~rc~ailng oa oearlng can Pivoting shackles 150 Cam-Matic cam cleats Integratedcontrol sheaves

Addillorr~lInlomtMon- See pages 106 and 107 for an explanation of

special features of traveler cars. See page 108 for suggested uses. See pages . . 198and 199for suooested -- traveler svsterns.

K t~smipllon 211 Smdl boa car

212 Hiioadsmall

boat car 247 t250Seriessmall boat car

tenm

~illth '&night

6 175mm

3hs' 78mm

6 175mm 6 175mm

3%' 78mm 3%' 78mm

2301

142,143 154.155

WO2

142,143

6529

154,155

2702

142.143 154,155

42 42 64

8501bs

12001bs 544 $ 2MO IbS

386$

907$

12501bs 567 $

3Wlbs 1361 k~

SWlbs 227 $

2:l 3:l 255 2:l 3:l 255 2.1

3:l 255

mplion

Smdl bwlvAndward sheeting adapter kii 248 125OSeneswindward Sheeting adapter kit 1577 Mid-nnoewindwdrd sheeting adapter kit 610 Big boatundward sheeting adapter Kt 213

6529

7699

FbHa*n RsrehrCln

Contml

Purrhas8

156,157,158. 1M1, 171,172

2:1 or3:i

1508.15W

3:l or4:l

~ ~ - . --

Windwardcleatisengaged. Carcan

mMW mmmW del P i a W l e s GOIW Concern -LmeHam68

LL-

MINI-MAXI & MAXI TRAVELER CARS

Mini-maxi and maxi travelers bring the ease of dinghy traveler adjustment to the largest of offshore boats. Both ride on two rows of recirculatingTorlon ball bearings so they are free rolling under even high, nonvertical loads. One standard configuration of each car is offered in three variations to fit different horizontal track radii. These cars cannot ride on vertical radii under 50' (15.25 m). Cars feature a hiiload pivoting shackle and control blocks for a 2:l traveler control system. Other variations are available on a special order basis. Special Feahms

S p ~ c i f i t i ~ l t s -lm0, 1704, 1705 Free Rolling Load -B750 ibs (3968kg)

665,678,679

12MXl lbs (5443 kg) 250M) Ibs (11340 kg) Fmtbl&fwwnb-ol block Length-1U (Wmm) 13%" (363mm) Width -4%'(111 mm) 5 W (133 mm) Height -3%' (95 mm) S ( l 2 7 mm) Weight- 89 m (2.52 kg) lSOoz(5.1 kg) Ball dia- W (12 mm) 1 8 (12 mm) No. of balls -68 100 AddmOnaIlnlom,atim- See pages 106 and 107 for an explanabon 01 spec~alieat.res See paw 100for s.ggest0.i .ses See suggestea systems on pages 198 and 199 Recirculating ball bearings Pmting shackles

Breaking Strenpth-

180M) Ibs (8164 kg)

Mnirnurn

678

;;

679

1705

(-1saa) M a car lor straipmtrack Mcar for curved tmck M a carforcuNBdt w k

-m-.-5 m...

;

24' 7.32 m

18'

4.wm Minkmdarfor strdght t w k Mini-maxicar for cuNBd nadi Mini-maxicar for C U track ~

32 9.75 m 24' 7.32 m

15.25 m 7.32 m

9.75 m

4.68 m

7.3m

3 MINI-MAXI TRACK & CONTROLS

Three configurationsof IOW profile mini-maxi traveler track are available. 1701 is a low profile track suited for most applications. It is commonly used for appl callons INe malnsneer travelers 1706 s a low profi#etrack wltn noles for me 1708 aa,~sIdbe sloe l706 1s ~ o ~ lvc JSed a as a aenoa trac~ "~ 1848 AirTrack" is a libhtweightt k k well su&d to mainsheet and aenoa eao appl~cationsa9 i e l l as i p nnaker pole, outhaJ and Bancar track. Tne Int fastener hole n 1701 an0 1706 tract .S located 17 16' (37 5 mm) from 1he eno. Tne ltrst fastener hole n 1848 track is ocatea 2'5 16 175 mm1 from the end. >

~~~~~

Rsplar RRNo.

R w d a r W p Hula Pall No.

1701-1.5m 1701-1.6m 1701-2.1 m 1701-2.4 m 1701-3m 170-3.6 m 1701-6m

End Stop Tracks are sold without end stops. The 1703 provides a 2:l traveler control to lead to a winch. The 1708 adiustable stoo is used to limit movement by genoa lead cars or to control mainsheet travelers when control lines are not desirable.

Alrlmdl'"

Tmdr *L 4'11'(1.5mJ 5'10%'(1.8m) 6'1W (2.1 m) TlO!h'(2.4m) 9'10%6' (3 m) 11'%'(3.6m) 19'8'/1" (6 m)

RflNL-__~-~

17061.5-~.17061.8m 17062.1 m 1706.24 m lm6-3 m 17063.6 m 17066 m

1M8-1.5m

1848-2.4m 1&182.6m 1W-6 m

Curved Tmch Harken will bend trackto vour soecifications at a modest additional charge. The minimum vertical bend for mini-maxitrack is 50' (15.25 m). Refer to page 109for information regarding track bending.

Specificatio~- Track

1702 Endstop

Wldth-lllhs" (42 mm) Height-7N (22 mm) Weioht-1701: 1 7 ozm 11.58 kalml Fastener hole spacing -75 m m (2'5~6) Fasteners-W (10 mm)

Sale DarcllWon

Lanlll'

Widlh

Height

WsigM Working Load

2% 67mm 258' 67mm 258' 67 mm

1 38mm 2W 70mm 3 79mm

13m 369g 29 m 822 g 29 m 6 2 2

-1703 Endsmp wnwt Mock 1707 Endsmp wlpadeye 1708 Miumhlp

3%" 95mm 558' 143 mm 5%' 133 mm

4950 lbs Hi-load 2245 kg sheave 7BW lbs ~5 4 0 Q Fk l7ffi

3 MAXI TRUCK & CONTROLS I Low RORb Trad

Two standard wnfigurations of m a i trackare available. Both are liohtweioht low protiletracks perfectiy suited for mainsheet and genoa sheet applications on maxi b&. 660 is a low protile track suited for most appllcatons. 661 1s a low profl e track wlth holes for the 664 an0 668 ad.ustable s t o ~ sThe fir4 fastener hole on 660 and 661 track is located 50 mm (11%6') from the end.

End Slops Tracks are sold without end stops. End stops are available in a varieh, of conliourations to suii evew neeb. The 667 is generally used to build 2:ltraveler contmls to lead to a winch. d lhmlt movemen1by The 664 adj~stabe stop a olten ~ s e to maxl aenoa lead cars or to control max malnsheet trawlers whenwntml lines are not desirable. The 668 adjustable stop with padeye serves adda. role as a stop and a.so sews as an awliaiy SheeI~ngpostion on maxi genoa track

Curved -~ Harken will bend any track to your specifications at a modest additional charge. Referto wge 109for information regarding I track bending. ~~~~

~~~~

Specifications >-

-Traak ~~~~~~

&ht-%'(29 )m ; Weight -660: 33 affI(3.wkum) 661:32 ozRt (3.01kum) Fastener hale spacing -315As' (100 mm) Fasteners-'X (12 mm) RI

660

AdjustdMestq m6' wlscrewg ~ a d m 192 mm

3%' %mm

59th m 1.69 ko

85W lbs Fe661 3 E 4 ko track

1- ; --~l $;,A

586

Cars nm included

Cars not 584 included

L , ‘ . . .

; I - . -

MAINSHEET CARS & SHEAVE CARRIERS

Mainsheet sheave carriers are used with double-ended mainsheets ro give 2:l or 4 1 pLrcnases on arger ofisnore ooats. These sheave can ers leal~relow fr~cton harken bia boat sheaves or blocks to insure ease of mainsheet and traveler car abjustment under any load. Sheave carriers are designed to lay down wiMin 15" of horizontal to maintain fair leads even when reachino and runnina. The 584 and 586 serve as a coupler for two 515 big boat cars. The 751 fits a standard mawi traveler car. These carriers do not include traveler cars. The 1841.1842 and 1843 mini-maxi cars and carriers will accept either aluminurn, stainless or titanium swivel blocks. These assemblies are designed for applications where the sheet winches are not directly in line with the traveler track orthe track is cunred.

751 Car not included

Special Features Big boat mainsheet sheaves

Carriers pivot No loose blocks

See pages 106 and 107 for an explanation of special features. See page 108for suggested uses.

Additional InIumtion-

584

HaioM

~wription

Lenm

Abow

Sheave Diamatsr

~onbol Punhase

T'mler Blork

shaaua Bin&

Tncknadlus (Hot&ontal Band)

44 m 125kg

3' 76 mm

4:1

5641565 o r t w 563

Included

B'(2.5 m) or greater

9001

4' 102 mm

6:l

736

Included

2.55kg -~

S'(2.5 m) or greater

12902 3.66 kg

4'8 114mm

2:1

666 or 667

Included

Chwse E@. 678, or 679 car lor radius

14902 4.23kg

4'014'8 102mmorll4mm

2:l

1703

Use 541.764 or 1713

SO'(15.2 m) or greater

14902 423kg

4'or 4'8 102mmorll4mm

2:1

1703

Use 541,764 or1713

24' to 32' 7.3 109.7 m

149 02

4"or4W

2:l

1703

Use 541.764

16'toZC

Walpm

Tra& Small mainsheet sheavecarder

10' 254 mm

$'h'' 165 mrq --

nr1711

ANUSTABLE GEMA LEAD CARS H a i i a n adjustable lead blocks ride on traveler car bodies. t or ion ball cars adjust easily even under high loads. Torlon rod cars reqJlre more effort ro adjust, b ~are t removaDle from tracks These blocks feature wide sheaves which will accommodme two sneets dunng sail changes. T n q ~ i v Mto elmer side to accommooare cnano no ead angles. Small boat cars accept either bullet o;big bullet blocks. The 1537 mid-range lead car accepts 1513,1514,or 1515 contml blocks. The 587 accepts 1799 contml blocks for a 4:l purchase. Mini-maxi and maxi cars are offered with either control bl& for a 2:i purchase or puller tangsfora 1 :l system. Recirculating ball bearings or Torlon rods Pivoting sheave carriers Wide sheaves passtwo sheets LOWprdlle genoa tracks A ~ ~ I U ~ ~ See ~ U oaoes Ml 0 0I and - 107 for an Bxplanauon 01 specd lealur&. See page 195 for sheet loaoing tormulas See suggested W e m s on pages 200 ana 201

318

oguleion

318

Small boat

1585

Emon

Car Cnbok

CmbI BbdD

Flb Track

249

Two 253 Two 1519

Two 083

142 154 1510 1535

1537

Two 1515

Mar Sail h Oanw.,

450W 25'-31' 41.8m2 7.6m-9.lm 29-37 750R 8.811-11.31~1 69.7m1

175s 16.3m2

330~' 30.7m2

' MarimumMnd s W 2 5 knob " Maamum Mnd W 40mm 1

k* -inn 249

Small boa1car

323

Small boatcar whlider rods 1537 Mid-range car 1599 Mid-rangecar wlslider rcds 587 Big boat car

F'W

manp

~Sheam l a m t s r -..- m n a 2M' Mmm 2M' Mmm 2%' Mmm 2W blmm 2W M mm

12501bs 567$ 12501bs 567$ WXllbs IW3$ 23001bs 1W3$ 3m lbs 1361kg

2533 lbs 1134k~ 25001bs llM$ 46Wlbs 2086M 4600 Ibs 2086kg GWO lbs 2722 kg

Car width L ~ L 2%' %mm 2%' %mm 2%' 70mm 2%' 70mm % 3' %mm

511' l40mm

142 154 5'4' 142 140mm 1M 5%' 1510 133mm 1535 1510 S'# 133mm 1535 8' 516,680,758 2mmm 759.1847

1802 5109 1902 539 9 27 m 765 9 28 m 801 0 37m 1.05 M

Diameler

Big boat 3' 45W car 76 mm 3' 1874 Big boat45W -~ 2rwis!idsrmPss .76mm lea9 Mini-maxicar 4'h' wlpulkr tang 114mm 1870 Minkmaxi car 4 wladiusterblock 114mm 1871 Marjcar 5%' wlpulkr tang 140mm 1872 Marjcar 5%' wlailusterblock 140mm 554

Rolling Ls,d

E$$

WiWl

45Wlbs 2041 kg 45Wlbs 2041 Wibs 4082kg Wlbs 4082kg 11MX)lbs 5260b 1lMlOibs 52fflkg

9WOlbs 4082 kg mlbs 4082 kg 180Mibs 8164kp l8OMlbs 8164 kg 250031bs 11340kg 25OWlbs 11340kg

W' 516,680,756 248 mm 759.1847 3'8 @h' 518,680,758 ! ? m m 2?mm.~-_~759II84_716%~' 1701.1706 434 ill mm 417mm 1848 13'1hs' 1701.1706 43.8' Illmm 348mm 1848 5 17%~" 660.661 133mm 433mm 5 lS7/rs' 660.661 133mm 392mm

he8

Description

Car 3

85 mm

Lenm

Track

WeigM 5901 1.67 kg 59 01

_167Cg~ 1Woz 4.54 kg 16402 4.65kg 26802 7.6 kg 27202 7.71 kg

HIGH PERFORMANCE LEAD CARS P i n stop lead carsare used when full adjustability of recirculating ball bearing lead cars is not required. They are often seen on the #3 genoa tracks of racing boats and as the primary genoa lead cars on perlormance cruisers.

FTnck Lead Cars Harken 1997 and 1998 T-track lead cars feature a high performance ro lerlba I bearing sneave for exceptiona performance both trimmtng an0 easlna The sheave W IIacCeDt two $16 (12 mm) sneets to lac Illate sail changes. The sheave carrier bivots 45. to each side and articulates fare and aft to accommodate changing lead angles. Because Me sheave carrier also wivels, these cars can be used in applicationswhere other wide sheave lead blocks are inappropriate, such as on the cap rail when reachlng and for Darberha~l,ngsheets to an outboard trac6 The pln slop on me 1997 IS actuate0 by a ever that IS easy to use eten nrltn CO d wet nands and can oe loc6eo In Me oDen DOS tlon 10 facilitate moving the car along the track by hand or with an adjuster line wn ch can be spl cea to the integral oa I or attacned wltn a snacde. The 1998 IS Drov deo W th a hl-load sneave to Dermlt Lse of a 2.1 adluster tackle. cars ride on lowfnction sliders to prevent metal to metaicontact and ease of adjustment. These carsare available for either 11A" or 32 mm T-back.

Polyslide Cars 1663 Polyslide lead cars are state of the art genoafairleads which ride on 1596 rnld-range pln stop track These areme cars sea on rac no boats l16eMe M ~ m m 36 and manv of the -C 40's The un obe slide;material is bonded to the body of t/le car to ~r0videa low ~c; eltic ent of frctlon so the cars may ~e adl~sledLnoer oao Tne sneave carr er s low an0 plvots s oe to s~de60" The pln stop can be locked .n me JP post on when me car s belng aolJsteo. ~

SpeclHcafIons Sheave dia -2 1 8 (Mmm) Sheet height above track-ZI/a' (57 mm) Max sheet size* -746"(12 mm) Max worhng load -3000 lbs (1361 kg) 130

Leng

1997' 19W

1663

T-track lead car 6%' wlpin stop for32 mm track 165 mm T-track lead car wladjuster 614' sheavefor32mmtrack 165mm Polyslae pin 4'4'

WIgM

W M

Flbl Tndr

1602

4540 1602

51 mm

4540

51 mm

1891 8202 1891 82(12

2202

1596

FTMCK CARS & SLIDES

Harken offers a wide array of genoa lead cars and track slides. The In-ro ler leaa car offers many ~ n i q ~ e aovanraoes The w~desneave WI I acceDt two sheets f i r easy sail changes and is mounted very close to the deck to permit sheeting of low clewed aenoas. The vertical side rollers Drotect sheets and reduce friction even when leads are unfair The single piece construction reduces noise and darnaae from luffina sails. Tri-rolle~ lead cars are pr&ided with a6wing bail for adjustment and must be used with a track stop. Tri-roller lead cars are available to fit metric or English track. Genoa lead blocks offer the simplicity of a pin stop rype car Tne pin aops can be ,or<eo n an LD. Dosition 10 lac Im e rnovemenr a ono me . rracd. Track sl des offer a convenlenr amcnmenr wlnt lor snacn blocs or olner lead o o c k They feature plastic sliders to reduce friction and to protect tracks. The pin stop may be locked in an up position. Track stops are low profile and easy to open even with cold, wet hands.

A~uminumT-hack is offered in three sizes. 32 mm track is available in two versions: clear anodized with pin stop holes every 50 mm and hard anodized with pin stop holes every33 mm. Racers prefer the fine adjustment and aurab~lnyof hard anodzed tracn. All Hmen alLm num T-track features fasteners Hmn 100 mm spacing.

4 llneriwn Marit T.TneL

1891-1.2m

1943-12 m

1180 mm (46Ms')

1891-l8m

1943-18 m

1780 mm (7O2/1e')

1891.24 m 1891-3 m 1891-3.6m

1943-2.4 m 1943-3m 1943-3.6 m

_23Bm1%3;~3]~ 2980 mm (117%~') 3580 mm (140i5/1a')

1891-6 m

1943-6 m

5980 mm (235M6')

8806 Endstop 8807 Endslop

6mm

12mm

8202. 16mm 1891.1943

6mm

Endslop

6mm

20mm

8203

STAINLESS STEEL T-TRACK

Stainless steel T-track is designed for luxury cruisers and cruiser/racers. Three stainless tracks are available in metric sizes suitable for boats from 33 to 140' (9.5 to 42 m). 1888 is a hi-load ver. sian ofthe 183040 mm trackand uses 12 mm FH fasteners. Tracks are available in two standard lengths, 2 m (6'6W') and 4 m (13'1%1'),or may be ordered cut to length with the ends polished. Mirror like finish Corrosian resistant alloy Integral riser Pin stop holes at close imervals InfomaIIon-To order track cut to length, add pan numb r 1832 and specify exact length desired. Due to hole placements, it may be necessary to modifytrack length.

~ogulcim

1830

40mmT-tack

1%" 40 mm 1M' 32 mm 1%' 40 mm

1836 1888

~angth

wsipm

Fmnar SA&.FH 8mmFH

1%' 32mm

1835

Mlmm 3% 86mm

6 oz 1709 1901 5390

ll%" izmm

29mm

1830 1888

32 mm T-track 40 mm Hi-loa;l T-hddr

weight

Fadsner

'%S'' 20 mm

43 011n 4 kglm 26 o m 2.4Wm 43 02m 4 $/m

W FH 10 mm--F! 5/16. FH 8mmFH

lOmm

12mmFH

16mm

13/16'

12 mm

20 mm %S'

lOmm %6'

14mm

8 mm

16mm

6 mm

%B' m-

%6' 8 mm

W,a'

13/16'

12 mm

20 mm

lOmm

20 mm

l/,'

Rmmmended Pin W Dlamstsr

'%S' 8 mm

M' 12mm

A-- - T STEP r-- - - - 7 IN REEEFING AND FURLING I ,.I S..-- L BOATS mm-

m---

- -- --

--l

UNIT M JIB REEFING

m e in$plW of your g is u m f k l d by the furlhp system teausethe a t facing douMe grnmed HelkbfolMe m r y o u r headslay.

The new Unit 00 brings HaWn quality and performanceto small boat reefing and furling. The unique new Heli-Foil" combines three materials to provide afoil that is flexible fortrailering yet torsionally rigid to offer superb furling and reefing performance.The exterior and double grooves are PVC so sails slide easiiy and racing sail changes are quick. The interior is polypropylenewhich pmvides an excellent bearing surface on the headstay. Torsional rigidity is achieved through a braided stainless steel core that is extruded into the plastic foil. The Heli-Foil can be coiled for shipping, becomes rigidwhen Misted, is Rexible to avoid damage when being raised and lowered on trailerable boats, won't dent W it's hit by the spinnaker pole, and does not require assembly. In addition to the Heli-Foil, the Unit00 offers many of the features of Hallcen's renowned jib reefing and furling systems and other features that make it ideal for smaller boats:

I +

AirSwiwl A lightweight halyard swivel designed to minimize windage and weight aloft Sails are raised on your jib halyard so sail changes and shape adjustment are simple.

Low Maintenance Bearings Torlon and Deirin bearings don? need lubrication,simply flush with fresh water. They're tough enough to withstand reefingwith a winch. but so free rollingyou probablywon't ever need one.

rigid M e n hoisted, bflevibkm avoa damape when king ramand Mon traikrable M,wont dent II h l byme spinmker pole, and doa n d require assernbb

E s q Convefsion to Racing The stainless steel feeder is flush so the halyard swivel can be lowered without disassembly. The drum and basket are split for easy removal.

Easy lnslallatlon The foil and lower unit fit over your existing headstay and tumbuckle- no cutting or swaging of headsiay required.

Double Grooved Foil Twin gmoves are standard for racing sail changes or flying twin jibs downwind.

Removable Lower Unit

o&~~m~bt[on

Torque tube and drum snap off of foil for quick removalfortraiiering. 1101

~ u d i system s

H02

Furlkg System

Max headstay lmgh36'(11.58m) SpecnVdevispindiameter

Headstay wire

884

Max headstaylmmh32' (9.75 m) Spec& dwis pin dumeter O W l w Y l x h 4 e ForWorW-c~derWoIreq~lredatbom

1N (6 mm)

266

LeadBlockM

(8 mm)

061

44'(9.5 mm)

944

3 mm.4 mm. 5 mm

C M pin diameter Max headstay kngm

5/16.

'h"(6 mm). Y16'(8 mm)

318'19.5 mm) 3a (11.58 m)

1108

headandlack lncludes3x166 bulb3 blocks. 1 x019 13s ~ r a t c h n t4, xffil bases, and l x c h t Stanchion mount base Rtgches 166.16B. W3. W1 or019 to Wlpt or starchion H a r d restraher B r use oniy when required-see instNc6on manud 2

S p l l drum is easib removed for racing.

The Heli-Fdlcombines three materiais. Torsional rigidhy is achieved through a braided stainless aeel Core that isMruded into the plastic foil. The exterior and double gnxlves are WC so =is slide easik and racing rail changes are quick. h e interior 1s povpropylene whkn providesan excellent bearing surface on the headstay.

Feeders are carefully shaped and finished toallow quicksingle-handed hoisting nd enicient wing sail changes.

Mulliple rat% of Todon bearings distribm load toall bdls. Foil lacksto lower untwilh --can wlhout twls br trailering.

be --",m*

Unidimonal bearing sysfem handh loads from all directions.

All Hatken units are cavered by a simple seven year limbed warranty

Corrasion-prwf spool

Aunique drum lack allows youm secureme u n l when moored for extra piece of mlnd.

ReliableTorlonball beanngs (quire no I u b M o n and minimal maintenance.

Main componems are6061-T6 dumlnum whichis Hardkotenadked Teflon impregnationtor yean d service.

SW4 lowerclwis pm allows u n l

m be demched easily

MKII JIB REEFIMG & FURLING FEATURES

+ Tapered Torque Tubes

Agraduai transition from torque tube to foil minimizes sail stretch and wrinkles. A positive locking clamp won't slip. 4

Sculplured C M e Guad

Furling lines are protected by the smooth surface of Me chafe guard which can be adjusted to any poslion. + Bearing Shields

For over a decade, Harken Jib Reefing and Furling Systems have set the wodd standard for performanceandreiiabilily. No other systems nave offered more features - Jnl Inow The new Hawn MKll Jib R&ng and Fdrllng Systems utillze al of tne oooa desion anributes of tneir oredeceuors, but ncl~demanv newffeaturesto make yourfuding and reefing i f e r and easier.

AirSwivei and tack bearings are protected from UVand dirt by shields + Molded Pretesder

New lighter prefeeder attachesto the deckand is designed for better sail change performance.

+ More Power

A larger inside spool diameter provides better mechanical advantagefor easier reefing and furling. + L.%sMclton

Several years of research has resuked in computer designed bearing races that minimize friction. + Liflhter Weight

Design and manufaduring changes have resulted in a lighter

system to reduce pitching and heeling. + Codon-PmofSpool The new moided spool and cover are lighter, corrosion free and less sbscepnble to cna n and anchor aamage. + Standad Split D N ~ All units feature a splt drum to facilitate conversion to racing.

+ -AlrSlviveIs~ ...- -...-.AilSwivels are lighter to remove weight aloft, smaller for less windage and turn more freely due to their computer designed bearing races.

Main amponem areB061-T6aumirrim Tefim imprspnnDn for p n of se-.

The new sculpturedtorque tube minimim sail strstd and wrinkles. plakd SilKon b r o m turnbuckle bodV insures gall pm01opermon. N'&I

New mrrosion-proofspool is lighter and ksusceptibk to cbin and anchor damage.

~urdpk of Tmn MW dbtribute load to all balk.

num whimis Hard& a&&

Unidimcbnalbearing M t e m handles lads

SW, N m n , Sta-Lokol rod liings may be used rrim most Harken systems.

RelktleTolfon ball teams require no lllbricatbn and minimal maintenance.

Pmpe~ddffignedfurilngtumbuddealows easvadilrtmentwhile Dreventinofidaue laiire &red by side ioadiq.

HAirSWlYels are lighter

to remove weight alott smaller for lers windage and turn more frssk

Feedenare carefully shaped and finished toallow q u d single-handed hoisting and eflicient racing Eail changes.

Plus all of the great features fur which Harken is famous:

Clean Aerodynamic Foils Our foils won't offend your sense of aesthetics or spoil the air flow on your genoa. They are engineeredfor superior strength without offensive bulk. Even the Unit 00's Helifoil is the smallest round section possiblefor minimal windage.

Easy Length Adjustment The integral tumbuckle makes installation and masttuning easy. It is avery special turnbuckle, designed expressly to handle the side loads of afurling system. The silicon bronze and stainless steel construction is gall resistant and durable.

Easy Sail Changesand Shaping

Toron Hearings

Reefing is great, but there are times when you may want to change sails. Each Harken unit has a prefeeder and a superbly designed stainless steel feeder which make sail changes smooth. Since sails raise and lower on your own halyard and there are no mechanical devices at the masthead, you can change sail shape through halyard tension.

Torlon bearings require no lubricafion and are so strong that you can use a winch to reef. They're covered by the 7 year warranty.

D N Lock ~

These features include sail shaping double acting swivels, triple interlock aerodynamically shaped foils, atrue furling tumbuckle, and the only true 7 year warranty in the world.

Easy to Assemble

A unique drum lockallows you to secure the unit when moored for extra peace of mind when you're ashore.

Designedfor owner installation with only simple hand tools. Picture book instruction manuals make assembly a snap.

Excellent Racing Unit

UsesExisting Headstay The integrity of your rig is unaffected by the furling system because the aft facing double-groovedfoils ride over your existing headstay.

Adaptable to Swage, M,Nomeman, or Sla-Lok Terminals You may choose the type of rigging you prefer. For easiest installation, use swage Mtings - our long swage stud allows you to reuse your existing wire. There's a special terminal for low stretch md headstays. Many people prefer Norseman and Sta-Lokfltings, especially for extended cruising or for tmpical W a t e r .

Tri~leInterlock Foils Foils are joined with splice links shaped to match Me extrusion. Screws secure Me solices. An adhesive is used to remove ooint loadino from the fasteners ani insure a jointthat will endure years &torque loaGing.

Flexible Heli-foil" U n l W features a unique plastic foil that provides torsional rigidity for

All Harken units can be converted to racing by removing the drum and lowering the halyard swivel to clear the twin groove foil for sail changes. The tops of our foils are clean and they completely cover your headstay for maximum luff lengths. Harken units are also light, crucial for racing and advantageousfor cruising.

Free Rolling, Low Maintenance Bearinos Torlon bearings in multiple stacked races distribute radial and thrust loads evenly allowing the units to turn with exceptional ease. Maintenance requires an occasional rinse and they're so tough that you can winch the units in heavy winds. They're even covered by our seven year limited warranty.

Finest Materials and Conslrucfon All of our load bearing components are 6061-T6 aluminum, silicon bronze, or stainless steel for yearj of service. Aluminum components are Hardkote anodized wlh Teflon impregnation for true corrosion protection. Even the silicon bronze is electroless nickel plated for better durability.

excellentfurling and reefing but is flexible for use on trailerable boats.

Seven Year Wa~~aniy

Supenb Reetlnfl. Not Just Furiing

Harken units are covered by a simple seven year limited warranty. The warranty is transferableand requires no cumbersome dacumentation pracedure.

If a nit doesn't omvlde sa I shaolno, d's wmna to call t a reefina Lnn All Harken units can be used with eiis;ng sails, sails with foam luffbds, or sails with lufftape lag systems like AemluffS The foil sections are tough enough to stand reefing loads and the bearings roll freely in Me highest winds. Winching doesn't bother them

Woffdwide Sewice Harken's network of distributors means Mat no matter where you cruise expert service and parts will be available.

1 ORDERING

Harken Jib Reefina and Furlina Svstems are offered in ten sizes and various contiaurations. " The correct unit forjour boat i s e k y to determine: 0 Determine the size of the unit you need based on the headstay diameter and boat length. O Choose between unitsfor wire or rod headstays and choose which headstay terminal you require - swage, rod, or Sta-Lok/Norseman.All units are sold without terminals so choose the correct part number from the chart on the specaication page. O Some units are offered witha variety of clevis pin diameters. Choose a clevis pin that matches your headstay chainplate.

Swage Fitlings vs Sta-Lok or Norseman Terminals Swage fittings are the most common terminals used. They must be installed by a rigger using specialized equipment. Sta-Lok and Norseman terminals can be installed without special tools and are therefore popular in areas where there are few swaging machines.

Rod Headstays All sizes of Harken Jib Reefing and Furling Systems can be used with rod headstays. Rod headstays must use a special adapterfining and must be cut and reheaded by an authorized rod service center. Rod headstays WO&very well with furling units. They offer the performance advantage of low stretch and are felt to offer very good corrosion resistance in tropical saltwater.

Unit OO mm, mm, 5 mm

(1 X 19)

~ - -

Unit 0

Unit l

Sh2'346. 7&'' 4 m m 5 m m 6 mm'

<,<,9&',

Unill.5

Unil2.

%6'

5h~". 4%

8mm

8mm. 10mm

Unit 3

Unii 2.5

11 mm. 12mm

Max

Unitl.5

Unit 2

Unii2.5-

4% 124 mm

6% 159mm

6i/l 159mm

P/n ' 197 mm

7%' 187mm

937 248 mm

FA'' 248p-.p mm ~-~

12'N 308 mm

1214' 311 mm

12'N 311 mm

16% 410mm

91%6" 252 mm

9'54s" 252 mm

1%~' 27 mm

1%" 32 mm ~-

1% 32 mm

4 'h6" 103mm

73N P -

Min

19mm

8'N 225 mm~-

Unit 0

38546'(989rnm) 30!3h6"(<a mm)

Max

16mm

9 229 mm

Mar

Min

16mm

65h" 168 mm

30'h" 775 mm

Min

12.5 mm

Unill 4% 124 mm 7% 187 mm

16mm

_ ~

Unit4

14mm

16mm 19mm

10%6"(268mm) 9348.(236 mm)

,Lmrn

19rnm.22mm

hi13

l " , lt,f, l'/<, 25.4mm, 286mm.31.8mm

Uni13.5

p -

Unit4

8'/4' 210m%p-

292 mm

14 356 mm

463 mm

18 457 mm ~-~

31" 787 mm .. 234"

% 1' 1w 134" l?< 41 mm 41 mm 44 mm 44 mm -40~8(1029mm) 46% (1178 mm) 4618(1181 mm) 5534" (1416 mm) 53'X (1352 mm) 3 2 (813 mm) 37W(962 mm) 36. (914 mm) 44'A"(1124 mm) 3FX(1010 mm) 42'A"(1073 mm) 21'1533 mm) 1 8 (457 mm) 20'8 (521 mm) 12%'(311 mm) 12'8 (318 mm) 16'W (413 mm) 103x (273 mm) ll'(279 mm) 1 4 ' 7 (362- mm) Isi/?. (394 mm1 17'4(445 m m 1

60"(1524 mm,

1 P N (441 mm) 14Vi (375 mm)

2 4 (610 mm) 20" (508 mm)

81/i (2W mm) 7 (178mm)

9%(251 mm) 8% (213 mm)

5%' 146 mm

5'3/16" 147 mm

7'8 191 mm

5%' l46 m n ~ -

53N 137 mm

6% 175 mm

4'(102 mm) 2h'(70 mm)

51<(133 mm) 3% (95 mm)

6 l N 156 mm

6mm.8mm.95mm 8mm.9.5mm. 11 mm

Unit 00 337 g5 mm-p 65/16" 160 mm

5*", 3 X

Dlarneter

'8 11 mm. 12mm %6".

%i"

vemo

Unit3.5

10IN (257 mm) >b/a"(219mm)

13IN (333 mm) 11W(282 mm)

147X (378 mm) 123+"(314 mm)

1 7 (432 mm1 1 4 (356 mml_

7% 9'4" 191 m m ~ ~-- 241 mm 6%' 8% 175 mm 225 mm 5'8(140 mm) 5'(152 mm) 4' (102 mm) 4(102 mm1 . . .~: ...,. . .. ,.., . , .

9'8 241 mm

12'h" 308%

225 - mm

1118 292 mm

7]X( 5W (

29" (737 mm)

12'8 318mm

15'4" 394 mm

11%1 292 mm

356 mm

9%' (244 mm) 7 1178 mm)

14' (356 mm) lO'(254 mm)

U n i t 0 is the ideal jib reefing and furling system for boats with headstay wires of W,MC",7/52", 4 mm, or 5 mm and with -4 (4.37 mm) or -6 (5.03 mm) rod headstays. Unit 0 may also be used with 6 mm type 316 metric wire. Typically these are boats 22 to 30' (6.5 to 9.1 m) but headstay size is the controlling dimension when selecting the proper unfifor your boat JnR 1 s an earemely popular I b reefing and luriing system for moaeralelv sizeo boats. Jnit 1 fits wars from 28 to 36 (8.3 to 11 m)wRh 1/4', Q& 6 mm or 7 mm neadstay wires and -8 (5.72 mm) or -10 (6 35 mm) rod neadstarj UnR 1 may be used with 8 mm type 316 wire. Unit 1.5 is a Unit 1 with a heavy duty tumbuckle to f i 8 mm or 5A6'wire and -12 (7.14 mm) rod. It should only be used wnen me boat siza and heaastay ength sLggesl a h i t 1 but tne neaostav ske 1s too laroe. Do not use a Lnlr 1.5 f Me boat length exxids 38' (11.6 i ) or the headstay length exceeds 53'2" (16.2 m) except after consultation with Harken regarding the suitability of the unit for yourapplication. Additional Inlomatim- See pages 136 an0 137 for an expbnalfon

Unuo

Q16 Q18

W.5mm 5 mm, (6 mmType316only)

Clevis pin tiumeter

5 mm -4 (4.37 mm) 6 (5.03 mm) %'(E mm), M' (9.5 mm) Ms'(11 mm)

6 mm -8 (5.72 mm) -10 (6.35 mm)

7 mm 1 2 (7.14 mm)

S*"

15.9 mm

UnHO Rlc NO.

Unit1 Pad No.

815

882

892

Furling @m

Unto (spsclty clevis pin) All unts OrderappropMle stud

906

807

B07

OdraT(2.13m)foil extrusion

Order if headslay lenglh is over Unito: 38'4'(11.66 m) Unitl: 45'8'(13.92 m) Unit l 5 46'2'(1407m)

Q09

Odra 6' (152 mm) connector

Order one Iheadstay lengm is wet 3 9 1 (11.88 m) Order one if headstay lengm is wet: Unt 1467 (14.12 m). unn 1.5-4nW (14.27 m)

Unitl.5 Rtl ODIFription no.

Q36

810

ExiraT(178mm) connector

266

256

Lead blockk'f

lncludesthree 166 bullet Mocb, oneO1Qlme Hemratchet. four 061 bases, and one cleat

884

Optional snap shackle

For head orWk-ordwtwoilsnap shackle required at born head and tack

061

Stanchion mount base

Amks 166,168,023, W1. or019

940

941

942

lsomat adapter l t

to p u l p i t ~ s ~ h l o _ n ~ p ~ -

944

Habard restminer

For use on lsoma span. Includes nemball ilning and loggle.

For use only when require+ see instrudon manud

86 W,5 mm %B', 8 mm

12.7 mm

923

924

Unitl.5 ~

X6 W,5mm 'K,W , 6 mm, 7 mm (8mmTw3160nly)

W, ks", 7M.4 mm

935

of spec a1 features See page 138 for an exp anatlon of options

5 mm 6 mm' -4 (4.37 mm) -6 (5.03 mm)

unit1

139

MW Headstay Wire

Rod heads$yt

Headmy length Standard padgge Marjmum a!4wrabk

Unil2

T/la' 11 mm,12mm

edfwmdm

W lOmm -22 (953 mm)

sa'

34'

15.9 mm

19 mm

wr (18.34 m)

wlw(18.54 m) 67'1O'(M.68 m)

MS pin diameter

.spadallamin

W.5 mm

amm, 10mm M6. 8 mm -12 (7.14 mm) -17 ( 8 3 mm)

Max Worm' wire

U n i t 2 is a jib reefing and furling system for most cruising boats from 35 to 46' (10.6 to 14.2 m). It % I boats with headstay wires of%6: W , 8 m m or 10 mm. Italsofk-12 (7.14 mm)and-17 18.38 mm) rod headstavs. ~ n i t 2 . 5is a high loA version of Unit 2 that Is suitable for Jse wth 7/16', 11 mm or 12 mm wire headstays on boats Mat are Lnaer 49' 114 9 ml and nave heaaslav .enoMs under 68' (20.73 m). It should only be used when the boat and headstay length suggest a Unil2, but the headstay is too large. Before using Unii 2.5 on other boats, please consult Harken regarding the suitabilii of your application.

ffi

W,5 mm MS'.'is'.

6TT (M.47 m)

ConDtmlm rmNbniC50md

Uni12.5

AdditonalhtomaMn- See pages 136 and 137for an explaMtlon of special features. See page 138 for an exp!anationof opfions.

Furlino svstem W

Furling system forwire

949

Furlkgsystemfor rod

897

ExinT (2.13 m)ful extrusion

899

E m V (229 mm) connermr

899

Orderappmpriatemd. NOTE: Connector bore diifers behveen urn. 8 W 9 : .4W(11.8 mm) bore. W: .53'(13.5 mm) h.

982

287

267

Extra T (279 mm) wnneclor for-22 (9.53 mm) rcd Extra T (279 mm) cannenor forT/ls'(ll mm812rnm)wire Lead black hit

886

Optional snap shackle

061

Stanchion mount base

942

943

lsomatadapterldt

945

HabwdMner

Order Iheadsmy length is over: Unil2-80'4' (18.39 m): Unn2.5-61'(1859m) Order one t headstdy lenm isaver61'1'(1&62 m)

Ordsrone if headrtay l e W isover 61'9 (18.82 m)

Includesthree 168 b u l M&, ~ one m 9 ~ m c h e ~ four 061 bases,and one deal For hfad orm-orderrwoilsnap shlclle required at barn head and tack Attaches 168,023. W1, orM9 to pulp'l or stanchion FM use on lsomatspars. Includes stemwl f i n g ndtmgle. Forure only when required SBB inslwdan m u d

H'.5 mm

W,5mm %S' l4mm

Lufl Tape

Headstdy Wire

11 mm.12mm 'he. 11 mm -22 (9.53 mm) -M(11.1 mm) %o'r7#, 19mm. 22.2 mm

Max Cyiorm' wire Rod headmyt Ckris pin d'ameter

p-_..p

W 12.7 mm 40 127 mm

X ' 22.23 mm

Maximum allowabk

U n i t 3 is afurling system for most boats from 45 to 80' (13.7to 24.38 m). It fits boats with 7/i6", in", ll mm or 12 mm wire headstays and boats with -22 (9.53mm) and -30 (11.1 mm) rod headstays. Unit 3.5 is a high load version of Unit3 that is suitable for boats with 9h''and 14 mm wire headstays, or -40 and 12.7 mm rod headstays. Unit 3.5 should not be used on boats with headstays longer than 88'9 (27.05 m).

'Spec$lfemiMIq u i d for Cyknwire t C o r n H a h n l h r h Nimnr:50rcd

Description

Furling !

%e -and order aupmpr$te a d . ~ ~ ~ ~ j ~ o n n bored'inen e ' c t o r between units: 103W1092: 58' (14.7 mm) bore. low: .625' (15.9 mm) bore. -22 rod requires connector burhinnp snipped w l h 970 -22 dud.

Furling EyRemforwire

Additionallntonnalion - See pages 136 ano 137 for an exp ana-

1W2

Furling systemfor rod

958

Extra7 (2.13 m)foil

958

Ion of spec a lea14res See page 138 tor an ekpianat on of opbons Required 11headstay length isquer74B (22.76 m)

Order Appmpriate Stud llmmor12mmwhe,or-30(11.1 mm)md

Extra 1U (254 mm) mnnedor lor -22 (9.53 mm) rod

Requlred n h e a d lemh ~ ~ isover 7 5 7 (23.04 m)

_ - - _ A -

1@32

Extra 10' (254 mm) connmor 101%8'(14 mm)wire

14mm 4 0 (12.7 mm)

1 1

1034

l 1

Extra l(r (254 mm) connedor for 4 0 (12.7 mm) rod

969

Lead black kit

Includesone 01 l , three 001. one 039, and one cleat

061

Stanchion mount base

Attaches W1 or W9 to pulpit or stanchion

943

lsomat adapter kit

Foruse on lsomat warn, Includes dembaillninsa$ tcggk.

945

Habyardresbainer

For use onv when required -

1W5 -40

. . ..

unn4

n h', 6 mm

~uffrape

H e a m win

W, W,lsmm, 19 mm

Rod headnay

-48 (14.27 mm), a (16.76mm)

Cme pin dimeter

l., lW, I'M 25.4 mm, 28.6 mm. 31.8 mm

Headstay kwh standard paaese Maximumdiwbk

U n t 4 s a l b reeflng and lurllng sysrem for rhe largest cf~isgngboats It Ms boats wlth neadstay wlres of % .W. 16 mm. 19 mm. and -48 114 27 mm1 or 60 116 ~~ 76 mm1 rod headstays. ~ypicallyth&e are bmis t to 95' (18.3 to 28.96 m), but headstay size is the wntmlling dimension when selecting the proper untfor your boat. Unit 4 is a limited production item. Allow up to 6 weeks for delivery.

7 8 7 ( 2 3 . m) 1 W Y (31.14 m)

Addifional hrfomaUon -Sse pages 136 and 137 for an explanation of special features. See page 138 for an explanation of options. 142

1OO1

Rlling@m for Sta-LOW

SpW win 8 &vis pin ske

1W2

Norsemantermira Fulling system for Rod

S~md8cieLspmske

1W3

Exha 17 (3.66 m ) fol exfrusion

Required Ihead-

1x6 Exha 13'/1'(343 mm) mnnenor

One wuled W&

kn@ is wer TI'B (23.67 m)

m1W3 toil ordersd

J~O Reeling an0 F L ~.ng Systems are so0 ready to nstal

, OJI we offer a fevl accessories to comD ement tne svstems an0 a low VOL to tailor your installationto your exact need;

Stanchion Mount Bases 061 stanchion mount bases provide an ideal attachment method lor lur ng l ne ead bloc&. Tne oa I 10 nt socket accepts mos1 sma I boat swive blocw. ncl-d na ratcnet D o c k Thev svlwel ano oivot to provide afair lead. They fit all standard 7h"and 1" (22and 25 mm) p ~ t p r ano s stanchions See page 102 for (Aner details Tne 319 s a 061 oase ,vim a 127 d0JOle o a ou let o ock It s u s e l ~for l boats with continuous line furling systems or when leading multiple lines an, such as a fuding line and staysail sheet.

Furlinn Lead Block Kits Furling lead block kits are available. Kits include ball bearing blocks, Hexaratchetsto provide proper drag on furling lines, stanchion mount bases, and cleats. Use a 266 lead block kit with Units 00,0,l, and 1.5.Use a 267 lead block kit with Units 2 and 2.5. Use a 969 lead block kit for Units 3 and 3.5.

Halyard Restrainers The masthead geometry of some boats dictates that a halyard restrainer be used. Two sizes of halyard restrainers are available. Each is a stainless steel bracket shaped to fit radiused spars. The Hardkote anodized aluminum sheave is grooved for both wire and rope nalyaros ano noes on Teflon impregnate0 epovy oeartngs Ha faro restrainers s n o ~ l ono1 oe s e a A e s s reqLireo P ease refer to installation instructions for details. Use a 944 restrainer with Units 00,0,l, and 1.5.Use a 945 restrainer with Units 2, 2.5,3,and 3.5.

Use

win "088U

266

Weeder

267

The 947 prefeeder is supplied with a 36' (914mm) long Dacron pennant for easy attachment to the bow.

Small habard - ~~-~ restrainer 945 Large halyard restminer 944

Prefeeder

3 01 85 9 6 02 1700 1 oz

156 41 mm 2' 51 mm

lndudaa

,,-:L

Small lead

block kn Medium lead

W. Q 1. 1.5 2.25

mree 166.one019. 10~1061,and one deal hree 168,one019, lour 061, and one c l e L One011, three001.

110RH

W.0.1.1.5

~~aacrtpdon

z m f i X10 RH 5mmRH

2.2.5,3,3.5

061

Shnchlon mount base

All

319

Shnchlon mourn

Max W ~ I ~ M wowno Load 2 02 350 l h 57 g 159 kg 350 lbs

Use whullet, big bullet dinghy 2.258. Hexaratchet

Hakm hydrauliifurkn have an innuvata Mnch handle dfiwn headstav ternionha Nstrmusino

aself-lakn~W p&r lead s c & m e d a n ~

For manual operalion, simpb/Riptk s m , men lmna winch handle andfutl.

in aseaM oil M.

Hydraul c f~dingbrings the ~h male n automat c sal conbo to arge offshore boats. Salis are reefed, tunea or set wlm the touch of a b~non.harken hvaraul~cfurllna e S~Rablefor crulslna ooats from 50 10110' (15 to 33 5 m) wth heaostays as large as 1' (25 mm) wre or -115 (22 2 mm) rod. Harken hydraullc Lrhng comblnes elegant slyl~ngand malerrls flan advancea deslgn and corn struction to produce a thoroughly modern unit. The streamlined housing fits easily within eldsting pulpits and minimizes sail distortion during reefing. The unit is Hardkote anodized aluminum with investment cast stainless steel body components which are polished and chrome plated for a durable, elegant look. Incorporatean ~nnovatlveheadstay aajJstrnent ana tenslon ng system wn ch Harken hydra~l~cf~rlen IS act vared wlm a W nch handle Thls manJal tenslon na system Jses a self-lockinq beve gear lead srew mechanism in a sealed oil bath. The easy to operate m & i i override automaticallybive$he flow of oil fmm the hydraulic motor when a winch handle is inserted to prevent accidental use ofthe powered system. Standard winch handles are used. Lower toggle easily rotates 90" in the field to accept any chainplate. No other toggle is required. The rweGble hydmulic drive uses a high reduction, double enveloping, worm &set which has an inherent abiltv to maintain Dwition when reefed -there is no creeo or oossibil'i of hvdraulic wstem failure from reefed loads. he main gear set is supported by heaidu$ tapemdrolleibearingsind the manual override mechanism Mes on ball bearings. Standard hydrauliccomponentsare used throughout so parts and sewice are available woddwide. unit3

sp~~m~stions

M we Headstaywire' Rod headstay?

C M s pin diameter Rmmmmded mw rate Recommended piassure M m u m opedan pressure Headrtaylengm slandard padcage Mimmumalbwdbk

unl3.5

unlt4

~ 1 4 5

t6 art7 W, 5 mm, W, 6 mm

W,5 mm, 7 s , 6 mm

22 mm

25 mm

-X6

W,5 mm

W, 5 mm

'/l@', W, W 11 mm,lZmrn,l4mm 16mm.19mm -22 (9.53mm),40(12.7 mm) 4(14.3 mm) -30(11.1 mm) WorV ?X,l', l'%. 22.2 mm, 26 mm 22.2 mm, 25.4 mm, 28.6 mm 3 glVmln - 12 liters/mh lWopsi (70bar) 2 M psi (140 bar)

ffior#7

M] (16.76mm)

-76 (17.9 mm) if%. 31.8mm

-91 (19.5mm) -115 (22.2 mm) l W , I W , ilW 318 mm, 34.9 mm. 38.1 mm 5% gumin 20 l'tershnin lOm psi (70 bar)

mxl psi (l40 bar)

75'6' (23.01 m) 876' (25.15 m)

'Wire s k d o rot applyto Dyform wire

75'7 (23.04 m) 8 7 7 (26.69 m)

t Contact Haken if &rU!an

Nlmnic 50 md.

Wll'(27.71 m) 114'11'(35.Mm)

102T (31.27 m) 126'7 (a58 m)

'One required loreach extrafoil ordered

Exira

Fat

CO~I:C~IS

Unit3

..,no. 997 -960

p -

-22 (9.53 mm) Rod %S', M: 11 mm, 12 mm Wire -30 ( I l l mm) Rod 4 0 (12.7 mm) Rod . . ?46'0r14 mm Wire W ,16 mm. 19mm Wire 4sfl4:Gm) Rod 22 mm Wlre -64(16.76 mm) Rod -76 (17.9 mm) Rod 25 mm Wire -91 (19.51 mm) Rod -115 (22.2 mm) Rod

p~ ~p

1032 1066

Unn3.5 .

Ullit4 .. .. UnR4.5 #

1051

,..Fi$,;,!' ,;:. ..,. '.

.:',X'* :%t%%'6:*'g a&.!&&%

,.,'''?

Mp-Kac GrmmrPholo

Furling Dimensions

Furling and Accessories

Unit 3 Pan No. ~

Unit 3.5 Far1No. ~~

1061

1063

1062

1OM

Unit 4 Pad No. ~

1072

~.---p-Unn wflh Sta-Lokmorseman terminal

1068

nCEEliPtiom ---p-

1067 ~

Unit 4,4.5

Unil4.5 Part No.

1073

Unn with rnd terminal

~ - ~ p ~ p

Specify wlreand clevis pin sile ~

Specify rod and clevis pm size

3 I

S M U BOAT FURLIlYG

Harken small boat fuding systems are designed to allow the dinghy or trailerable cruising sailor the ability to furl the jib from the cockpit. Both the drums and halyard swivels of these furling systems feature multiple stacked races of Delrin or Torlon bearings to insure smooth rotation under load. Smaller dinghys use the 162 and 163 units with Delrin bearings while larger dinghys use the 164 and 165 which feature hi-load Todon bearings. Trailerablesandother small cruising boats use the 207 and 208. The 207 swivel is supplied with a removable retainer to hold the swivel near the headstay when in use. All small boat furling systems require a jib with a luff wire properly seized to the sail. The luff wire carries most of the headstay load in use and must be pmpedy sized for the boat. Some boats, particularly dinghys remove the headstay entirely while others, including most small cruising boats keep the headstay to support the mast when the sail is not hoisted. Small boat jib furling gear does notallow a sail to be used efficientlyin a reefed configuration but does allow the jib to be set and doused from the wckpit. I

l 4

RSTAYSAIL & JER FURLING '

Furling has recently been applied to both spinnaker staysails and Gennakers with excellent results. Spinnaker stavsails are very easy to hoist when rolled and can be deployed or dousedwithout the need for crew 10 go forward all0 ~ p s ethe t oalance of lne oodr I n s IS oan CL ar v u s e f ~in l nlaro nal cond nons w e r e the sail can instantly be struckiithout changing the trim of the boat so that its effectiveness can be analyzed. Spinnaker staysail furling systems include both a lower drum with snap shackle, fairlead and cleat, and the upper swivel with provision for halyard attachment. The staysail must be designed for furling with a luff wire seized to the sail. These units are based on Harken's popular small furlers and utilize the same patented, muRiple stacked races of Todon ball bearings to insure smooth operation under load. Gennaker furling was developed for the large single-handed boats and dramatic multihulls like Primagaz. The Gennaker is a reaching sail with a luff wire and is furled into a comoact sausaae-like roll which is easy to stow and remains under control while being hoisted. Once aloft, the sail is clean and efficient without the windage or confusion of snuffers, The 1900 Gennaker furler is ideal for drifters and reachers on multihulls as large as 45' (14 m). The d r ~ m~ nleal~res ~ l a ta r eao ,v111 e lne @per stvlre IS oes aneo lur olrecl na tar0 anacnmenr Genna6er furling-on very large boats is a custom product, but Harken has gained much experience dealing with boats like Pnmagazand can readily specify the proper unit for your needs.

The LP of a sail S a PemendEUlar line measuredfmmthe l ~ ftol the clew.

'Smaller lne may be required forsplnnaker sfaysatlswdh long fmtkngths.

Insgbtim Qsimpband cank

done widr the masr /R place

i : .

gL.iL9,"-<."

=.,-,.

There are a ffldty ofslugs to fii mastgmves no need to dnllspar

1 BATTEN TRAVELERSYSTEMS 1 Harken Battcar systems allow full batten mainsails to realize their full potential. Mainsails with full length battens are easier to trim, last longer and have a more powerful shape. Coupled with !ay jacks, full length battens make controlling the main easier when reefing and furling. Because of their length, however, battens can exert tremendous leverage on conventional sail slides and make raising and lowering sails difficult. Harken Battcar systems place the battens and headboards on recirculating ball bearing cars so that sails raise easily and drop instantly when the halyard is released. Bancars are the resuk of years of research by our custom department which first developed Me systems for the huge French ocean racing multihulls. Propelly engineered cars with ball bearings provide the lowest friction, most reliable systems available. Standard Battcar systems are available in three size rangesfor boats from 30 to 80'(9to 24 m). Each size range includes a headboard car assembly, a variety of batten end cars, short luff cars, and an easy to install, lighhveight 148

track. Custom or modified systems are available for special applications. Headboard couplers join two cars and replace the mainsail headboard. These unique designs spread the load of the leech across both cars and allow even large sails to be carried by free rolling ball bearing cars. Batten cars are offered to fit a wide range of batten terminals. Harken's own batten end fitting is offered for Systems A and B and will accommodate flat battens to 50 mm (l7A")as well as round battens. Other cars wiUl studs, toggles or lugs will accept most standard banen terminals. Short luff cars hold the main to the mast between banens to prevent scalloping. Battcar systems require the installation of Harken track on the mast. Special track can be attached to the internal groove on most spars using our patented mounting system that eliminates the need to drill the mast. For spars without internal sail grooves, standard Harken traveler track can be mounted by drilling and tapping the spar.

Oroenng Me correct Bancar system lor y o u ooat nvohles choos~ngMe correct sue range, cnoos ng me correct nunoer of cars for your sa I an0 determln ng the orooer trac~(andmount no slLas lor your mast Your sal maer must be consuned in tne process oecause y o u sad w~llneed mod l~cat~on but you can cnoose the wrrect components by foilowing thefive steps below. Owners of unusual boats should contact Harken for further details.

1. Choose Me correct size batten traveler system based on sail area Maximum Bmt lenm

2. Order the correct number and configuration of cars for your boat. Choose cars afler consultation with your sailmaker Each System needs one headboard car assembly, the correct number of batten end cars, and short luff cars for between the battens.

3. Determinethe correct number of track sections.

4. Determine the correct mounting slugs for your mast. For each size system there are slugsfor flat or round mast grooves. If your mast does not have an internal sail track which will accept Harken mounting slugs, you must attach conventional Harlcen traveler track by drilling and tapping the spar. System A uses 142 trackwith 278 splice links; System B uses 1535 trackwith 1538 splice links; System C uses 758 or 1847 track with 1786 splice links. Each mounting kit includes enough slugs to fit one trackalong with fasteners, ~octite', and a connector slug. Order one mounting kit for each track section. 5. Order one end stop kit. Each kit includestwo end stops, fasteners and special mounting slugsfor trackends.

1 SYSTEMA l System A b an cars are designed for boats from 27 to 48'. The new 1944 can be used with eitherflat or round banens. Boats with the appropriate sail area should use the 1807 headboard assembly with their existing headboard. The 1977 will accept the Rutgersonbanen tensioners with their new universal jointfinings. System A hi-load cars are equipped wm aluminum end caps and Torlon balls.

~ n c ~irnensions k IBW Lengm -803/q'(2.05 m) Weight 4 . 1 6 ozKi (387 @m) Track fastener size-5 mm X 10 mm Fastener spacing- 125 mm (4l546") Use 142 track for drilling and tapping

s+peci~~/m-& Car width -2%' (56 mm) Ball diameter- l/," (6 mm) Fits track-18W (142.154) Mar:headboard thickness-'h'

MallmumSail Ama Monoimll Muinhull

A Low Load A

--51 m2

32 m2 475e

44 m2

Pdrt

Headboard -

1807

(12 mm)

NO. p m c a r .B --

Length MounIing Slug ~p p -

1 1802

Mo~nbnokid lordeeo

IRIQM Mounting Slug ~-

Number Pet Kil

M oz

Le@ Cmwuor !g

WelgM Cmneuw SIUg 3A 02

Number Per Kil 1

Kll inchdel ~

Slugs, fastenen, Locti. 8 one pair 253 end stops

Max

men

Bmn Shave

MaxThIcheD

Widh ~-

W*QM

Max Lud Capaciy 4W lbs 181 kg

Lun sllder car Headboard car assembk wmeadboard p p

LQMdufy headboard coupler carassembb

1825

Bancar w/lO mm stud

59.

Round ~~

-------

~~~

Flalor

p -

UnlveMl Baitcar'

Batten receptacle not Included

802 2'9 g So2 .1299 . 1702

4501bs 2WkQ 2WIbs 91k~ 450lbs

501

LOlk

3' 7765 2'4' 54mm

15%' 41 mm

2' 51 mm

1% 41mm 1W

51mm 2%'

.. .

12mm

8'h'

5/16-18

3 SYSTEM B I System B Battcarsare designed for monohulls with mainsails of less than 675 ft2(63 m2)or mukihullswith less than 550 ft2 (51 m2).Hi-load cars wfih aluminum end caps and Torlon balls are used on monohuils with mains to Wlt2 (74 m2)and on multihulls with mains as hrge as 650 ft2 (60 rn2).

rack Length-811A'(2.06 m) Weigh -5.92 orllt (551 gm) TrackFastenersiz-6 mm x 12 mm FH Fasienerspacing-1W mm (3%') Use 1535 track for drilling and tapping.

152

~ l i c a t l l m s - Cars Car width -W4' (70 mm) Ball diameter- %a' (B mm) Flstrack- 1808 (1510.1535) Max headboard thic!ws-W(16

mm)

Actual S~ze 1811 Fds flat mast grooves wth a 7/16 (11 mm) gap or greater but less than W (16 mm)

Mast Cross Sect~on

~p~

WeigM

Length Mwntlnu Slug

ogtripliin ~

Slug l/... "7 ..

1 8 ~.. uo,,ntino wmr -. qh211nw round mast groove

ziim

p p

Mounting kflfor deep round mast groove ~

1811 Mounting kit for

Moudfflo

Number Fnr Kn

Length Canador

B' 76 mm 3' 76 mm

% 02

22 mm

Is01

WeioM Connklm

number Per - Kll

Ioz

1 02 28 9

~rii

Kll Includes

Slugs, fasteners

& Locti

~~~

22 mm

129 -

% 01 12g~-pp

2 Slugs, fasteners. Lactile, &one pir 1522 end stops

Ism 12 9 2

Order one kh permast

System C batten travelers are designed for monohulls with mainsails of less than 1400 n2(130 m2) or multihulls with less than 1 2 0 0 ft2 ( l ll m2).Custom or modified systems are available for larger boats.

Spncilicatiom T m Length -811546' (2.08 m) Weight -9.38 ozm (874 B/m) track fastenersize-8 mm X 16 mm FH Fastener spacing -100 mm (3%') Use 759 or 1847 track for drilling and tapping. 154

&mBW--Cm Car width -35/16"(84 mm)

Ball diameter- %! (10 mm) F i track- 1816 (516,758) Max headboard thickness -11ii6' (17 mm)

Actual Size

1819 F i f l a t mast grooves wlth a 7~6'' (11mm) gap or greater but less than W (l6mm).

1817

1818

1819

Actual Size Mast Cross Section

osrcriplion -. .. . ..--1817 Mounting Xl brshallow round "'ast!g!EYeYe-_l818 Mounting llordeep 1819 Moumlng ktlor . ....-P blmast groove 1020 End Mifor shallow 1821

Length Waighl Mountlng Mounting S l " O - - ~ - - - ~Slug -~~-

25 mm

Numbat Per

Lengh Weight Number Connector Connector Par .Slug ...---p Slugp-- Kit ~

KiI Includes ~

109

End h'flfor deep round

mmnr vnder man 2M'jM mm) rqulretapenno

1782 1784 1785 1795 1827

Headboard car assemblVwheadboard Bancar whluminum Mega ?!!de-_ Luflcar BallcarwladjuStabie ~attslae'o-e:Battcarwl12 mm stud

72oz

42Wlbs

113/is'

2'Aa'

1501

10501bs

2801 794 9

612kp121rnrn-59mm

1350ibs

4%'

....

.-..-_p--

19mm ~

1' 26 mm

Round

p-_-.--....

Round

M)mm

Single line reefing and lazy jack kits allow easy installation of these two malnsa~lhand ing systems L~ZV acks control rnalnsa Is d~rln0reebno and doLslno" The sal drops between the lazy jacks and is contain2an theboom until 1can be secured. They worlc exceptionally well wlh full batten mains, but can be used wim conventional sails as well. Harken lazy jack kits provide evelything that is required for installation including pre-swaged wires, blocks, eyestmps, line, a cleat, fasteners, and c ear paor~alInstrJn ons Hawen slnale llne reel no 611sare based on G a r ~Hows Datenled reefing systemwhich has been used sucmsfully i n hundreds of boats. Blocks are track mounted so that they can easily be correctly positioned and so that block postion can be changed as sails stretch or . are - .reolaced~ -- ---S~nglellne reef ng 6lts inctLaetracks bloc*~,fastenen, and slmp,e plnonal InstrJa ons, nd~d.nasallniaker InslrJctlons for rnod~fvna yoursail. You need to furnishrope and a cleat or stopper to maich" those on your boat. ~~~~

~~~

SpsciaI F s a h s L a y Jacks Pre-swaged vinyl coated stainless cable Ml bearing blocks

Complete pictorial instrudions

Single Line Rooting Ball bearing blocks Adjustable track-mounted blocks Simple pictorial instructions

Single Line Reeling I

Drums am mvabbforsenlce by removingonb one screw.

Pmm call bmnp m kl aDanPwear

patens

an0 reodm mmon

Sed-Iaomngarm s adksrabe 10 22 oosdms a m me mrcn 1s m o ~ l l e d

NIwiwhes Itromme ~.~~.. , .~ - - 42) -,feature a~

17-4 PH siainksteel milw bearings iiie in W a metalcages Mmcages are m e r , piwenuno m m w r n w i w diaonion and dlow more bearing forthe samediameter, decreasingthe load mDveach bearino. Less load oer bearing me& greater off&ncy

stainless Resl hardk sadret for marjmum dunbilw.

Laqe diameter spindlesform a laqe bearinp sumce to pmperty canythe load.

M l e s s sreel m l bearings carry Mica1 bad of drum

Drum are availaMe in hard an0dlied aluminurn. c h r n m bmnze, M polished b m i e .

All bases featwe large drain holes.

Pawls are held capdve wnesptiwsmeyare easym remove but m t d r n p outmldentiyduring sem.

Geaaon mnchssfromme 42 lealurefour pawlsfw

maamum rellabllfyand m minimhebacklash

Center sham onwlnches as smallasme 32 nde on roller bearinps.

Hlgh load canying gear pins are 174 PH &inlesssteel for maximum shen@h and dumbilw.

....lches frnl.. .... 48 leature bearings on gear s M .

rlgn loao carry ng gears on

wlndl~assmlasme32ale 174 Pnnanlg~to~soeng~n d.nOll(y andeifceno

W e r Mnches use t w o g m to drive drums. This reduces Me load on thedrum gear and loads me drum symmeiriaiy Hhich impmm m i e w

B482STC pmred. Features vary by winch model.

H a ~ winchesare n designed to be extremely efficient. They feature more bearlngsthancomparable winches to reduce friction to a minimum which makes sailing easier, safer, and more fun. Harken winches also offer such advantages as rnodularity and adjustable seif-tailing jaws. They are available in a wide range of sizes and styles to ensure Mat Mere is a perfect winch for every application. 158

I t is irnportant to match the correct w~nchtoeach job on your boat. You need a winch of the correct size and of the correct type forthe task at hand. This winch selection guide isdesigned to simplify choosing the right winch. If you haveany questions, or would Iikefulther adv~ce,please contact us or any of our distributors. The selection chart is based on rig dimensions. When exact rig d~mensionsare known. the selection should be qutte exact. If you do not know your exact dimensions, use the cliar? only as a general guide and confirm the correct size before ordering. Unusual boats such as rnultihulls. heavy displacement boats, and ULDBswII requlre larger or smaller winches.

Winch Sizing In most cases. the par? number of a Harken w~ticlldirectly reflects the

ratio and part number. " & w e a winch which will give you adequate power for the loads you -'~nre.

I I

CMRT

I n s wmcn a e cnan w~llg~vegood resdts but t requ res that y o Know ~ the exact d mens ons r Ify o oo ~ not mow y o ~ exact r d.menslons use tne graphs Delow lor average for y o ~ DOat 0 m m ons b r you uze and ,W of boat but m sdre to contwm the o mew ons before ordering a winch. Rig dimensions have precise definitions underthe racing rules: those shown are general descriptions only. Whenever there is a question regarding winch selection, please contact Harken

247.3

,,TYPICAL J& E 6.7 DIMENSIONS 20---~6.1

18-

5.5

16.4.9

U 0

. ....

...,,."7rvs%..

Boat Length (leeurn ~

Genoa

Mainsail

Sheet

WINCH $lzE

-%iiliei 100% Forelrianqle (IxJx.5)

n2id

Max"I"

1 l

MaxSail Area (PxEx.5)

10.5

36 11

155 14.5

42 12.8

225 21

48 14.6

270 25 310 29

54 16.5 59 18

365 34

64 19.5 69 21

73 22.2

435 40

77 23.5

525 49

82 25

590 55

86 26 2

695 M 5

74 l

390

950 88

Mar"P.. I

100 305

1 i

Staysail

Spinnaker Sheet -

Halyard

&Fore~ur

(I xJ xl.8)

Mar"I"

Max "I"

nZlm2

25 7.6

35 107

600 74

36 10.9

44 134

975 91

42 12.8

15.2

win . ~ .

7.6

37 11.3

10.4 40 12.2

230 21

38 11.6

335 30

43 13.1

53 16.2

1135 105

48 14.6

56 17

410 38

49 14.9

57 174

1240 115

54 16.5

61 18.6

500 46.5

54 16.5

63 19.2

1315 122

59 18

66 20.1

59 18

560 52

59 18

1400 130

20.7

19.5

73 22.2

19.5

625 58

19.5

1530 142

68 20.7

78 23.8

69 21

700 65

78 23.8

1750 162

74 22.5

20.7

765 72

73 22.2

85 25.9

1960 182

79 24

90 27.4

650 79

8(1

24.4

92 28

2203 204

85 25.9

l000 93

85 25 9

97 29.6

3000 279

91 27.7

98 29.9 108 33

1204

106 32.3

3503 325

1350 125

28.7 102 31 1

96 29.2 105 32

i j

73 22.2

32 9.8

,~~

Max "12"

150 14

168

l MaxSail Area 1

Max"P..

153

25 7.6

7.6

wm ~

i Reel

Halyard

137

Boat Length (teethneiers)

1 /

42 12.8 48 14.6 1%

73 22.2

77 23.5

82 25 86 26.2

O u - 8 8 8 ~ 8W"", ~ ~

.--,-,

Three Speed

.,.,,..

racing boats.

l -~~

Three speed winches are faster becauseihe drum tuGvery quickly in the first speed. The bulk of a sheet can be taken in quickly after atack using this high speed. The trimmer can then shift speeds and take in the balance of the sheet using the two more powelful gears. Three speed winches are favored for sheet winches on racing boats over 35' (10.7 m) and are sometimes used on larger pehrmance cruising boats.

it's necessarymseno a mal ~ I U I L - . 1r.8 vr8nrnm. , , .... Even a single powered primaly winch can transform a cruising boat into a very simple boat to sail shorthanded.

D N Material ~ Chaase the best drum materialfor your sailing. Aluminum is the racers' choice for its lightness and is often preferred by cmisers who like the black anodized appearance. Many cruisers prefer Me classic appearance of chromed bronze winches. l l e y are heavier than aluminum but are preferredwhen wire will be carried on the drum. All models offered in chmmed bronze are ako available in polished bronze by special order. Some larger winches and some racing winches are offered with combinaticln drums which have stainless steel sleeves on an aluminum drum.

Racing Winches

Modularily Most Harken winches are modular sothat you can add self-tailing, three speed or three speed self-tailingto a standard winch by the simple addition Of a conversion kit. It is always better to purchase the correct winch for your needs, but moduhrity allows you to convert a winch as your requirementschange. For example, you may plan to race a new boat for a couple of seasons before "retiring" to cruise so you would start out with three speed primary winches and later add self-tailing. Please check winch specifications carefully as not all models are totally modular.

Harken also offers atull range of ultra light racing winches. These winches are designed for the most demanding racing sailorsand feature aluminum bodies, IigMweight bearings,alloy stripper a n s , and other features of special interestto racina sailors.

T w o speed winches are widely used for sheets and halyards on boats of all sizes. Harken two speed modular winches offer unprecedentedflexibility These winches can all be convetted to self-tailing with the simple addition of a modular kit. From the 48.2 UP,they can be converted to three speed. Fmm the 56.2 up, they can be converted to both self-tailing and three speed. With only afraction of the expense of a new winch, a two speed winch can be changed to self-taling or three speeo as y o u vr nch reqJ remenrs cnange AI of rnese W ncnes nate sla nless steel rol er beannqs in a I metal cages

to improve efficiency From the 48.2 up, drums are supported by ball bearings. All center shafts and the gears on most modular two speed winches ride on roller bearings.

Additional See page 158 for an expla~tionof special See pages 159 and 160 for suggested uses. Orderina Informalion- Soecifv winch drum material bvaddino A laluminuml. B ,po s&a oronze, or C ,cnromio oronle, 10 pan n,mo& PO sieo bronze 01 rpec~aoroer on,

Single speed winches are used for sheets on very sma Iboars and for nalyards on srna Iand meai~msued ooats. Tnw are a so usefulfor a variety of control fundions on many boats. Harken sing e speed w~nchesare Me llnesl small wincnes mane. Thw feal~real meta bases and bushings or bearings where other brands use pl& badies and no bearings. Small two speed winches are useful for pnrnanes on sma I ana med~ums m boats and for halvards on med.um slzed boats The 832.2 and 840.2 both have roller bearings on the intelior centershaftand 17-4 PH stainless primary gears, features generally found only on competitors' larger winches. The first speed on these winches is direct drive. These winches are not modular. Addlllo~mI1-m-

See page 158 for an exolanation of soecial features. See oaoes . - 159 anb l60 tor suggested ses. M n f l InfOnnBIllon- Spec@ wlncn drum rnatew DY addlng A ra14mlndm)B (pohsned bmnze) orC (chrorned bmnze)to part number. Pollshed bmme by special order only.

RII Ha.

Gear Rail0 ld

PovsrRlllo

2nd

Dlm& Omm

wdm I*TM Uunlnm Cbmna LIne

ha8

hshmr Umh

mm,,

MODULAR TWO SPEED WINCHES Large two speed winches are used for sheets and halyards on offshore boats over 37' (11 m). They are totally modular and can be converted to se l-ta ing, tnree speeo, or se l-ta. ,ng ana rrlree speeo Bv sDec al oraer, tne 074 2 can oe mod lteo l0 prov de povler ratlos of 85:1'or92:1 for use on very large boats. Only Harken winches offer such high power ratios in a modularwinch. hd

Gear Rallo 5:l

13:l

Power Ratio

21:l

56:l

43/d

Addilionalhlormation- See page 158 for an explanation of special features. See pages 159 and 160 for suggested uses. ordering intormation-Specify winch drum material by adding A (aluminurn), B (polished bronze) or C (chromed bronze) to part number. Polished bronze by SDecial order onlv

THREE SPEED WIIYCHES

Harken three speed wlnches are extremely slmple to Lse Flrst gear 1s selecteo by aepresslng me nameplate nng next to me W nch hand e socnet. As hanale matlon a reversea, tne W nch wll automat calk mwe to tne next soeea n

92 1 for ~ s on e h ~ g hloads sJcn as fOJnd on very large boars or m ~ lhulls. t On y harken wlnches olfer such n gh power rat OS From me 56,these mncnes mav be converteo to self-B I no ov 1ne addlbon of a modtllar klt i o r maximum efficiencythivilticai drum loads af these winches are carned by ball bearings, shaft pins are 17-4 PH stainless and gears ride on roller bearinas. "

sequence. The 848.3 and 853.3 are direct drive winches with a very fast first gear. Lamerthree s ~ e e dwinches have a oeared first s~eedfor use on boats where a poweradvitage is needed even i i the first speed. Use first gear for fast sheat trimming in light to maderate air, or ignore first gear in heavy conditions. Coupled with Harken's large drum diameters, three speed winches offervery high line speeds for racing or fast cruising. By special order, the 874.3 can be provided with power ratios of 85:l or

; ; ;

Powsr Rat10

Gaar Ralio

2nd

20:l

4.73

4.51

22:l

53:l

9:l

21:l

563

848.3

AddifionalInhumafion- See page 158 for an explanation of special features. S, wges 159and 160 for suggested Orderin# Inlomtation- Specify winch drum material by adding A (aluminum).

Una

Dlamnar Drum Base

$$,

p p p

4" lmmm 4%~" 112mm

7Vi 7%' l9Omm 192mm ~8"Ae" 8%' 2 2 0 21Omm ~

p p

853.3

1:l

5:l

856.3

2.2:l

5:l

12:l p p p

13:l

Wslphl Alumlnum Ulmns

9.8:l

m !!m 4%' lmmm

2091bs 9 . 5 kg 26.51bs 12kg

p p p p

64:l . --

lmmm

8% 225mm

914. 235mm

5'h' 130mm

W 245mm

1058' 270mm

4%'

p p p p

65:l

5% 150mm

741

57X

10%~' 26zm lO1ha'

B (polished bronze) or C (chromed bronze) to part number. Polished bronze by speclal order only.

11'3na' 3Wmm 11'Ua'

34.3 Ibs 152kg p

4'%6' 32.4 1 h 125mmp!4.71ig

40.1 Ibs 18.2kg

5 lMmm

43.7 Ibs 198kg 55.8 l h 25.3kg

W .

26.5 Ibs

Mcdulsl

? 155mm 7%' 180mm ~

.~-

6x8mmFH 6x%e'FH 6xBmmW ~

6xSAg'FH 6x8mmFb

BK563ST

53.1 Ibs 8%' 24.1 kg>Omm

5 x3b' FH 5xlOmmFH

BKE4.3ST

61.3 Ibs 2% 225mm 61 91h. R7h'

6xlOmmFH fir 3.4' FH

7"/r6'

195mm

5 1Mmm X

.%dlk

RK7d l S T

2 Fad

B42.2STB

B44.2STA

SELF-TAILING WINCHES B48.2ST and B53.2ST can be converted to standard three speed winches with the use of a modular kit. AddifionaIlnIormalion- See page 158 for an explanation of special features. See oaoes 159 and 160 for suooested uses. , " ,Ordertng lnlonnatron - Sprc~i).vlncn or-m mater a o) aoolng A (alum numl B po sned oronle or C cnromed oronze, 10 pan n-moer PO ahea oronre by special order only.

Self-tailing winches are ideal for sheets, halyards and control lines on racing and cruising boats. The self-tailing mechanism means that one crewcan quickly and easily trim or raise sails. The B16ST is a one speed winch. The handle drives in one direction and ratchets in the other to facilitate cranking under high loads. The B32.2ST and B40.2ST are two speed self-tailing winches. Self-tailing winches from B42.2STare modular and can be converted to standard winches with the simple addition of a conversion kit. The

No.

2nd

B16ST

23:l

Power Rain 1st 2nd

Diameter Drum Bare

Line

HeigM

WelpM Aluminurn Chmme ~

M0.2ST

16:l

2%" 70mm

4%" 5%/1$' 120mm 1 4 2 m m

50mm

323~

7 Ibs

~ineslle

8.5 Ibs 39k~

:mm

5~6mmFH

6mm

12mm

931bs

Q25

1191bs 54kg

4% 105mm

5~6mmFH

8mm

12mm

14.1 Ibs 64ko

4%8 112mm

5x'NFH 5x6mmFH

8mm

12mm

5lAs"

5x%6'FH

14mm 14mm

24:l

4.73

161

32:t

2'54s' 74mm

5% 136mm

6% 164mm

2% 70mm

22:t

6:l

135:l

40:l

5 l5omm

615~8' 176mm

23/<

70mm

106lbs 48ko

73:l

14:1

421

3%~" Wmm

61$ l65mm

7"As 196mm

3 85mm

158lbs 72kg

191bs 86%

1Emm28x8mmFH

%< 8mm

% 3' 92mm.

B1%6' 170mm

8Ih" 206mm

3% 85mm

1641bs

14kg

2051bs 93kg

5%< 5xks'FH 1 2 8 ~ > ~ 8 m m M

8mm

3'5As" lOOmm

6% 175mm

6%~' 218mm

3% %mm

191bs 86kg

2411bs 10.9kg

5 140mm

5x%s"FH 5xBmmFH

8mm

6 155mm 7

6x54o'FH 6xammFH 6xVlr'FH

8mm

i s m m

2:l

13.8:1 13:1

44:l

46:l

8.2ST

2.5:1

10:1

20:l

UI:l ~

--p---.

C lazmm

7W 19Omm

228mm

3V/,c 10Omm

23.4 Ibs 106kg

arm..

m/.,.

d3n.

79Rlhc

%S'

g/ls'

14mm

28.6 Ibs 13kg R651k

'/l&" Vls"

M6'

l4mm %S'

I m

13 SELF-TAILING WINCHE? Large WOspeeo self-mlhng w nches are ~ s e for d sneets an0 halyards on arge offshore boats Tne self-tailinglaws aoi~srto accept a woe range of ine oiameters A oa I bearing rol er on the set-tai ina- arm orotects sneets and reduces friction. These winches are modular and can be converted to three speed or three speed self-tailing winches with the simple addition of a modular conversion kit All of these winches have stainless steel roller bearings in all metal cages to improve efficiency.The drums are supported by ball bearings and all center shafts and gears ride on roller bearings. Two gears drive the drum and all

shaft pins are 17-4 PH stainless steel. By special order, the B74.2ST is available with power ratios of 8511 or921 for use with very high loads. Only Harken winches offer such high Dower ratios in a modular winch. Addition81 lnlomration- See page 158 for an explanation of special features. See pages 159 and 160 for suggested uses. Ordering Ii7lOMtaIIOn- Specity winch drum material by adding A (aluminurn). B (polished bronze),or C (chmrned bronze) to part number Polished bronze by special order only.

8 5 1 or 92:l for use on high loads such as found on very large boats or rnultihulls. All large three speed winches offer drums supported by ball bearings, two gears driving the drum. 17-4 PH stainless shaft pins, and roller bearings on all gears.

hree speea se f-ral nq .vlncnes are oea sheer wlncnes on larger boals Tne lnree sDeeds allow sneers ro oe ir rnmed a~.ckF/,even 11nean cond tions. self-hiling allows one crew to handle the entire trimming taskperfect for cruising or racing boats. First gear is selected by depressing the nameplate ring next to the winch handle socket. Use first gear for fast sheet trimming in light to moderate air, or ignore first gear in very heavy conditions. Coupled with Harken's large drum diameters, three speed self-tailing winches offer very high line speeds for racing or fast cruising. By special order, the 874.3 can be provided with power ratios of

N':"

lsf

Gear Ratia 2nd 3rd -

Pwer Ratio 1st

2nd

3td

Additional Inlormation- See page 158 for an explanation of special features. See pages 159and 160for suggested uses. OnleIing information- Specily winch drum material by adding A (aluminurn) B (polished bronze) or C (chromed bronze) to pan number Polished bronze by special order only.

~p~ ~~ ~ ~ ~ p ~ ~ ~ ~~~ -

5:l

13.1

21:l

56:l

120mm ~~~~

57.1

165:l

9.1

20:l

931

-~-~

8'8 225mm

1 270mm

4'5A6'

125mm

5% 130mm

9%' 245mm

300mrn

5 150mm

25:l

66:l

578

lO%s

13'

5N '

150mm

265mm

330mm

22:l

93:i

25:i

74:l

F%r ~

3371bs 153$

44.1 10s

5001bs

59.5lbs

59.510s

20kg

Una Sirs Min Mu

7'%6"

~ ~ ~ p - - p ~ p

W:1

WeiuM Aluminum Chmrns

p ~

22.5 1

731

"C'y",

11'%6

731

Line

Diameter Bare

Omm

1mmm

22.6kg

27$ p ~

27.1 kg

7061bs 32 kg

60.4 lbs

71.4 lbs

8%"

210mrn 8'8 225mm

6xM'FH BxlOmrn?lOmm

2Omm

p -

57X

13'

6x3XFH

?/,&'

8980STC

WIDE BODY SELF-TAILING WINCHES \)\lide booy seil-hling wincnesare used 10 inm and rase sails on the argm vachh Tnev are aenerallv used W th oedesta .e mric or hvdml~c d&s.~he large diameter d r u k provide eira ss& area for hblding extremely high loads and also offer high speed retrieval of line when sheeting. The B1140 is available with a backwind feature which allows the winch drum to tum in a counterclocke direction to ease loads on the winch before the sheet is released. as either twa or~ three The 09643 and B980ST are offered ~~~~~~~~ - - soeed - winches. The ~ 1 1 0 0 ~ ~ the a n B1120STare d three speed wincki, ~

Rlt WO.

Isl

8964.251

731

Gear Ralio

2 1

8880.251

2.8:l 731

73:l

Id 21:l

22:l

2781

Pwar Rsllo

M l

8:l 21:l

21:l W? -

BW.3ST

BllOOST

2.8:l 2.7:l

7.31 821

27.8:l 25.8:l

Addifionallnhmnation- See page 158 for an explanation d special features. See pages 159 and 160 for suggested uses. Mering I~~loratimSpecifywinch drum materialby adding A (aluminurn), C lchmrnedbmme) orA/SS lalurninu&tainless stesl),to oart number. Polished brbnze by special aider only. :or pedes~drive add PD to the part number. ~

~~~

~~~~

7~~

8:l 521

B112DST

2:l

11.4:l

334:l

3.41

B114051

2.9:l

121

44.1:l

4:l

193:l

50.3:l 56.5:l

16.9:l 62.3:l

urn

is% Alumlnum

6%' 10%6' 175mm ....... ?@mm 6%' 10%~" 175mm 2 a m m 6%' 10%~' 175mm 2@mm W# 10%~' 175mm 266mm 1 14' 260 mm 355 mm lll3/16' 20h'16' W m m 510mm 14%' 22%

13' 5%' 330mm 1Mmm 13' 5%' 330mm 150mm 13' 5%' 3%mm l M m m 13' 5%' 330mm 1Mmm 1Of3/rs' 4%' 275mm_l_OS_mm 14'%/ld 5'h' 380mm 1Ylmm 1%' 8'

W m m

dmmm 9mmm

p p ~ p p

21:l 159:l

Dlamma Dmm Bars

3ld

p -

8964.3ST

e The B1140ST s a three speed Hnncn wdh oackwind oes.gned tor ~ s on meaa vachh

%?mm

WIgM mnme

61.7 Ibs 77.21bs 284 35$ E39 lbs 7941bs 29$ .. 36$ 61.7 lbs 77.21bs 28$ 35$ E3.9 lbs 79.4 lbs 29191 -36Q 6;(.9lbs 29$

115.7 l k 525Q 249bs iilro

Numm

Farnon

UM a b Mn M,

70.5 l k

8'8 6xWW 225mm 6xlOmmFH 72.8 I k h 6xWFH 33$ 225mm 6xlOmmFH 88.2 Ibs 8'8 6xWW 40$ 225mm 6xlOmmFH 90.41bs 8 6xWW 41$ 225mm 6xlOmmFH 71.61bs 12%' 6xWW 32.5$ 315mm 6xlOmmFH 12781bs l 12xWW 58Q 3 n m m 12xlOmmW 2991bs 18%' 8xM'HH

32$

13/16.

lOmm M m m

'%e'

lOmm M m m W 1%~' 1Omm M m m

'%S'

lOmm ZOmm

58'

14mm 22mm 58' 1' m 125mm %' 1%'

1POWERED WINCHES 1 Powered winches offer great convenience to cruising sailors. They allow small crews to handle the high loads of large boats. Sheets, halyards, and major control lines are all well suited to the use of powered winches. Harken offers both electric and hydraulic self-tailing winches in a wide range of sizes and configurations. Electric winches offer the convenience of powered winches in an easily installed system. The winch is wired with two switches and a control box which mo-nts n a sne tereo locat on oelov, oech harden e eclr,c !I~ichestntougn me B980 are oHereo lor ellner 12 or 21 IU 1s -aroer 1-1n c n n a Jse 24 vo ts Motors on most winches through the B980 are tiountedether vertically or honzontally to match your installation requirements. Because each electric winch has a motor and is easy to wire, it is generally less expensive to use them when plans call for just a few powered winches. When many winches or other functions need to be powered, hydraulics, which use a central power source, should be considered. Many large cruising boats use hydraulicsfor windlasses, furling, centerboard lifts, vangs, and backstays and this power source may also be used to drive Harken hydraulic winches. Use of a central hydraulic power source reduces weight and noise as only one motor is required to drive the entire system. Harken offers both hydraulic self-tailing winches and hydraulic power sources and control systems which can drive winches and other accessories. All hydraulic motors are mounted vertically All hydraulic lines and motors are standard hydraulic com~onentsso that winches are easilv selviced anvwhere in the wolld. Every Harken powered winch including the smaller sizes, operates in two speeds both when using the powered mode and when using the manual mode.

Tn~sW.0 speed capao 0 11lne posereo nlooe on sma er wlncnes s unus~al an0 s U! s an Icancz fur Dr nlan ncnes on smal er oodts and lor na.vards on larger boats because it insures high line speeds under low loads while retaining high power for higher loads. Powered winches from the B56 may be ordered with three speeds for very high line speeds under low loads. Operation of all Harken powered winches is by use of simple waterproof switches and reliable, easy to selvice, electric controls. The crew may select either first or second gear depending on load. Winches revert to manual operation when a locking handle is inserted so the boat can be raced or cruised without use of the powered system, Insertion 01tr1e 1: lien hanole aJlomatlca y o sconnecls ine poicerea system to prevent .se of lne Inoror tn a ,; ~ i c hhallo e Inreflea Powered winches are self-tailing winches with chromed bronze or aluminum drums. Polished bronze drums are available by special order.

Hydraulic Power Units Harken offers four sizes of hydraulic power units plus custom sizes for special applications. These are centrally positioned power unls supplying hydraulic power to different functions on the boat. With these power units it is possible to serve all of the hydraulic requirements on a boat -winches, furling, windlass, steering, centerboards, and davits. Power units are driven by either 12 or 24 volt electric motors. All of the hydraulic connections are made with standard high performance hydraulic fitings. These systems are very simple and use commonly available hydraulic components so that service is possible worldwide. The Hydro 6 and 8 use two motors. A manual switch allows selection of one or both motors at any time. Two motors allow extra Power and provide a backu~~ o w esource. r Every power source 1s tailored to its specific use. pressure and flow are adjustable and each valve can be fitted wtth separate pressure and flow valves. For large boats, custom power units are available.

169

""P

1ELECTRIC WINCHES I Electric winches offer cruising sailorsthe convenience of powered winches in an easily installed system. Harken offers the most complete line of electric winches am1able W th sues ranging from the B40 2ST wn~chs s~ftablefor use as a pr mary wtnch on ooats as sma I as 28' (8 5 m) and for halyards on boats from 32' (9 7 m) Tne 40 2STE-H 1s onered n h1form wiin w~nch,control box and swnches All Harken electric winches, including the smaller sizes, operate in two speeds 00th when ~ s ~ the n gelectnc motor or wnen cranmg by nand Electnc wlncnes from me 56 may be oraereo w~rhthree S~eedSto omvide ven, h~ohme sweds The B1120 isavailable asatwobr three speed winch. ~ i ~ e1 1 4 0is a three speed w~nchwlth b a c k nd The bacm na feat~real ows very h~ghloads to be re1eved before shemare released by revers.ng me d recnon of d r ~ mrolat on Opemt~one by ~ s ofe simple waterproof swnches ~ h l C are n locate0 near the winch. The crew may select eitherfirstbr second gear depending on the load. The fflncn revem 10 manJal operabon when a lock ng nand e 1s lnselteo so the Doat can be race0 or crLlseo W moLt use 01the electnc svstem lnser-on of me nand.e abto~~~matically disconnects the electrical system to prevent use of the electric motor wiM a winch handle inserted. Harken electric winches through the B980 are offered for ether 12 or 24 volts. Larger winches use 24 volts. Motors are mounted either vertically or horimntally on winches through the B980 to match your installation requirements,The anchor plate a lows separate d~sassemolyd t h e W nch and the motorlgear redJct on assembly Both me motor and gear reobctlon box featdre speclaj anr -conos on protecbon AdditimrsllnfmmaIlon- See page 158 for an explanation of special features. See page 160forsuooesteduses. Werinfi ihormabon- Eacn a ncn req.lres MOswitcnes ano eacn ooat requ res an a~propna~e control box See page 175 The 81 140 req-lres an aod11ona sMtn for !he bacw no Three steea vnncnes from tne 56 are aval ao e bv soec a order Pollshed oranze winches are available by special order. ~

Line speed is measured with no I d . I

ji.:~]

L~'EC

40EleMc WinchKit

t ONm is aluminurn w l h mnless steel sleeve. Chmme no1available.

aluminurn ~

aluminum 12Voit chmrned bronze 24 Volt chmmed bronze

402STEA12-H winch. 2 witches, 1 BE5M.12.1 ~ n t mDOx l 402STEA24-H Mnch, 2switches. 1 BEW.24.1 corn1 box 402STEC12-Hmnch, Zswitches, 1 BESW.12.1 mnlrol box _ 402STEC24-H winch, 2 swtches. 1 BEW.24.1 cootml box

+ 3rd gearline speed 5Tlmin (1.7 Mrnin)

I-. .~

/ ' %.CS@,

UYUU>I

-'.

c-v

t Drum is alumlnum wlh stainless steel sleeve. Chrome not available.

Line speed is measured wllh no load.

Barn

Line Enlw HeluM

Heinhl

L ~

B442STE-V

3W 92mm

43%'

! 6x %s'FH 6emmFH 6x 51s'FH 6xBmmFH

34'

%S"

lOmm 'h' 12mm

14mm

6x%6"FH 6 x x W

12mm

71.2 Ibs 32.3$

7%~' lWmm 711/16' 195mm

7x%'ls"FH 7x6mmM

ks"

14mm

19mm

96.1 1bs

EIK

5 x W FH 5xlOmmFH

6 ' '

14mm

19mm

5%" 140mm

46.2 1bs 212kg

50.3 lbs Z.8kg

511/16' 145mm

414'' m 115mm ' 10'Aa' 4%" 265mm~. l m m m mm 6'4" llW 5 2 2 5 ~ ~265mm 140mm

15%s' 385mm 15%6 385mm

514' 140mm

53.2 1 b 24.1 kg

58.4 1 b 26.5kg

6'4' 155mm

51% 140mm

59.1 l k 26.8kg

56.3lk 30.1 $

153ns'

305mm

5lh' 140mm

M.3 lbs 29.1 kg

1W< 4Wmm

6 " lWmm

1534' 15%' 4Wmm

64' lWmm 6 lWmm

82.91bs 37.6kg 9631bs 07$ 95.1 lbs 431kg

15%' 4Wmm 15%'

6%' 1Tmm 6

96.3 lbs M6kg 99.1 1br

323mm

165mm

13946' y5mm 13%~" 345mm

6% 165mm 6's 165mm

6%' 265mm

345mm

165mm ~

m !m !

LlneSpaad

15Ms' 385mm

8%" 221 mm

. p

B964STE-V

Line Sire Mln M~I

3'Ma' 1Wmm

6'4' 170mm

99~s" 243mm

B56 2STE-V

WeigM fluminum Chrome

EQ210mm 8

107.1 1bs 486kg 107.1 lbs 48.6$

225mm 8'18' 225mm

6 x W FH 6xlOmmFH 6 x hFH 6xlOmmFH

113.8lbst 51.6$ 11461bst

8%' 225mm 8

6 X WM 6xlOmmFH 6xWW

k6'

14mm

ks' 14mm

16mm

194m

56.1' 17m

16mm

20mm

3N'

16.2 4.9m 14.5 44m

37.9' 14.5 1 1 5 n 4.4m 29.4 9.9' 89m 3m.

3/i 26' 1 9 m m 7.9-m %' 26' 19mm 7.9m

l4mm

17.5' 5.3m

57 17.4m

30.4 9.2m 30.4

9.6' 2.9m 6.6' 26m 9.9' 33-

6.3

1HYDRAULIC WINCHES 1 Hyorau~icwinches use a central power so~rceto onve a I ofthe powered winches on larger c r ~ i no s boats. Tne same pofler source can oe ~ s e dfor other functionson the b& such as backstays, vangs, furling, or centerboards. All Harken hydraulic winches, includingthe smallest sizes, operate in two speeds both when using the hydraulic motor and when cranking by hand. This two speed ability in the powered mode is unusual in small winches and is of significance for speed of trimming and hoisting sails. Hydraulic winches size B56 and larger are available in both two and three speed models. The third speed is useful where high line speed at ligM load is desirable. The B11W and B1120 are three soeed winches The 81140 winch is a three speed but also has an additional "backwind soeed. Backwind is ~~~

---7-..

usef~l on very large yachts for re iev ng the load on tne W nch before a sheet is release0 All hydraulic motors are mounted verticallvand all hvdraulic fiinas are industly &dard for ease of service and compatibilty wih other comionents. AdditionaIhhatiion- See pages 158 and 169for an explanation of special See pages 159and 160for suggest lhden'inpkrfomalion-Each winch requirestwoswiichesand each boat requires an appropriate control box. See page 175. The B1140 requiresan additional switch for the backwind. Three speed winches from the 56 are anilable by special order. Polished bmme winches are available by special order.

'Based on 4 GaVmin (15Umin) Input o l flow rale "Assumes 3 speed wlnch.

t Drum is aiuminumw i h siainless steel sleeve

chrome not availabb.

r Line

HeiQM

3%' 100mm

8lh" 225mm

4 115mm

8'8 225mm -~

4%'

HeigM 611A6' 221 mm 9%~' 243mm

~~-~~

10%< 265mm

120mm

8'8 225mm

l 265mm

h ' 140mm

8'4 225mm

61ri 165mm

9%' 235mm

41546' 67.5 1bs 80.7 1bs 125mm 30.6kg 36.6kg

8%' 210mm

4'5Ae' 8091bs 917lbs 125 mm 36.7 kg 41.6 kg

8W 225 mm

p ~ p

6'8 165 mm

9%' 235. mm . 61h' 9%' 165mm-235 mm

~~~p

415/16' 66.3 1bS 98.3 1bS 125 mm 39.1 kg 4 . 6 kg ~

618 165mm 6lh 165mm

9'W 4'5Aa' 82.61bs 98.3 Ibs 37.6 kg 44.6 kg 3 5 125mm L 9%' 4%' 8371bs 9921bs 235mm 125mm 38 kg 45kg 2

878 225 mm! 8'8 225 mm ~p

P p

% 6' 225mm~

~ - p~~ - ~ ! ~ p p -

4%' 105mm

11%6' 290mm

4%' 129lbs 13671bst 12W 62$ 315mm 125mm 565kg

5W 150mm

11'3/1s" 300mm

41%s' 15981bs 17191bst 14%< 125mm 72.5kg 76kg 365mm p p

Hydro 8 Hydm 2.3, Hydm 4.3

1HYDRAULIC POWERUNITS I Harken offers four sizes of hydraulic power unlts. Hydro 2 and Hydm 4 are sinole motor Dower units while Hvdro 6 and Hvdro 8 use dual motors which ire capable of very high flow rites and pmvide a backup power source Hydro 2 is ~ s e on d boats to 45' (13 7 m) which require hvo or three funn ons rlvdro 2 a offered for enner 12 v011or 24 v01 installations. Larger ;nits are offered only for use with 24 volts.

DiO$re

0-1s 25mm2 15'-33 5m-10m

Spscliirafiws Max operating pressure- 140 bar (2000 psi) Fasteners -W (10 mm) OPrIrn

Ouickfi connections Electnc oil level control

Power Unit Dimensions Mmor

CumM

.- .-. -Dnln ~

1OOamps

Tank C"p* lollten 2.6gai 10lin 2.6gd

lx 2WO wem

150amps

350 amps

25 l t e n 6.6gal

350amps

40lten

Minimum Win s

Flm M 8 BlWBlr W ~ Q M I~OPSI 6iifersimin E$ 44-56 1.6 DaYmin 551bs 9l'iMmin 40141 44-74 2.4 gaVmin 881bs 24 l'lers/min 80 kg 44- 980 6.4 gaYmin 1761bs d l ' i r s i m i n M$ 44-1140

E:!

lwQe2 35mm

~rsa~e 70mm2 OWwT 90mm

CONTROL BOXES & SWITCHES Deck Switches D

B o t h electric and hydraulic winches require switches. In addition, electric winches require appropriate control boxes which must be chosen based on the winch. the voltaae and the number of winches to be controlled. ~ ~ d r a u lpower i c units are supplied with appropriate control boxes.

BRS102

Remoleswikh

25N 66mm ~ -

p p p

g(h. 18mm ~-

90mm

2 per wmh

l8Og

Switches Harden offen deck switcnes for Jse W th e ectric or hqdra~c Wlncnes Eacn wlnch rewres Two swllcnes, one lor each sDeea Switches are simple electrical contact switches which are well sea ea aga nst moisr~rean0 are very easy to instal and ma.nta n. h SW t h . Tne BRS102IP s f nea The BRS102 6 a bas c ~ u s oJnon with a guard to protect against accidental engagement. This feature is particularly useful when switches are floor mounted.

Electrical Control Boxes Electrical control boxes contain the solenoids and overload protection to operate the winches. Each box will control one or two winches. Boats with more winches will require more control boxes.

Hydmulic Conlml Boxes and Panels Hydraulic power packs are supplied with appropriate control boxes. Special control panels are often supplied with hydraulic systems. These panels can be mounted in the cockpit and show clearly which systems are in use and allow remote operation of hydraulic functions.

Eleclrc Conlrol Boxes NO.

Winchus

-- -

AU ming winchesfeaturea

Wide bodywinch drums feature hollows between interior and exterior drums to reduce wigM.

StainleSSSteelhandbsocket for maximum durabil'fy

Large Winches feature speck1 17-4 PH sbinless drum g e m for long term reiiabil'w.

Drums am hard anodized aluminumwW large winches onered wm mmtiWon alumlnumStainkss Steel drums.

PEEK mlkr beanngsride in large diameter cagesto allow more bearings10 carry the load.

Large diameter spindlesform a blge bearing Sutiace to PmperlV carry the load. Ball bearings

c a veacal ~ loadof drum

Orbempanare 17-4 PH stamless steelwW specwty finished w ~ n g U W .

B Center shalb on aY racing winches me on mlkr bearinps.

b Pawlsare heid *bythe Springs. They are easy to r e m m but won? dmp out accidently during setvice.

W i n c h as sm4l as the 48 feature roller W n g s in W gear

Gears on winchestmm the 45 feature four pawls for maMmum reliabil'ty and to minim* backlash.

High load caving gear pins are 17-4 PH stainlesssteel for maximum strength and d u m i l i i

Larger winches usetwogearsto dmre drums. This redum the bad on me drum gear and loads the drum symmebicalb which impmves enicleny.

Racers at all levels know that light boats are faster. Leading edge boats are designed and buin to exacting standards to keep weight out. These boats demand Mremeiy ligM winches with high efficiency and total reliability. Harken answersthese needs with a line of racing wincheswhichcombine the meticulousattentionto detail of Me best Italian craftsmen with the space age American technoloov which has made Harken an intiiution in racino circles for over 20 vears. Harken's racingwinches are the ultimate winches for serious racing boats. Weights are extremely low and reliability and efficiency are extremely high. Racing winches are notsimpiy standard winches modifiedfor lighter weights. From the hard anodized alloy bodies and drums, and the PEEK roller bearings riding in hrge diameter cages, to the Tohn balls carrying vertical loads on the drum, and Me 17-4 PH gearsand gear pins, Harken racing winches are bred for perfomlance. From small two speed self-tailers to enormous wide body pedestaldrivenwinches, Harken offers the most complete range of racing winches available. They meet every need on any racing boat. 176 ~>~

The

speeo se.1-ra ng rac ng wlncnes are ~deafor mosl prlmary seconoaw nalvard r-nn no oacksuv ano conrrol I ne aDDlcal ons S x W nches , are offered to handle functions from primaries &half-tanners and halyards on inree qLarler tons ro r-nnltlg bac&slayson m% s Tne sell-!a I no tliecnan sm lealures harken's oalenled bal beanno roller to ImDrove efficie-ncy and jaws that adjust to suiia variety of llne sizes. The stripper arm on racing winches is lightweight aluminurn. 3 .

B532STR

12:l

B562STR

STR

14:l

31%6

16.1 1bs

4i5/18-

23.6 1 b ~

131

21:l

56:l

73:l

22.1

25:l

74:l

AddifionalInfomation- See page 176 for an explanation of special features. See pages 159 and 160 for suggested uses.

Two speed racing winches are offered with hard anodized aluminurn drums and feature PEEK bearings for exceptional weight savings, low friction and high performance

71%6''

7 x % 6 FH

THREE SPEED & THREE SPEED SE1F-TAILING RACING k S Three speed winches are the heart of any racing boat's winch package. They are ideal for most primary and secondary winch applications, Three speed sel-tailing winches are used as secondary and halyard winches on large racing boats and as primary winches on shorthanded racing boats. They feature hard a n o d i i aluminum drums and PEEK bearings for exceptional weight savings. Part 10.

G~arhUo lrt

206

3nl

P w r Rdio 2nd 3nl

The high speed first gear is engaged by depressing the nameplate ring. Use first gear for fast sheet trimming in light air or ignore first gear in heavy air. ~ d j ~ ~seepage , 176for ~ an ~explanation l ofi special~ features. ~ See pages 159 and 1601or suggested uses.

Diamelsr Drum

~~~

E4B.3R

1:l

2.5:l

9.8:1

W3R

1:l

3:l

12:l

8563R

2.21

5:l

13:l

B563STR

2.21

5:l

13:l

~~~

5:1

12:1

48;l

45:l

13:1

539

21:l

.. --

B643STR

8743SlR

25:l 28:l

5.7:l 731

16.5:1 l

9:l 9:l 9.33

21:1 225:l 25:l

102mm 4N6' 112mm 56A 4%' 120mm 56:l 4%' 12Omm - ....-81:l SIN lMmm 713 5%' 150mm

7 1Wmm 8"hs' 220mm 8%' 225 mm 8%' 275mm 9% 245mm lofia' 265mm

Lins

HsigM

nslght

7%'

3I5h/16'

WigM

14.61bs 192m~_~~_l_OPmmm6.6 kg 7%' 43/16' 17.61bs 192mm _JO?!m8kg 9%' 415ht 21.1 1bs 235mm 125.n~n-96 kg 10%' 4'5hs' 2781bs 270mm 125mm 12.6b 1 5%' 35.3lb 16k~ 3F.mm 150mm 13' 5 46.3 lbs 330mm 21 kg 150mm

Fadanws 6%' 155mm 7'/16" 18Omm 71%~' 195 mm 7"hs' 195mm 81X 210mm 8%' Z5mm

6xM6'FH 6xBmmFH 6x %8' FH ex8mmFH 6xM6'FH 6 x 8 mm FH 6xWs'M 6 x E e sxwm 5xlOmmFH 6xWFH 6xlOmmm

Unm Sbs MIn Mm

We' 8mm

%S' 8mm

W lOmm

W 16mm

W 18mm 1%~' 20mm

WIDE BODY THREE SPEED W i d e bodv three soeed racirla winches are ideal orimarv and secondary winches, i h e wide body's large drum diameteigives exceptional line speed for faster trimming. These wide body racing winches are all supplied with a top cleat for fast, convenient securing of sheets. The high speed first gear is engaged by depressing the nameplate ring. Use first gear for fast sheet trimming in light to moderate air, or ignore first gear in very heavy conditions.

Three speed wide body racing winches are offered with anodized alurninum drums. The B560 is also offeredwith a combination aluminum and stainless steel drum for wire sheets. AdditionalInfomalion- See page 176 tor an explanationof special features. See pages 159 and 160 for suggested uses. Orderlno InlomaUon- Soecifv winch drum material bv.addina A (aluminurn) or M S ialuminum/stainle~steei)to the pan number.

WIDE BODY THREE SPEED RACIMG k

Large wide body racing winches are perfectfor primary and secondary functions on large racing boats. Thqr may be used in conjunctionwith pedestal drives or top driven. The wide body offers exceptional line speed for faster trimming and Me top cleat offers a convenient location to secure the sheet. A variety of gearing options available with pedestal drives offers up to six speedGor these hrae winches. ~ r u &are available in lightweightaluminum orwith a combination of aluminum and stainless steel for use with wire sheets or exceptionally high

loads. mese winches feature Harken's race proven PEEK bearings for light weight and high performance. A d d i i m l l ~ i l i o n - See page 176 for an exphlion of special features. See pages 159 and 1W for suggested uses and pages 184 and 185 for compatible oedestai svstems~ ~ ~ i i n h m n a l l o nSpecdy - wnch alum malenal by add np A(al.m~n~m) 01 NSS lalumln.mn esssleel)to lhe pan number To Oroer W ncher M speed-&% add SL to the part number.

T"pp 40 by C m #Marine

Direct drive wide body racing winches offer crews a l:l overdrive speed for verv fast trimmina of the oenoa in lioht conditions or of the soinnaker at any time while retaining a geared fir$speed for airwork. Gears are changed in the normal fashion of three speed winches by reversing handle direction.

Additional InlomaIion - See page 176 for an exp anal on of spec a lealures See pages 159 ano 160 for s.gges1ed .ses an0 pages l84 an0 l85 tor compasole pedestal systems. Odering I n I O ~ a l l 0 ~ To - order winches for pedestal drive add PD to the part number.

WIDE BODY THREE SPEED SELF-TAILING RACING WINCHES M d e body three speed self-tailing racing winches are useful for sheets, halyards and secondary funclions on large offsnore boats The 6560 is to^ anven The B964LP and B980LP mav we Vler loo drrven or integrated into a pedestalsystem. The B11(10 and B1120 are for use with pedestal systems. The B985ST was specifically developed for the needs of America's Cup boats. It has three speeds including a 1:1 first aear ratio for vew fast line speeas at Ight loads an0 83.1 tnlrdgear powe; rar o for hlgn loads Tnese rat OS, as we1 as the 985s ltghl we~ghlma(e 11Ideal for rLnnlng backstay and malnsneet w~ncheson maxt ratea boats as well as for orimanes and mainsheets on Whimread 60 sized boats. The W ae arums oner excepr ona Ine speed tor faster tnmrnlng ana tne self-tail~na mechanism reducestne neea for a crew to tall Me Ilne. A variety of gea&g opbons available with pedestaldnves dfers up to SIX

speeds for these large winches. Drums are available in lightweight aluminum or !Mh a combination of aluminum and stainless steel for use with wire sheets or exceotianallv r ~ -, high loads. These winchesfeature Harken's race proven PEEK bearings for exceptionally light weight and low maintenance.

~~~~

Addlti~t~llnlormatim-See page 176 for an explanation of special features. See pages 159and 160for suggested usesand pages 184 and 1851or compatible nnrlnCt21nR+mmr """""*. ,,,. Drdering 117h~mdti0n- Spec h, Jnncn dr.m malena by ada~ngA (a urn num) or ASS (a .m~numstalnlesssteel t o i k pan n-mber. To oroer tne 8964LPand B980LP for peoesta dnve aod PD 10 rhe part n-mber

","."

Pall No.

lrt

B580STR

2.2:l

OaarRstlo 2nd 3rd --

BWLPSTR

5:1

2.8:l

1 ~

2.8:l

7.3:l

27.8:1

8985F05m

1:l

7.6:l

30.41

ES35STR

76:1 ~

BllWSTR B1120STR

27:l 2:l

7.4:l

162:l

55:l

3041

8.2:l

WslpM hminum NumlSS

10% 4'5%~' 3151bs 29.3 lbs lNmm 3 5 m m _ 27Omm 125mm 143$ E 3 k g 8:l 21:l 64:l 7 10h' 1 1 W 408lbs 175mm 265mm 300mm 15Omm 18.5kg 6:1 21:l .?@l 67 10%< W W 40.8lbs 175mm 2 6 5 3 3 ~ m m r ? ~ m m 1 8 . 5 ~ 27:l 21:l l W '@ &l 10' 3% 39251bs l&mm 275mm 255mm 85mm 178kg - 27:l 21:l W:l AS2' 1 12'W 5W 39.251bs 275mm 310mm 140mm 17.8kg . . p - l&mm 5.21 15.9:l 50.3:l 10W 14' 1013%6' 4Ms' 63.91bs 71.61bs 260mm 355mm 275mm 105mm 29kg 325@ 3.41 1931 56.53 l 1 16%' 14'5%" 5'8 952lbs 11071bs 3Wmm 425mm 380mm 1Nmm A12 kg 502b p

258:l

11.4:l 334:l

F%ll

Faanon

1:l

H'$Llns ,

p p p p -

BgsDLPSlR

Diameter Dmm Bsrs

161:l

73:l

Powr Ratio 2nd M

7"/16' 6 x % i FH 195mm 6~cmmFH 8 6xWM 2 2 5 ~6xiJmmFH 8'N 6xWM 225mm 6xlOmmFH ~. F'h' 8xWFH 245tnm 8 x 8 mm FH h ' 8xWs'FH 245 mm SxBmmFH 12% 6x38.M 315mm 6xlOmmFH l 12xWM 480mm 12xl0mmFH ~

UneShe Mln Mo: 8

8mm W 10mm

16mm '346' 20mm 38' '346' lomm Mmm

38.

lOmm

22 mm

38.

lOmm

22 mm

lamm

22mm W 1" 16mm 25mm

1AMERICA'S CUP WINCHES I ,*I

Harken 1110 ncnes \*.ere aeve opea spec11ca iy far ~ m ecas r cup C ass ooats Thev are a com~lelelv r . . new proauct that IS the res~ltol over l o ~years of experience and research on these highly specialized boats. These winches represent the most advanced design concepts and are constructed using the latest technologies in both composite engineering and metallurgy to achieve incredible strength and power at minimal weight. Drums are carbon fiber and mechan ca e ements are machlnea of me mosl appropr are g r a m ol IUntdm,~~ sratnless stee ana a ~m nun1 Ma~nnear nos and d r ~ m t h r s t beannos are PEEK, which is extremely light, but provides iery efficient bearings. Both the 111OAC and the self-tailing 11lOSTAC are four speed winches. The llIOAC a lyp cal y sea for me ~ e n o asneer whlle me 1 1 1OSTAC 1s a W ncn D J no ~ JDW nd worn m e n rne ~vtncnIS oe na use0 malnsneet or t. for the aenaa sheet, it shifts fromist to 3rd to 4th upon reversal of craniting d recl,& Tne 4tn gear has S J cient ~ povler to a1 ow one cre* to tnm tne oenoa a ealr cond lions. For so nnaner work the wlnch normal v ailernales -~ ~ n~~~,~ between 2nd and 3rd gears upon handle reversal. The direct drive iirst gear is ~~~~

psh-0-non se ecled ano IS aballable ar any Ime in e tner the genoa or spinnaner maoes Tne vr nch a placea n eltner tne ~ p nd w or sp~nnakermode oy a deck mounted switch. 1110 winches utilize unique gearing that combines a highly efficient epicyclic gearwith conventional gearing. This provides an extremely elficient 2nd gear compared to competiive designs, so efficient that it may be possible to keep an exlra crev! on the ra I in many cand tlons An addtt~onabenefd of tn s ~nus-ataearlno arranaement s that 11a l o w a l o ~ eWr nch ~ r o fel result na in a major reduction inweight and windage. Despite the seeming complexity of such a design, 1110 winches require very Inle malntenanceor ad,~stment D sassembly and reassemo y can be accompl~sheon .ess rnan Ive m nutes Tn s bas~cslmp IC V an0 ease ol maintenance ensures a reliable winch in even the most severe sewice. Wn le the 1110 vr nches islereaeve open tor Amer cak C J ooats ~ the llIOTCR an0 1 IIOSTR are (MS legal production vers ons wn ch ~ s IMS e legal materials. They are already beingused on leading edge racing boats.

wkheavc wlosheave

Pedestaldrive winch svstems are favored for applications demanding speed and power. One or mori crew can crank from ipowerful standing position. Pedestalsystems are c~stomizedto meer 1he spec fic needs of each boat. The comoonents shown are tne ' ~ L Idina blocks' used to assemble tne correct s h m . The systems shown b e h a r e typical of those in use today. The process of designing a proper pedestal system for a boat is complicatedand Harken should be involved eady in the design process. Our winch specialists are cmable of providing proper specifications and CAD drawings of pedestal drivesystems for boakof any size.

Harken shah anve pedestals are maae of a n gh strength a Lm num a lov whlch s harakote anodlzed fora d~rablefinish. Gean and oeannos arei7-4 PH stainless steel. Shail orive pedestals offer great f exio llty because me input and 0~11D L dr ~ ve shafls do not have to be oarallel and mere mav i x as manv is four output shafts. Shaft drive pedestals are available in two standard heights. Mher heights are offered on a custom basis. They are also available with either h e d or rotating heads. Rotating heads can be locked in four positions to allow the grinder to face in a variety of directions. Both single and doubie-grip handles are avaikhk.

Bell Drive Pedesfals Harken belt drive pedestals are available molded in either carbon fibellepoxy or Keviar/S-Glasslepoxyconstruction depending on rating rules Drlve components are faor~cateoof harakote anoallea al~mlnum an0 17-4 Ph sta nless steel. Roder beannas and bell sorockets made of high performance engineeringthermopiaitic and KW~&reinforced drive belts ensure the lowest possible weight. Belt orive pedestals are custom made oy rlaren and are offered.n vanoLs he~(rhtsto match evew specifca1.on Handles are offered in elther single or doublegrip configurations. In aadr on to ine slandard be ow deck dr m,ben d r ~ pedesla e s can be sum ied in m o-dr,ve form Tnese DedeSta S not onlv otfer a slanllcant height savings, but are aisa useful in building a removable peiestal. To open up cockpit space for long distance racing or cruising, these systems can be removed in just a few minutes and the winches converted to top action. The primary advantage of ben drive pedestals is weight savings. The pedestals rnemse ves are incred bly strong, yet wry light A! components have oeen carel~lv engineered for great reliabllW ana durao Ih, at the lowest possible weigh[ Their prim& disadvanGge is that the upper i n p ~snall t must be parallel to the lower orlve snall and y o are ~ Imdeo tohvo outout shahs. A t h o ~ a h t loecn ~ l avoLt can overcome tnese disadvantageswith an appreciable weighisavings over shaft drive pedestal systems. ~

lntegml Pedustal Systems

The B700 surface mount pedestal is designed for use on boats where underdeck installation of transmissions and drive shafts is not desirable. It is ideal for cruising boats which are raced and for all boats with finished Intenors It IS especi?ly SJ ted to retrol t lnsla btlons Tne B700 will accept a 66 74,964 or 980 rvlncn The hard anod zed base contalns a spnng tensmned dr~vecnan conne&no the pedestal anve snaftand me W nch The pedestal is offered in two heights i i i eitherafixed ormtating head. Handies can be either single or doubie-grip. 184

Drive Components Afterthe pedestaltype has been chosen to match a boat's needs, proper drive components can be specified.

Drive Shafts Harken offers three types of drive shafts. Extruded splined aluminum drive shafts may be cut to length. Custom made hollow drive shafts with splined ends are offered in both aluminum and stainless steel. Carbon fiber tubular shafts are available with splined aluminum ends bonded in. Shaft choice is determined by load, cost, and weight considerations.Your Harken representative can provide details on the best drive shaft for your boat.

Gear &xes The bevel aear box is the basic buildina block of the drive system. Harken offersho sizes of gear box. The 8600type gear box isused where input by more than two men is possible. The B604 type gear box is limited to a maximum input of two men. All Harken gear boxesare constructed of high strength aluminum alloy that is ~Gdkoteanodized for maximum durability:Gears, shafts and roller bearinos are of 17-4 PH stainless steel. Gear boxes mav be suppljed with a Gngle shaft as pictured or with the horizontal shaft protruding from both sides. Shafts may be connected directly to a or ve snafr or a disconnect clLtcn may oe addea. MUt D e outout aear ooxes are aval able in 00th the B600 and B604 sizes. here aremaiy drive options offered and your Harken winch specialist will provide details upon request.

Disconnects Svstem disconnects can be activated wlh either levers or a two Dosition pusibutton. These may both be operated by either hand or faot, thbugh the lever is usually supplied for hand operation and the button is normally operated by foot. The illustrationsshow the push buttons actuating discon. nects on a below deck mounted B600 gear box. The levers are shown on a mid-drive belt pedestal.

Support Shafts

Universal Joints Gear boxes are connected to other gear boxes and pedestals by drive shafts fitted with a universal joint at each end. Universal joints allow for slight misalignment between shafts. The B1782 universal joint is made of aluminum with 17-4 PH pins and is designed for input by up to eight men.

To properly space and suppolt a gear box beneath a winch, Harken supplies tubes for both the B600 and B604 series gearboxes. These tubes are made to length from high strength aluminum alloy and are Hardkote anodized.

Standard handlesfeatureacap rrhich mtates wih the gnp to prevenl blistsnand chafe onme hanl

8'(203 mm) handles are laster because t k hand WinQsthmuQha smaller circle. buithey reduce power by 2W.

Rin handlesaretkeconomical choice and are preferred by some crews lor their em mis w d of imertion.

The uppersedonolthe SpeedGrip knob is ' ' . 'and molded in uremanetor acomfo!' for benergnpwhen palmingme

Most configur84onsare onered in aherchmme

bronze or Hardkoteancdized aluminum. Cruisiy Faiontendto preferthedurabilm and rich look a chrome handle. Racing sailors opt lorthe I'aM but tough. drop forged aluminum hand8--

hall hearing grlpsfor momMcient and mmknWeoperafim.

are onered in B and 1U lengths in aluminum and chrome.

1U (254 mm) handles am the mdurtly adardand have pmven to bethe most mmtMtaMela~fw&peopbbFUb lished p m r miiostor most wilckare used onme USB cd 1U handes.

me low profile W

L P is an 8 (203 mm) alumrnum SpeeaGnp ham e Mn no venca ono 1 S m g w d for rse on sma mars sdch X me R4 wnereine concern 6 SW nm poer

Harken winch handles are a blend of good lwks and smooth efficiency. They f i all internationalstandard handle sockets so they are a perfect upgrade fnr ,V,

".., ....,".,. 3""

l"1i""h

All 13 handles feature M,bearing gnpsfor smooth, comfortable operanon. A Mll nearing grip ensures tnai your power 6 transmitted imo the winch wllh the greatest etfic~encyan0 with no annoylng amg m your hand. Grips are also sized and ~ ~ p tor e maximum d comfort.

SPEEDGRIP''WINCH HANDLES

S o e e d ~ r i ohandles are eraonamicallv to match a wide range of cranking needs. At low loads the smooth knob is palmed for vely fast cranking. As the . designed oaa ncreises sl gntly the lingers nat~ralycose to gr p tne moo under hgi her loads. tne hano Sloe5 On10 the vemcal g r ~ pfor norma Opera1on. As the load Increases f~nher.lne second nand grlps ine knoo ahccn onngs tne srrengtn of the Lpper oody and l o r w 10 oear n povrerful two-nandea cran<ing Tne oa prollle SpeeaGr~pnand es are laea lor smal ooats Ihie -04s an0 for control lnes on boats of a sizes. Slnce thelr ~ n ~ r o o ~ c tSpeeaGr~p lon handles have been wlae y acceptea by ootn rac ng and cr~lsingsa ors ~ h f ono thal they are lne perleCI m, t pJrpose vrlncn nanole They vrere v~idely,sed In events I kr tne Whltoread ana Amencas C L ~ even . on ooats not LS ng darnen wlncnes Many ooats are rep acing tne r do~ok-Q~IP handles with SpeedGrips and saving weight wlhout sacrificing performance

Ball Bearing Winch Handles ~-~ -----

B Non-iocklng forged chrome handle

203mrn

168mm

1%' 32mm

2807 8151~

B8CL

B Lod-ln forged chromehandle -~

203mm

182mm

1" 32~mm

188 mm

38mm

28 02

1'1'

40 02

I1h

38mm

160z 4548

lil

1607

lOAP

aluminurn handle 10'Non-Iocklng forged aluminurn handle 10' Lock-inforged aurnlnum handle

1A" -~

BNon-locking forged

2202 6249

567 g

~ ~

BBAP

lOAL 254 mm

754mm

178mm

1MODULAR Kl7S I H a k e n kits allow you to convert standard modular winches into self-tailing, three speed, orthree speed sN-tailing without the expense of purchasing new winches. Conversion is simple. The top of the winch is removed and rephced by the modular kit. Only simple hand tools are rewired. Not all winches are modular to all features. Check the chalts below for applications.

Two Speed Self-Tailing Kits

Fb Winchso

CDnvo6 Winch Fmm To

Simple service kitsare available to permit routine maintenance of Harken winches. Kits are available with drum screws, pawls, springs and winch grease. Harken grease is a special all temperature grease which is very resistant to salt and fresh water. Metric wrenches are also available for use with Harken winches. Each set contains four high quality metric allen wrenches. S e ~ c sheets e are available for each standard winch. These sheets show an exploded view of the winch, list all component part numbers, and contain simole instructions for mounf ng, servicing and repairing the winch. Service sheets are offired free of charge. 188

Three Speed Self-Tailing Kiis

H a k e n ~ompu-spec'"is a software program available to dealers, distributors, designers and other marine industry professionals who are interested in choosing the correct hardware for their customers. Comp~-SpecIS an expen program wh~cnWI Ise ecl gear for each system on a boat basea on the nature and dlmens ons 01 me ooat A standard ibrarv of dimensions contains over 1500 boats. Other boats can be added by the user, ora standard package, which has been preselected by Harken hardware exoerts. can be selected. Over 250 standard oackaaes are included. The easv to'use menu driven format permits hardware packages to be tailored to the' owner's exact requirements. Compu-Spec is designed only for normal offsnore boats between 20 an0 70 teet -ovvners or 06gners 01 mu tin* Is or exot c or vew arae boats sho~ldcons, t haken vvnen select no hambvare. ~ardwaremdbules the program will select include: ~ravelers,Mainsheet Sysrems. Genoa Leaas Foot Blocks Sp nnader Gear, Mast Base ,cads. R~dderBear ngs F L Ing ~ Systems. W nches Steer ng Sneaves and Bancars CO~DL-Soec ~ oaos on some common svs. . oror . oes a aata sneet s h o na tems at various wind speeds and describes saiareas of the rig. Printouts are offered in a variety of formats: by hardware system: numerically for ordering; or showing weights of the components. Printouts can also include hardware prices. All Compu-Spec printouts includethe name of Me dealer, distributor

- - -- -

nr. desinner .=. . ..

Comp~-SpecreqJ res a 386 or h~gherIBM cornpatio e mmpJter wRh at leas! 2 ME RAM and a m nlmum 015 MB 01 hard d sk space. The Compu-Spec software package includes instructio'ns and technical support. Order part number 1788.

4 E-ZDECK 'SOFTWARE I H a k e n E-ZDecK. IS a software parage ava~lableon a Ihm led oas s to aeslon om16s onals E-2 Decd s a menL or ven orooram wn ch florns in mnjunciion with AutoCADmsoftware (Release 11 or above) to enable designers to layout deck and sail plans with properly drawn and scaled Harken fittings and winches. For customers who do not use AutoCAD but have a DXF translator for their CAD software we can offer DXFfiles with a library of Harken parts. The abilty to layout hardware systems using scaled hardware from a I brary 01 proper y drawn parts saves cons~oerableIme, res.Hs gn a very mDresslve oraa na and a ov~sme des~anerto emerlment W M vanoLs hardware layouts i n his deck plan. ~heprogmm'slibrary contains over

750 drawlngs and nclJdes s~pplemenla,hardware to cornplele yoJr aecm laron E-2 Decm WI I a lov~draw.na stralon! or rao .sed track as a s mole line which will automatically be adjustedio a standard length of trackwhen desired. E-Z Deck has some specific hardware and software requirements and does not include the AutoCad software. There is a nominal charge for E-Z Deck. Harken reselves the right to restrict distribution of E-Z Deck. Contact haruen an0 al ow up to 4 weens de wery E-Z Decm s part nulnoer 1787-A lor AL~oCADsvstems and nhmoer 1787-D for the DXF ders on.

This cataloa shows both ImoeriaJand metric throuahout. In mast cases. the metric dimension shown is calculatedfrom the lmperial measurement and rounded to a whole number. For example, %6" is generally shown as 8.mm while an exact conversion would be 7.9375 mm. Obviously, when referring to a line diameter. it is sufficientto ao~roximatethe conversion. In cases where a dimension is critical. r wlh an inside diameter of 2.006 exact metric dimensions are shown: example, a ~ d d ebearing inches is shown with a metric inside diameter of 50.95 mm.

Area

1 . e . L To llnd

When YW hw

25.40 2.540

Milimelen

Square inches

Centimeten

Square inches

WBO

Millimeten

Square l e d

Feet

30.48

Cenfineten

Square feet

Feet m n y w hw

.X48

M m TO tind

Square yards

WhsnVwlolov

Inches

Square miliimden

Inches

Square centimeten

Fsst

Square centimeten

Feet Feet

Square meters

645.2 6.452 929.0 0.0929

Square mmen

0.8361

Whsntouhar

Mullply by

incm inches

Feet

Millimeters Cemimelen Millimetm Centimeten Melen

Dhimby

25.40 2.540 304.8 30.48 3048

Multlpfyby

M52 6.452 929.0 0.0929 .

0.8361 DiriDaby ~

Cruisingthe Caribbean

Tofind Square millimeten Square centimeten Square centimeten Square meters Square meters hfind

p p

Square inches Square inches

TOOmld W sail in CalrwnB

Square feel

Squarefeet

Summer sailing on the Solent

Squareyards

p P

Wei#hf P -

Whanyw hw

~ u l t i p l yby

ro rind -

Ounm Pounds

28.35 0.4535

Wh_"f!rouklDY~-

Grams

Kilograms

Dlvidolq

Tofind

~ ~p p ~

28.35 0.4535

Ounces

Newpon in Januay

Pounds r

Water e

40 2 32

20 10

Ideal FmSlYng

0 -5

3 -15

Twmld to icetaat

0 -

-20 Oreami!qof summerbreeles

-10

-20

-30 Pewaukee recordlow

-30

Read Harkan m l w

Throw another l w on the fire

1LOADING FORMULAS I Block Loading vs Angle of Deflection Load on a block is a comb~natfonof me oao on tne line pass ng thro~ghthe bloc<, plus a block loadlng factor wn ch a oeterm n w by the angle by Mlcn me block tLrns the sheet. For example. a loot Dock that tLms a sheet 180" will see a oaa eq~allo mice the load on the sheet A oeck organker, wn~chkrns a nalyaro only 309 W I see IJa 52% of the load on the nalyard

76%

150'

193%

Boat Tvpe Most load formulas assume a medium displacement monohull, but you can easily correct for other boat types. Multihulls have oreat form stabilitv and s~eedand fflll often carry sads vey nigh n the apparem W nd speeo so calcu ations must be done W th the wind spied n m~ndULDBs ari typically tender and otien cnange sai s or reef q~Reearly so loading may be aone at relat vely low wind speeds. For examp e, a rnooern tr maran may cany b bhde ,io in 25 knots ol wlna at speeds over 15 knots for an apparent wind of nearly 40 knots whereas a U-D0 will probably remove h#l genoa at about 15 knots of apparent w~nd.

Genoa &stem Loading Because wind speed is squared, R isthe most imporlamvariableand can greatly influence loading. Wind is the apparent wind and should be calculated for the specfic sail being analyzed. For example, the #l genoa on a 25' (7m) boat might only be carried in 15 knots of wind while the #3 blade on a maxi boat could well be carried in 40 knots. To calculate loading on a genoa lead car, multiply sheet load by the load factor of the sheet. Most#l genoas will deflect about 453 while a Karhr #3 may deflect 75"or more. Lead car adjuster tackle load is dependent on the angle of deflection of the sheet in the lead car, but is generally assumed to be .3 of lead car load when deflection is 45'and .5 of lead car load when deflection is 604

Mainsheet Svslem Loadino

MallDhwl Load

The formula f& mainsheet loazng is not as widely accepted as that for genoa sheet loads and should only be used as a rough guide for offshore boats from 30 to 60'. Traveier car adjuster load is generally consideredto be .2 times car load

Rig Dimensions The following abbreviations are often used to describe various measurements on a sailboat. Precise technical definRions exist for each abbreviation, but the following is a list of simple descriptions:

-5

Mm. Breaking Strength

T ~ simple S 1:l runner system leadsforward to a winch. Typically used on smaller masthead boats to control mast bend, Me tail will sometimes be led thro~gna c ~ t c hoetween the deck bloc6 and me w~nchso me VI ncn can be freea for other uses once the rLnner s tensloned.

System 2 2:l runner systems are common on boats from 35 to 50' (11to 15 m). In thissystem, the runnertail originates on a becket on the lower block, resulting in a very high load on that block. A 6:lcheckstay using a 095 and a086 is shown.

Min. Breaking Strength

System 3

System 4

In this svstem, the runner tail originates on a tana seDarate from the deck block, This dramaticallyreduces the load on the deck block. The checkstay shown here uses an adjustable tumbuckle.

This 3:l runner svstem allows the use of smaller hardware and, pehaps, smaller winches. Notice the load distribution on the blocks. The checkstay is shown with no adjustment at the runner. It leads up to a sheave box in the spar and down to a hydraulic tensioner inside the mast base.

RLnnlng backsrays are among the most nlgn y loaaed systems on a boat an0 mLst oe aes gnea caref~l y to prevent a failure wn ch could resbll in a dlsmasbng Loaas mLst be based on tne oreaulng nrengtn of tne runner ltseil See charl on page 191 Beca~seof the geometry of now load IS d~~trlodted on the bloca, t s lrnoonant to noe er stand the loads on each cornoonent before chooslno hardware as the load on the bloc6 rnav exceea the Drearlna strenath ol the rJnner 01 brlicular importance is consideration of the load {actor resulting from aight turn of the runner tail towards Me iinch, typically 110" resultini in a magnification of load by 164%. Systems 2,3and 4 above all use a runner with a breaking strength of 9,900lbs (4490kg) to illustrate how load is affected by the layout of the system. Y

~~~~~~

193

System 1

Sysiem IA

System 2

The most common rnainsheet on boats under 28' (8.5 m) is a four Dart tackle. Very small boats will use a 060 an0 053 wh~lelarger bars W II Jse a 042 and 028 or a 1556 and 1559. Al systems feature ratchets an0 adl~stablecam cleats.

Boats with mainsails to 375 ftzoften use a 6:l mainsheet. Smaller boats use a 052 on the traveler car wrh a 049 on 1ne boom Larger ooats use a 1556 on the car an0 a 1546 on the boom

Placing the mainsheet off the traveler car with a 009 ratchet on a 144 base allows adjustment of the main without dragging the car to windward. It lends ro t ghten Me lkchbut this can be overcome ov CJW no tne track enos uo. Boom blocks are 225'for boats under 28' (8.5 m) or3.00' plastic blocksfor boats to 35' (10 m) which usually use a 6:l tackle.

Svsrem3.A

Syslem 3 As mainsails get larger, the purchase required to trim increases tremendously A powerful purchase is slow in light air or downwind so dual purchase mainsheets have become popular. In this example, a 6:l tackle using a 051 is used for fast trimming while the fine-tune tackle of lttle fiddle blo* gives 24:l power for upwind work.

This 4:1/16:1 system is ideal for use on boats with mains as large as400 ff 137 m? and end boom sheeung The lower block s a i664 midrange fiaole s~ppliedwlln a 058 fiddle wlth cam mounted over the cam arms. The uooer blocks e ; of are 1540 sang e bloc6 and tne ~ p ~ 0.0~6 tne f ne tLne e a 127 aouble b ~ gb ~etlbloc( The part number forthe kit is 1661.

1 MAINSHEET SYSTEMS I Mainsheets are simple hardware systems, but they are among the most important as they are In a~moslconstant Jse. here is no one mainsheet for evew boat. The best cholce deoends on the s te of the boat, the configumtlon of Me deck and cabin'house, the prevailing wind, the number and shenglh of !he crew and the owner's preferences Some twlca ma nsheer svstems are oict~redJse these as a sran na oo nt for designing a systemfor your bdat -94

System 5 Externalfine-tune systems tlgnren me leecn as the car is mwed oil the centerllne. Placing the fine-tune in the boom sobes this and cleans LP tne cockolt. This smtem for boa& under 35' (10 has a 3:l gross-trim with the fine-tune leading to a 140 on the boom so the trimmer can stay on Me rail. Larger boats use a 5:1 grosstrim using a 051 or 1555.

System 4 A refinement of system 3, this system uses a dinghy-like double-endedtackle which puts the sheet on Me cockpit sides.

System 6

Sy-stem 7

This fine-tune system features a 5:l tackle with cam with the tail led to a winch for heavy air work. Boats under 39' (11.9 m) use 3.00 plastic block while larger boats use mid-range or big boat blocks.

This is the most popular system on cruising boats. The block on the traveler car is a 008 or 1560. The blocks on the boom and gooseneck are 011s or 1540s and a 014 or 1548 is used to lead the sheet around the companionway.

System 8

f i i s doubleended system is very popular and very simple. It leaves the trimmer on the high side. The mainsheet must run very freely through the blocks to allow the traveler to move easily. Free rolling 3.00" and 4.00" big boat blocks are used on this system.

Double-ended systems using mainsheet sheave carriers are popular because there are no loose blocks to bang about in a jibe. Boats with mains to 450ft2 (42 m2)use the 584. while boats with mains to 6M)v(56 m2) use Me 586. Both join two 515 cars and incorporate the control tackle.

system 10

system l1

The German Admiral's Cup boats first popularized this system where the sheet leads forward along the boom before turning aft to the winches. The traveler is independent of the mainsheet so it rolls freely. The sheet makes lots of turns so free rolling blocks are a must. One tonners use 3.00' big boat blocks, often with a 4.00" big boat block on the car,

Many large boats use asimple system where a block on the deck tums the sheet to a winch. 55-footers (15 m) use 4.50" blocks while 70-footers (21 m) use 5.50' block.

195

System 12 This 4:1/1:1 system, part number 334, uses patented Magic Blocksto provide a dud ratio rnainsheetsystem with a single control line. It is ideal for catamarans to 17' (5.2 m) and sport boats to 24' (7.3 m). Trim the main completely in gross-trim mode then ease the sheet Slightlyto activate the fine-tune.

SNem 13 This 4:1/1:1 system, palt number 413, is a split version of system 12. Comb~nethis patented Magic B ock system wth a 009 ratchet on a 144 base for aoi~stmenlof the ma n wltho~tdragging the car 10 wndward. It s Meal for spon boats up to 24' (7.1 m).

System 16

T ~ I S6 1/12 1 sysrem, pan nLmoer 414. IS a spl Ivenlon of system 14

This simple WOspeed 2:1/4:1 system is ideal for boats with mainsails to 1 3 5 e (12.5 m2) and end boom sheeting. The lower block is a 398 double ratchet with cross block and double cam. The upper block is a 003 double block. The system is packaged as part number 330.

Comblne m s oalented Maolc Blocr system with a'009 ratchet i n a 144 base for adjustment of the main without dragging the car to windward. R is ideal for sport boats up to 30' (9.1 m).

GROSS-TRIWINE-TUNE SYSTEMS

Sysiem 14 The 6:1/12:1 Magic Block system is ideal for caramararis to 21' (6.4 m) and soort boats to 30' (9.1 m) The pall numwr is 335.Larger boats can use tne 337 8:1/14:1 svstem. Tnm the man completely in gross-trim mode then ease the sheet slightiy to activate the finetune.

Sysfem 17 Thls 2.114 1 is often found on boats l~keJQ4's where a center mounted swivel base is desired. Tne swlve Dase wlm ao~olecam e a 402,me d o ~ eo ratchet 1s a 397 the ooom D ocu IS a 003 double end and the block on the traveler car is a 001 single. The package is part number 331.

System 18

Boats with mainsails as large as 275 ft2 (25.5m2) and end boom sheeting can use this 3:1/6:1two speed system. The lower block is a 401,double fiddle with ratchet and double cam. The upper block is a 400,double with cross block, The system is packaged as part number 332.

System 20

System 21

A 4:1/8:1system with swivel base can be designed by adding an additional 007 to System l9 The 400 do~oleu In cross bloc< s mo~edto tne traveler car an0 rvro 007 dodo e blocrs are o,aced on tne ooom. This is part number 336,

This 6:1/24:1 svstem is desioned for use on boats with mains as large as 275 fiz (25.5m') and end ooom sheel ng The lower o ock 1s a 41 1 tr ple ,<.m ratcnn and cam Tne JDDer blocn s a M9 triple. The lower fine-tune bibck is a 060fiddle and the upper fine-tune block is a 127 double big bullet block, The part number for the kit is 410.

System 19 When a 3:1/6:1system with swivel base is desired, use a 403 swivel base with double cam, 399 double ratchet, a 400 double with cross block on the boom, and a 007 double block on the traveler car. The package for this system is part number 333.

System 22

For mains to 425 ff (40 m2)this 6:1/24:1 system provides both speed and power. The lower block is a 1665 mid-rangetriple with ratchet and cam, provided with a 060 fiddle with cam. The upper block is a 1546 triple. The upper fine-tune black is a 127 big bullet block. The system is packaged as part number 1662.

m m1 209 and 210 cars feature 200 Cam-Matic cleats so installat~onInvolves slmpy bolt~ng1he trac6to me dec6 and pmvld ng a 073 eyestrap for deadendlng the control llnes Tne cleats are on adlusrab e arms so they can oe ang eo to oest s~dvourboat R ~ s dec6 h ooats will face the c eats aown the iength of the track while boats wiM seat backs will generally angle the cleats an. System 2 The 211,212 and 247 windward sheeting traveler cars are extremely simple to mount as a 2:l system. The car includes the cleats so installation involves mounting the track and providing a deadend forthe control line on a 073 eyestrap. A patented slider mechanism allows these cars to be pulled to windward without releasing the leeward control line. If the boat is tacked, the car stays in place and can be pulled to the new windward side, again without releasing the leeward control line.

4:l control lines. For3:l or4:l controls usi a 1516 control block on the track end. The 608and 609 can be installed with 4:1,5:1 or 6:1 controls. For 4.1, use a 566 at the track end. For 5:l or 6:l use a 563 or 733 control block.

System 4 This simvle 2:l system hasMe line deadended on a 073 eyestrap; a 157, i59 or 214 car with integral sheaves and tne deals mounted facfngoutooard. Pop~laron flush deck boats like Me .f24 where the crew sits offlooaro of the traveler this system can also oe buln usina 171,172or 21 5 cars wdh 082 or 125 bullet blocks on the car for the control lines.

System 5 A 3:l system with cleats on Me track is popular on boats under 35' (10.67 m). Boats to 26' (7.5 m) use a 215 car t i e d with 083 blocks and 259 and 260 control blocks with cleats at the track ends. Boats over 28' (8.5 m) use 1514 blocks on eithera 1508 or 1509 car and 1520 and 1521 control blocks with cleats at the trackends.

~3 1 system 1s popLlar on many rac ng ooats to 35 (10.67 m) Thecar s a 1508 or 1509. The tLmlng block on Me end of me tracd can be a 1516 singe sheave contro bloc6 or a 017 10181 liile Hexaratcnn cneeu btock whlcn a lows the trimmerto ease the car Lnaer contro in heavy g~srs. The cleats face o~tooardto al ow the tnmmer to sR off me ends of the track.

I I

T MVELER srTEna]

ller controls should be powerful enough to move the car easily under load and led to a position where the crew can operate them conveniently Smaller boats position the controls sothe helmsman can make the adjustment. Larger boats will position the controls for the mainsheet trimmer.

The most ~ o ~ u lsystem ar on rnoderatelv sized cruisino and racing b i t s ' i s a 4:i tackle with the conirol blocks anicleats mounted on the track ends. This tackle consists of two 1515 blocks on the car and a 564 and 565 control blockassembly at the track ends. 631 or 632 trim caos finish the track ends. ~Boats wnn sa S areas greater man 4 5 0 ~ 7(42 rnfj sno~lo.se 734 an0 735 conlro olocks ~~

--l

System 8 When the traveler is mounted ahead of the companionway, it is often convenient to place the cleats at the after edge of the cabin house so the crew does not have to reach forward to move the traveler car. Use 563 or 733 control blocks on the track ends with 150 Cam-Matic cleats on the cabin house. A 240 swivel cam cleat will allow the crew to control the car from various positions in the cockpit.

System 9 On boats like the Tartan 10 the crew generally sits on the deck outside of the cockpit so the control lines are led vertically up the seat back. 147 blocks are used on the car while 223s are mounted on the cockpit seat back to tum the line up to a 150 Cam-Matic cleat. The cleat should have a 137 fairlead eyestrap to contain the line in the cleat.

System 10 Larger boats generally need winches to adjust the traveler. Boats using big boat track will often use 4:l controls with 733 control blocks while boats using mini-maxi and maxi cars will most often use 2:l controls with 1703,666,or 667 control blocks.

I System 11 Low profile triple control blocks are designed for 6:l traveler controls. The 1935 control blocks fit 515 or 558 big boat traveler cars. Use the 3000 (port) and 3001 (starboard) end controls when a cleat on the track ends is desired or the 1936 when leading the control lines to a stopper or cleat mounted off of the track.

System 1 In this system there is one long track on each side of Me boat and all of Me genoas sheet to the adjustable carwhich is moved during sail changes. The adiustable svstem consists of a lead car (Al with 4:i adiuster taclde using adoubie sheave control block (B) atthe front of the track Tne ad,uster line s turned nto Me cmkpl mrobgh a cheek bloc< (C) ro a cleat (D). An adiumble s t o (El ~ is D aced on Me back as a baCduD and as a reference point for adjusimeni. Ashock cord, which keeps tne car lrom moving forward ddring racks, a led rnro~gha sma I cheed o ock mounted afr of the track (F), then forward to an eyestrap (G).

System 2 In this simple system, an adjustable

car is used for the # I and #2 genoas while a T track car is used for the #3 and #4 jibs. The adjustable car system is described in System 1. The Ttrack car (A) is adjusted by use of a pin stop (B), which may be either integral to the car or loose as shown here.

System 3 This is another variation of System 1. There are two cars placed on a single long trackon each side of the boat. This allows the new sheet to be set and Me car to be correctly poslioned before sail changes. The cars are jo~nedoy acable (A). Born can move wnen Me single tadtle (B) saaj~steo.The can are spaceo so rnat Mey are Me average oistance between me #l and X3 genoas.

System 4 This is the same concept as System 3, except Mat there are separate tracds for each car wn ch saw wefght compared to a sinale ono track whicn mav effleno across a laroe area wnere no sails sheet.

I GENOA LEAD CAR SYSTEMS I

System 5 In this system, two tracks are mounted parallel to allow sheeting either inboard or outboard. These systems are popular in areas where there are a wide variety of conditions: some sailing in flat water where the inboard tracks are effective and some sailing in rough water which requires use of the outboard tracks. The cars are joined together by a wire bridle (A) so that a single adjuster tackle (B) moves both cars. Another wire bridle at Me back of the cars (C) allows a single shock cord. Because the cars are not in line, the adjuster tackle cannot be placed on a track end, but rather secures to a padeye (D) mounted ahead of the tracks.

System 6 T ~ I Ss mple athwartsn.ps sysrem

s goon lor tlse on ooals ro one ton slze Tne ao ~ s t e rs a 2 1 arranoement ead,na 1hr0,an h'io 304 or308 wire blocks (A) on the &r and leadinit0 a cam cleat (B) in the cockpit. Depending on genoa size, atackle or magic box may be required in the adjuster system. The sheet passes through afloating block(C) which hasa wiresheave on the bottom (D) and then to a swivel block mounted on the deck (E) before leading to the winch. Placing the deck block outboard means that the car naturally wants to move outboard. Lateral adjustment simply requires a 2:l tackle consisting of a bullet block (F) on the car leading to a cam cleat (G) in the cockpit

System 7 This athwartships system has a 1:l adjuster forthe floating block (A). On larger boats, the adjuster will need to lead to a small winch, while smaller boats may use a tackle led to a cam cleat (B) in the cockpit. The adjuster leads forward to a deck block (C) which must be placed a good distance from the track to prevent restricting movement of the car The sheet leads to a deck block mounted on a padeye (D) and then to a winch. Placing the deck block outboard means that the car naturally wants to move outboard. Lateral adjustment simply requires a 2:l tackle consisting of a bullet block (F) on the car leading to a cam cleat (G) in the cockpit. Larger boats may need a stronger tackle for the car adjuster or may need to use a winch.

The ability to adjust genoa lead block position under load has become crucial for efficient offshore sailing. Pulling the lead forward allows the racing crew to "power up" the genoa coming out of tacks or when sailing through lulls. Easing the car aft "depowers" the genoa to keep the boat on its feet in gusts. Cruising sailors use adjustable lead cars with roller reefing genoa systems. As the genoa is reefed, Me lead car position must be moved forward to compensate. The aol F, ro ad.ust lead car pos tlon fro~nthe salery of me cocdp I s more lnan .us1 a contenlence Tnese skelcnes shorv seten arranaemenrs for aol~staoleeao cars A I or ng the conrro s oack ro the cocdp r wnere lney are easl y aoldsteo by tne lr mmer n n s normal position. Use these sketches i s a basis for designing a system which is right for your boat. Choose cars based on Me load formulas found on page 192. 0,

Th,s system IS most often seen on small tmct~onaliyrigged ooats. The 6.1 sell-clmno tackle uses a 086 on the bacrstav and a 095 on the deck. variations include leading the hackstay through the de& and pacing a tackle under Me stem of the wat. f the lower bloc^ IS a 087. the cleat can be placed forward near the cockpt.

mm3

This Is tha W W ssht backstav adiuster. Two 304 or 308 wire blocks ride on me legs of thi backsray and S&& to a 321 or 322 splR backstay tang p ate. A 4 1 tacrle sing a 028 and 038 pulls the wire bloc6 down me oacstay, Dinchino Me leas twemer. The Dinchino DrovldeS mecnan,cal advantaw but it decreases as ihetackle is iowereddfl the legs. A Hexa-Cat may be used to increase power.

System 2 This is a variation of Svstem 1. A wire block like the 304 is olaced at the end of the backstay. Ailexible cable runs over the wire blodk to fom a 2:l purchase which is then pulled by a 6:l tackle for atotal power of 12:l.

System 4

A more powerful version of the s ~ lbackstay i adjuster uses a doubling wire running through a304 or 308 wire block on the 321 or322 tang to give a purchase of 8:l. Purchase can be increased further by using a Hexa-Cat.

BACKSTAY ADJUSTER SYSTEMS

System 6

Boats in the 29' to 35'range (9 to 10.5 m) can use the B1834 or B1722 adjusters. The integral handles fold out for easy adjustnent.

System 5 This double-ended version of the split backstay adjuster leads the lines forward to cam cleats mounted just ahead of Me helmsman. On atypical 26' (8 m) boat, the cams are 150 Cam-Matics, the blocks turning the adjuster up to the cleats are 132 big bullet cheek blocks and the single blocksare 146 big bullet blocks.

System 7 Boats to 50' 115 m) which want a simole. reliable. ~owerfulbackstav -~~ adjusterwithouthkraulics can use the 8500,B5h, 6502, or 8503 stay tensioners which accept a standard winch handle. ~

Backstay adjusters are important to proper sailing. On masthead boats, they are the primary device for changing headstay tension. A loose headstay makes genoas full for drive in light air and chop while a tight headstay flattens the genoafor heavier air. Furling systems need a tight headstay. Many owners like to sail with a tight headstay, but want to relieve the load on their boats when they are not sailing. On fractionally rigged boats, backstay tension contributes some to headstay tension but is used primarily to bend the mast and flatten the mainsail. Some common styles of backstay adjusters are shown here. Use these sketches to develop ideas which may work on your boat.

Smaller Doats (masthead rigs to 28' (8.3 m) and hacbona. nos to 32' 19.7 mll often Jse a s mole arrangemeit with one pair ;;f sheets. The wikward sheet bewrnes the guy. During jibes the pole is usually disconnectedfrom the mast and passed end for end through the foretriangle. Tweakers are often used to bring the guy to the deci near me point of maximum beam to increase Conlrol over the ~ o kAweaker . on the sheet can be used to adjust iffld angle, allowing the lead pos~ion to be moved forwaro choke d& me sp,nnaker for better contro dunno neaw air nns. Tne weaker conslsts of a block ridi& on ihe sheet (A) and a cleat which can be mounted at the cockpit (B) or atthe rail (C). Ratchet blocks (D) allow Me sheet to be hand held for good wntml. Becausethe sheet blocks also cany the load of the guy and the force requred to Hnncn a Dole oft of the heaostav can oe extremeiv,hlah. " . the &het blocks must bk largerthanyou would expect. Use the 009 for boats to 27' (8 m) and 1549 for boats to 35' (10.7 m).

System 2 Oftshore boats over 30' (9 m) generally use separate sheets and guys. The sheets lead to turning blocks at the transom (A) whi e Me guys lead to blocks at the oolnt of maxlmJm m m (01. Whlle tne w~ndwardo ~ v is in use, the sheet on thi$de ofthe boat is'lw." ' Conversely, Me leeward guy is " I w when the leeward sheet is under load. Because of the loadsand the size of the pole, jibing is accomplished by leaving the inboard end of the PO e attached to me mast ana d~ppingthe o~tboard end mrowh Me foretnanale. An adiustao e car whicn allows theinboard end t i b e raisedfacilitatesdip pole jibing by allowing more room for the pole to swing inside the headstav. Sheet blocks & boats to 38' (11.5 m) can be midrange ratchetswhile larger boats will use spreacher blocks or single big bcet blocks. The afterguy blocks are usually stand up blacks like the 1540 on a 1573 base or Uie 670 big boat bioek, though some boats will use a snatch b i d .

A double-ended foreguy facilitates adjustment from elher side of the boat. Acam is normallv mounted on each side of the cabin house (A). NO-rmaltya 150 is ~ s e dbut some boats prefer Me swivellng 240 237 bultseves IBI hold the foreouv near tne cabin house. he foredeck blocks should be two sinoie blocks rather than a doubfeblaci. The bloc6 on the Dole (Dl 1s a sinale o ock an0 sho~ldbe fiRed wth a snapshackle toallow lto be removed from the pole.

1SPINMKER SYSTEMS I -.

%signed spinnaker system will make setting, flying, and jibing easier and safer and will make your boat faster.

System 4 Boats with asvmetrical SDinnaker; and retractable oowsprns arerigged W m a rack I ne lead ng thro~gho ock on tne end of the sprn (A) ana aiI to a cleat or stopper (B). There are two sheets attached to the clew of the sail. The lazy sheet leads ahead of the headstay, overthe sprit and aft outsloe of a I shrouds an0 sheets To .oe, ease me sheer as me ooar Dean off trim me new sneet to pull the clew between the l'uff and the headstay, and trim forthe new tack.

System 5

System 6

An adjustable spinnaker pole carallows the inboam end of me pole to oe move0 under load Thls s great for ad,ustlng pole ne ght when go ng from a run to a reacn and also makes t easy 10 ralse the nboard end of the pole for alp pole Ibes Tne most common solnnaKer DO e car aouaer system features an endless adjusier line and2:l conlrols P ac ng two 150 cams (A) on me spar fac no in oooosite olrecbons al,ows the crew ro ,, control the pole. The adjuster line starts at an eyestrap (B), leads to a block on the car (C), up to a cheek block on the mast (D) and then to the cams.

3:1 controls for an adiustable soinnaker ~ o l e car cons st of a becket olock on each eno of tne car (A) and two cheen o ocks molntea off tne ends of the track (B) The same contlnhOJS I ne arrangement Inat s Lsed In System 5 s use0 for me 3 1 contm s

cleaf(~)below the spinnaker halyard exit (B) so lnat tne ere* at me mast can "jhmp" the sal wnen semna Me solnnaner and rnen c eat the halvard on the 6 s t . he cam also serves to hold the line should the sail fill prematurely.

System 1 This simple 3:l selfcleating vang is popular on small dinghys. A 225 block (A) is on the boom and a 244 fiddle with V-jam (B) is m h e d to the mast base. To make a 4:l vang, use a 226 and 245.

Syslem 3 Levervangsare popular on many racing dinghys. Depending on Me size and shape ofthe l w r and the adjusbnent tackle, purchases of 481 are easily achieved. This simple system places a 166 bullet block (A) on the lever and a 084 double bullet (B) on the mast base. The vang control lines are led aft on each side of the boat to cams.

System S In this variation of system 4, a doubling block (A) increases the purchase of the vang to %:l. The load on the fiddle blocks is halved so they can ba used safely on larger boats. Use a 304 or 308 wire block (A) on the boom with little fiddles or fiddles. Use a 1746 or 504 block on t t ~ boom (A) with midrange fiddles.

Syslem2

This 5:l vang is often seen on large dinghys and small keel boat; A 085 (A) is attached to the boom and a 094 triple with cam (B) is used at the mast base. To increase purchase to 6:l use a 086and 095.

Svsrem 4

The basic 4:l fiddle block vang is the mast common system seen. Large dinghys and small keel boats use a 053 fiadle (AI on the boom and OM) iiddie with becket and cam (B) on the mast. M o r e boats with mains to 240 F(22 rn2) use the 028 and 042 fiddles while boats with mains to 400 F(37 m2) usethe1559and1556 mid-range fiddles.

Syslem 6

Most solid rod vangs include a sew-cleating adjuster tackle. Many boats will find it useful to re-rig the vang with a double-ended control line led down each side of the boat. Place 168 big bullet blocks (A) at the mast base and 240 Swivel cam bases (B) aflon the cabin house.

vangs allow ad.ustment ot me m m . Tens ontng the vang tightens me eecn of Me sail. Cnising sai ors use Me vang pr manly to keep the boom from rising 1, while racing sa l06use the vang as a primary shaping dev ce for Me m a n

System 1 This simple system is often used on course racing keel boats like Solings. The travelertrack (A) is bent in a radius equal to the distance from the headstay to the sheeting point along the LP of the sail. The bend is veltical with the ends up. The track is mounted to face the clew of the jib. The sheet is typically a wire and passes through a 304 wire block (B) and forward to a 306 thru-deck wire block (C) mounted near the headstay The thru-deck block must be very far forward to prevent sheet tensioning when the car moves along the track A tackle may be placed under deckand led to cam cleats in the cockpit. Larger offshore boats may use a variation of this system which leads the sheet forward to a foot block near the headstay and then above decks aft to a winch.

System 2 This system is popular because it keeps the foredeck clear. The track is bent as in Svstem 1 or is bent in a horizontal Dlane to follow the radius of the sill The sheet s a 2:l system sad ng on a 688 paoeye or 1558 eyestrap IA) ana lead na tnrO~Oh304 or 308 W re b ocks on Me traveler car and clew (B) and to a 305br309 cheek block before heading aft to a winch. ~argerboats can use this system with big boat blocks, ~

System 3 Self-tacking jibs and staysails work well with furling systems and with jib booms. In this system there are two "sheets", one of which wntmls the movement of the sail in and out much like an outhaul, The other sheet controlsthe movement of the boom. Typically each sheet is rigged as a 2:l system using a block with a becket on the car (A) and the boom end and a single block on the clew of the sail and the boom (B). A double block (C) is mounted under the jib pedestal and the sheets lead aft through a deckorganizer or cheek blocks (D).

I SE1F- TACKINGJIBS & STAYSAILS I Self-tacking jibs and staysails are popular on boats of all sizes because they simplify boat handling -tacking is nearly automatic with no need to grind in a jib sheet. Calculate loadings for traveler cars and blocks using the jib sheet formula on page 192.

System 1 This simple 2:l intemal outhaui is suitable for dinghys or small keelboats. ARexible cable shackles to the sail and entersthe boom through a 302 (A). A 224 micm block (B) is attached to the wire. The adjuster iine deadends inside the boom on a 073 eyestmp (C), passes through the 224 and exits the boom viaa 242 (D) micro ed. Placing a 224 on a 073 (E) aft of the cleat allows the crew to pull from a vanety of positions in the boat.

System 2

This simple W m a l outhaui system uses a cascade of two 2:l tackles to pmduce a 4:l advantage. it is suitable for keelboats and small offshore boats. The line starts at a 137 eyestrap (A) mounted on the far side of the boom, passes through the sail. toa 092 or 132 cheek black (B) on the boom and ends with a 082 or 125 (C). The second fail of the tackle starts at a 137 eyestrap (D), passes through the block and ieads to a cleat (E).

System3 This 6:l intemal ouUlaui system is popular on small to medium sized offshore boats. The outhaul wire passes into the boom through a 306 or 310 wire bloclc (A) and is attached to a 129 or 048 tripie block (B). A 130 or 076 triple with becket (C) is attached internally to a 1558 eyestrap or small padeye (D). The iine exits the boom thmugh a 131 or 047 (E) and ieads to a cleat (F).

Wem 4

This is a variation of System 3 using a traveier car to carry the ciew of the mainsail. A shod length of track is attached to the top of the boom and the clew is shackled to the car (A). Choose Me same size car as would be requiredfor use on the mainsheet trawler.

Mainsails which furl into the mast are lowe footed and usually have a bail bearing outhaul car (A) that rides the whole length of the boom. On most systems the outhaul starts at the car, leads through the ciew block on the sail (B), backto the sheave on the car and into the boom where it ieads to a winch. The 587 and 554 lead cars are designed so that the forward most lightening hole in the sheave carrierwill accept a cievis pin to setve as the deadend for the 2:l outhaul. Most boats allow the car tofloatfreely, though some will arrange for simpleadjusters to allow shaping of the sail.

IOUTHAUL SYSTEMS I $able outhauls are important in shaping the ma nsail. A tlgn oJrnaJ flanens the lower part of me man for upw no sai ing. Loosening Me outha~lincreases of the main es~ectalivin the lower third and IS effective in Iaht air or off the wind. Because outhauis mLst release freelv when there s l i e load on the sa I ' k d block fo; very LWfriction and avoid use of magic boxes.

Mainrailha

140-250@ 13-23m2

250-350@ 23-33m2 33-46m2

Reef Block Big Bullet 132, 168, etc. 2.25' 013. W1. etc.)-014,011, etc. M'd-range 1548, 1540. etc.) 225'Big Boa1 (1756, 1746, etc. 3.W'Big Bcet

p -

60-72m2

511,504.etc.

System 1 In this simple system, a cheek block is mounted on one side of the boom (A) for Me after reef point. A line starts at an eyestrap or padeye on the opposite side of Me boom, passes up through the reef grommet, down to the cheek block and forward where it can lead to a cleat on the boom or be routed to the cockpit. The forward reef Doint is secured to a hook at the tack (B). It is easierto engage the hook if a loose ring is attached to each side of me sail with webbing rather than using a grommet which may be difficult to manipulate. If Me reef lines are led to Me cockpit, the forward line orig nates at an eyeslrap or paaeye on one sde 01tne mast. Dasses JD ana Mfo~anthe reef ammmet, leads d&n to aiairlead (C) i n the masibefore being muted to the cockpit. Position of the blocks and eyestraps is important they must be positioned to pull both down and out to keep the sail flat and to prevent lateral loads being placed on Me luff rope or luff sliders.

System 1

Sysfem2 Single line reefing k'iare available for boats from 22 to 35' 16.7to 10.7 m). ~eefinbis easy - iusiease the halyard to a predetermined markand pull the single reef line taut. K i i ~ncludeoocks mo~ntedon a traa ID) for me alter reel polnl so rnal ~wbonlnq .S slmp e Tne forward reef blocks (F) aiposkioned to keep the pull on the forward reef point both down and forward.

1MAINSAIL REEFING SYSTEMS I Mainsail reefins systems must be designed to operate efficiently under adverse conditions and to provide proper sail shape when reefed. A proper reefing system is a must for both racers and cruisers.

Accessories . . . Addresses . . . AirBlocks . . . AirRunners . . . . . . Airsheaves . . . . . . Airspreachers . . . . . AirTrack . . . . . . . . America's Cup Boats . America's Cup Winch

Cam-Matic Cleats . . . . . . . . . 82.83.85.86 Cam Fairleads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Cam Riser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Car Couplers . . . . . . . . 110.113.117.127 Cars Bastet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122.123 Cars. Genoa . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 - 130 Cars Spinnaker . . . . . . . . . . . .loo.102 Cars. Traveler . . . . . . . . . . . 110.113.116.

. .

122.124.127

Backstav, Plate for SDlit Backstay. Runner blocks . . . . . Backstay System Drawings . . . . Backstay Tensianers . . . . . . . Ball Bearing Winch Handles . . . . BASES Cam Bases . . . . . . . . Eyestraps . . . . . Padeyes . . . . . . Stand Up Rases . . . . . . . . Swivel Bases . . . . . . . . . Bastet Windward Sheeting Traveler Cars . . . . . . . . . Batten Car Systems . . . . . . . . Bearings. Replacement . . . . . . Bends. Track . . . . . . . . . . . BIG BOAT BLOCKS Deck Organizers . . . . . . . . . . . . 60.95 Fiddle Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . .61.69 Foot Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . 56 .59.62 Over The Top Blocks . . . . . . . . . . .63 Snatch Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Stainless Steel Blocks . . . . 60 .62.64 .66 Stand Up Blocks . . . 51 .55.60.61.64.66 Swivel Blocks . . . . 51 .55.60.61.64 .66 Big Boat Travelers . . . . . . . . . . . 116 .120.

Cars. Windward Sheeting . . . . . . . 122.123 CHEEK BLOCKS Big Boat . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 .59.62 Mid-Range . . . . . . . . . . . 43.44 Ratchet . . . . . . . . . . . 26.27.44 ... Small Boat . . . . . . . . 17 .28,32 Cleats, Cam . . . . . . . . 82.83.85 .87 Computer Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Compu-Spec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Control Blocks. Traveler . . 112.113.115.118. ~

119.125.126 Control Boxes. Winch . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Custom Products . . . . . . . . . . 77 .80.147 Custom Furling . . . . . . . . 147

DNAdapter . . . . . DECK ORGANIZERS Bin Boat . . . . . Custom . . . . Mid-Ranae . .. Small Boat . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . 60 Dinghy Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Dodger Blacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Double Blocks . . . . . . . 16 .25.43.51.53 DownhaullCunningham Assembly . . . . . . 19

122.123.127 Big Bullet Blocks . . . . . . 20.21 BLOCKS Big Boat . . . . . . . . . . 47 .76 Mid-Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 .46 Small Boat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 .38 Snatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Stainless Steel . . 16.17.32.60.62.64 .66 Breaking Strengths. Rigging . . . . . . . . l91 Bullet Blacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.19 B P \Fairleads . . . . . . . . . . . . 86.103

Electric Winches . . . . . . . . . . . 169 .171 EndStops . 111.114.121.125.126.131. 132 Exit Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 .23.32 Eyestraps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85.88 E-2 Deck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

Handles. Winch . . . Hanging Tab . . .

. . . 186. 187 . . . . . 103

HEXA-CATS'" Fairleads . . . . . . . . . . .83 .85.88. 103 Fiberglass Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97

FIDDLE BLOCKS Little Fiddle Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Mid-Range Fiddle Blocks . . . . Small Boat Fiddle Blocks . . . . Stainless Steel Fiddle Blocks . . 3.00' Fiddle Blocks . . . . . . . Fine-Tune Systems . . . . . . . . . Flairleads . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

~~~

JP3 Rudder Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . 96. 98

FOOT BLOCKS Big Boat . . . . . . . Lock-offs . . Doenino " . . . Stainless Steel . . . . Formulas Loading . . .

Little Hexa-Cats . . . . . . . . . . . 30 3.00' Hexa-Cats . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Hexaratchet Blocks . . . . . . . 26 .31. 44 .46 Hydraulic Furling . . . . . . . . . . . . 144. 145 Hydraulic Power Units . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Hydraulic Winches . . . . . . . . 169.172. 173

. . .

... . . .

FURLING

Block. Stanchion Mount . . Custom . . . . . . . Gennaker . . . . . . Hydraulic . . . . . . Lead Block Kits . . . Staysail . . . Systems . . . Trailerable . .

JIB REEFING AND FURLING SYSTEMS Custom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Hvdraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144.145 small Boat Jib Furling Systems . . . . . 146 Unit 00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134. 135 Unit0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Unit1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Unit1.5 . . . . . . . . . . 139 Unit2 . . . . . . . . . . 140 . . . . . 140 Unit 2.5 . . . . . Unit3 . . . . . . . . 141 Unit 3.5 . . . . . . . . . . 141 Unit4 . . . . . . . . . . 142

KITS GENOA CARS Adjustable Genoa Cars . . Genoa Lead Cars. T-Track Genoa Lead Car system Drawings 200; 201 Genoa Track Sliders . . . . . . . . 113.119. 125.126. 131 Gennaker Furling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Grease. Winch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Gross-TrimlFine-Tune . . . . . . . . . . 34 .38

Halyard Lead Blocks . . 51 .55.60.61. 63 .65 Halyard Restrainers . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Halyard Sheaves . . . . . . . . . . 70 .73. 92 Hand Hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Cam Fairlead . . Cam Wedge . . . . . . . Furlina Lead Blocks . . . ~ e n o ~ ~ cars e a d . . . . . . . . . . 128. 129 Gross-TrimlFine-Tune . . . . . . . . 34 .38 Lazy Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Sail Chafe Protectors . . . . . . . . . . 104 Single Line Reefing . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Traveler . . . . . . . . . . . . 110.113. 116 Traveler. Stand Up . . . . . . . . . 113. 116 Winch. Modular . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Winch. Repair and Service . . . . . . . 188

Lazy Jacks . . . . . . . . . Loading Formulas . . . . . Lock-off Foot Blocks . . . . Luff Slider Car . . . . . . .

Magic Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . 34. 35 Magic Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91 Mainsail. Luff Car System . . . . . . . 148 .155 Mainsail Reefing. Single Line . . . . . . . . 156 Mainsail Reefing Systems . . . . . . . . . 209 Mainsheet Sheave Carriers . . . . . . . . . 127 Mainsheet System Drawing . . . . . . 194 .197 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Mast Base Lead Blocks . . . . . . . 51 .55.60. 61. 63 .65 Masthead Sheaves . . . . . . . . . 70 .73. 92 124. 126. 127 Maxi Boat Travelers . . . . . . . . 190 Metric Conversions . . . . . Micro Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Micro Cam . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82. 83 MID-RANGE BLOCKS Cheek Blocks . . . . . . . 43. 44 Fiddle Blocks . . . . . . . . .46 Ratchet Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . 44 .46 Swivel Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 .46 Triples with Ratchet and Cam . . . . . . . 45 Mid-Range Travelers . . . 113 .115.122. 123 Mini-Maxi Travelers . . . . . . . . 124. 125. 127 Modular Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

Opening Blocks opening Foot Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Outhaul System Drawings . . . . . . . . . 208 Over The Top Blocks . . . . . . . . . 63

Ia Padeyes .

...

. . . . . . . . . .88. 89 Pedestals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184. 185 People . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 .5 PinStops . . . . . . 115.119.125.126. 131 PinStopTrack . . 114.121.125.126. 131. 132 Pivoting Lead Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 Polyslide Car . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Powered Furling . . . . . . . . . . . 144. 145 PYIWinches . . . . . . . . 169-175 I ..._.. . . . . . . . . 143 . . . . . . . . 215 - 223

Racing Winches . . . . . . . . . . . 176 .183 RATCHET BLOCKS Fiddles with Ratchets . . . . . . . 28.29. 46 Hexa-Cats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 . . . . 27 Hexaratchet 11+2 . . . Little Hexacats . . . . . . . . 30 Little Hexaratchet . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Mid-Range Hexaratchet . . . . . . . . 44. 45 Triples with Ratchets . . . . . . . . . 33. 45 Reefing and Furling Systems . . . . . 133 .147 Reefing. Single Line . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Rigging Breaking Strengths . . . . . . . . 191 Riser. Cam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Riser. Traveler Track . . . . . . . . . . 114. 121 Rondos Sail Chafe Protectors . . . . . . . 104 Rudder Bearings and Tubes . . . . . . 96 .98 Running Backstay Blocks . . . . . . . 66 .68 Running Backstay System Drawings . . . . . 193

. . . 91 S Hooks . . . . . . . . Sail Handling Systems . . . . . . . . 133 .156 Sailing Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 .209 SELECTION AND USE CHARTS Battcar Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Big Boat Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . 48. 49 Furling Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Mid-Range Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Travelers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Winches . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159. 160 Self-Tacking Jib System . . . . . . . . . . 207 Self-Tailing Winches . . . 165 .168. 170 .173. 177.178. 182 Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SHEAVES Big Boat Sheaves . . . . . . . . . . 70 .73 Halyard Sheaves . . . . . . . . 70 .73. 92 Hi-Load Sheaves . . . . . . . . . . . 72. 73 Mid-Range Sheaves . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Small Boat Sheaves . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Steering Sheavesand Brackets . . . . . . 74 Sheet Jammers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Sheet Stoppers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Single Line Reefing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Single Speed Winches . . . . . . . . . 161. 165

Slider Rods. Genoa Car . . . . . . . . 128. 129

SMALL BOAT BLOCKS 16 mm AirBlocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Cheek Blocks . . . . . . . . . . 16 .27.32 Deck Organizers . . . . . . . . . . 93 . . . . . 17-23 Exit Blocks . . . . Fiddle Blocks . . . . . . . . . 28. 29 . . . . . . 34. 35 Magic Blocks . . . Ratchet Blocks . . . . . . . . . 26 .31. 33 Upright Lead Blocks . . . . . . 17.19.21.23 Swivel Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 - 33 Thru-deck Blocks . . . . . . . . 17 .23. 32 Small Boat Travelers . . . . . . 110 .112. 122 Snap Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Snatch Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Software. Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 S ~ e e d G rWinch i~ Handles . . . . . . 186.187 sbinnake; pole cars . . . . . . . . . Spinnaker Pole End Finings . . . . . . Split Backstay Plates . . . . . . . . . Spreacher Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . Springs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

STAINLESS STEEL BLOCKS AirBlocks . . . . . . . . . . Deck Organizers . . . . . . . Fiddle Blocks . . . . . . . . Foot Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Running Backstay Blocks . . . . . . . . . 66 Stand Up Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . .60. 61 Swivel Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . .60. 61 Stanchion Mount Base . . . . . . . . . 90.143 Stand Up Bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86. 90 Stand Up Blocks . . . . . . . . 17.19.21. 23. 51 - 55.60.61.64. 65 Stav Tensioners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 . Staysail Furling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

STEERING Sheave Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Sheaves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 .74 Slops. Adjustable Pin 115. 119. 125. 126. 131 Switches. Electric Winch . . . . . . . . . . 175 Swivel Blocks . . . . 17 .33.36 .39.42 .46. 51 .55.60,61,64.65 .

~~~

SYSTEM DRAWINGS Backstay Systems . . . . . . . . . 202. 203 Genoa Lead Car Systems . . . . . 200.201 Gross-TrimIFine-Tune Systems . . 196. 197 Mainsail Reefing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Mainsheet Systems . . . . . . . . 194. 195 Outhaul Svstem . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 -~~ Running Backstays . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Self-Tacking Jib System . . . . . . . . . 207 Spinnaker System . . . . . . . . . 204.205 Traveler Systems . . . . . . . . . 198. 199 . . . . 206 Vang System . . . ~~

T-Track Cars . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130. 131 Tangs. Split Backstay . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Three Speed Winches . . . 164.167. 178 .180 Thru-Deck Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . 17 .23

TRACK AirTrack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121. 125 Battcar Track . . . . . . . . . . . 148 .155 Track Bends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Track Risers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114. 121

TRAVELERS Bancar Systems . . . . . . . . . 148 .155 Big Boat Travelers . . . . . . . . . 116 .123 Cars . . . . . . . . . . . . 116.122. 123 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 .120 Track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Genoa Lead Cars . . . . . . . . . . 128. 129 Mainsheet Sheave Carriers . . . . . . . 127 Maxi Boat Travelers . . . . . . . . . 124. 126 Cars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Mid-RangeTravelers 113 .115.122. 123 Cars . . . . . . . . . . . . 113.122. 123 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113.115 Track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Mini-Maxi Travelers . . . . . . . . . 124. 125 Cars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Riser. Traveler Track . . . . . . . . 114. 121 Small Boat Travelers . . . . 110 .112. 122 Cars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110. 122 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Spinnaker Pole Cars . . . . . . . . 100. 102 Traveler Stand Up . . . . . . . . . . 113. 116 Track Bends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 TravelerKits . . . . . . . . . . 110.113. 116 Windward Sheeting Cars . . . . . . 122. 123 Traveler System Drawings . . . . . 198. 199 Trigger Cleats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Tri~leBlocks . . . . . . 16 .25.33.42 .6 6 3 ~~

TRIPLE BLOCKS WITH RATCHETS AND CAMS 2.25" Triples with Ratchet and Cam . . . . 33 3.00. Triples with Ratchet and Cam . . . . 33 Mid-Range Triples with Ratchet and Cam 45

Trunnion Snatch Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Turning Blocks . . . . . . . . . 56 .59. 62. 63 Two Speed Mainsheets . . . . . . . . . . 36. 37 Two Speed Winches . . . . . . 161 .163.166. 168.170.173. 177

U-Adapters . . . Use Charts . . .

V-Jam Blocks Vang System Drawings

Warranty . . . Wedges. Cam . . . . . WINCHES Pedestals . . ~

Racing Winches . . . . . . . . . 176 .183 America's Cup Winch . . . . . . . . 183 Direct Drive Wide Body Winches . . 181 Three Speed Racing Winches . . . 178 Three Speed Self-Tailing Racing Winches . . . . . . 178. 182 Two Speed Self-Tailing Racing Winches . . . . . . . . 177 Wide Body Self-Tailing Racing Winches . . . . . . . . 182 Wide Body Top Cleating Racing Winches . . . . . 179- 181 Standard Winches . . . . . . . . 161 .174 Electric Self-Tailing Winches . 169 .171 Hydraulic Self-Tailing Winches . . . 169. 172 .174 Single Speed Self-Tailing Winches . 165 Single Speed Winches . . . . . 161 165 Three Speed Self-Tailing Winches . . 167 Three Speed Winches . . . . . . 164. 167 Two Speed Self-Tailing Winches 165. 166 Two Speed Winches . . . . . . 161 .163 Wide-Body Winches . . . . . . . . 168 U-Joints and Drive Shafts . . . . . . . 185 Winch Handles . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186. 187 Windward Sheeting Traveler Cars . . . 122. 123 Wire Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Wire Bullet Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . 18. 19

Page NO .

HARKEN HARDWARE

Part NO.

Page NO.

HARKEN HARDWARE

Pan

Page N O.

No . HARKEN HARDWARE 134 . . . . . . . . . . . 135 . . . . . . . . . . . 136 . . . . . . . . . . 137 . . . . . . . . . . 138 . . . . . . . . . 139 . . . . . . . . . . . 140 . . . . . . . . . . . 141 . . . . . . . . . . 142600MM . . . . . . 1421M . . . . . . . . 14212M . . . 14215M . . . . . . 14218M . . . . . . . 142.2 1M . . . . . . . . 14225M . . . 1423M . . . . . . . . . 14236M . . . . . . 1426M . . . . . . . . . 143 1M . . . . . . . . 143.1.2M . . . . . . . . 14315M . . . 14318M . . . 14321M . . . . . . 14325M . . . 1433M . . . . . . . . . 14336M . . . . . . 144 . . . . . . . . . . . 145 . . . . . . . . 146 . . . . . . . . . 147 . . . 148 . . . . . . . . . . 150 . . . . . . . . . . . 152 . . . . . . . .

Pan NO.

Palt No.

HAllKENHAIIDWrn 163 . . . . . . . . . . . 164 . . . . . . . . . . .

Palt NO.

Paga No.

Pad

No.

HARKEN HARDWARE

Pan No.

Part NO

IURKENHARDWARE

. HARKEN HARDWARE

RII I 0

Paoo

no.

HARKEN

Part

no. HARKENHARDWARE

Part No.

Page No

HARKEN HARDWARE

' New parts "

Faatenen supplied

part Nu.

Page NO

HARKENHARDWARE

Pnrt NO

. HARKEN HARDWARE

1MRKEN l996 I Pali I 0

Rli

HARKEN HARDWARE 1943.1.2M' . . . . . . 1943.1.8M" . . . . . . 1943.2.4M' . . . . . . 1943.3M* . . . . 1943.3.6M' . . . 1943.6M' . . . . 1944' . . . . . . 1944HL' . . . . . 1946' . . . . . . 1946HL' . . . . .

JIB REEFlh'G AND RlRLlffi S?SlEMS 807 . . . . . . . . . . .

.NW pans Fasteners supplied

220

139

1HARKEN 7996 I Pan

Page NO.

NO.

JIB REERNG AND FURLING SYSTEMS

Pan no.

Page NO.

Part

Page NO.

STANDARD WINCHES 874.28 . . . 874.2C . . .

SELFTAlllNG WINCHES

. . . . . . . . . .

THREESPEEO WINCHES 848.3A . . . . . . . . . 848.38 . . . . . . . . . 848.3'2 . . . . . . . . .

STMDARD WINCHES B6A . . . . . . . . . . B68 . . . . . . . . . . B6C . . . . . . . . . .

THREESPEED. SELF-TAILING WINCHES

WIDEBODI: TWO SEED SELF-TAILING WINCHES 8964.2STA B9642STB

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SELF-TAILING WINCHES

WIDE BDDI: THREESPEED SELF-TAILING WINCHES 8964.3STA . . . . . . . 8964.3STB . . . . . . .

ELECTRIC WINCHES 8402STEA12H . . . . B40.2STEA24H . . . .

' New PP* 'l

FanlenerS supplied

170 170

Page

Part

no.

NO.

ELECTRIC WINCmS

BllOOSTHA . . . . . . B1100TCH SS . . . . B1100TCHA . . . . . . B1120STHSS . . . . B1120STHA . . . . B1120TCHSS . . . . B1120TCHA . . . . B1140STHSS . . . . . . B1140STHA . . . . . .

B964.2STEA24V . . . . B964.2STEC12V . . . . B964.2STEC24V . . . . B980.2STEAlZH . . . . B980.2STEA24H . . . . B980.2STEC12H . . . . B980.2STEC24H . . . . B980.2STEA12V . . . . B980.2STEA24V . . . . B980.2STEC12V . . . . B980.2STEC24V . . . . B1100STEA24H . . . . B1100STEMSS24H . . . B1100TCEA24H . . . . B1100TCEMSS24H . . . B1120STEA24H . . . . B1120STEMSS24H . . . B1120TCEA24H . . . . B1120TCEIVSS24H . . . B1140STEA24H . . . B1140STEIVSS24H . . . BK40.2STEA12' . . . . BK40.2STEA24' . . . . BK40.2STEC12' . . . . BK40.2STEC24' . . . . C r n O L~ A I BEB500.12.1 . . . . . . BEB500.24.1 . . . . . . BEB1000.12.1 . . . BEB1000.12.2 . . . BEB1000.24.1 . . . BEB1000.24.2 . . . BEB2000.24.2 . . . BRS102 . . . . . . . BRS102/P . . . . . . .

HYDRAUUC POWER U B.HYDR02.2 ..... B.HYDR02.3 . . . . . . B.HYDR04.3 . . . . . . B.HYDR04.4 . . . . B.HYDR04.5 . . . . B.HYDR04.6 . . . . B.HYDR06.2 . . . . B-HYDROBA . . . . B.HYDRO6.6 . . . . B.HYDRO6.9 . . . . B.HYDR08.3 . . . B.HYDRO8.6 . . . . B.HYDRO8.9 . . . . . . B.HYDR08.12 . . . . . Y

n r D w WINCHES B44.2STHA . . . . . . . B44.2STHC . . . . . . . B48.2STHA . . . . . B48.2STHC . . . . . B53.2STHA . . . . . B53.2STHC . . . . . B56.2STHA . . . . . 856.2STHC . . . . B64.2STHA . . . . . 864.2STHC . . . . B66.2STHA . . . . . 866.2STHC . . . . B74.2STHA . . . . . B74.2STHC . . . . . B964.2STHA . . . . B964.2STHC . . . B980.2STHA . . . . B980.2SMC . . . B980.3STHC . . . . BllOOSTH SS . . .

173 173 173 173 173 173 173 173 173

rn 174 174 174 174 174 174 174 174 174 174 174 174 174 174

MCW; m H E S

MSPEM,SELFTAKMII; M C W ; WmCmF B45.2STR B48.2STR B53.2STR B56.2STR B64.2STR B74.2STR

. . . . . . .

....... ..... ..... . . . .

.......

177 177 177 177 177 177

THREE SPRO MCING WINCHES B48.3R B53.3R B56.3R B743R

. . . .

....... ....... ....... .......

THREESPEM, SELF-TAIUNG R4CiM WINCHES B56.3STR . . . . . . . B64.3STR . . . . . . . B74.3STR . . . . . . .

178 178 178 178

178 178 178

MIIZETDRIYZ, WIOEBODY M C W ; WINCHES B48OTCR . . . . . . . . l81 B530TCR . . . . . . . . 181 B560TCR . . . . . . l81 B964LPTCR . . . . 181 B964DLPTCR . . . l81 B98OLPTCR . . . . 181 B98ODLPTCR . . . l81

1HARKEN l996 I Fad No.

Page No.

Pan no.

Page NO.

Part NO.

WIDEBODI: rnREE SEED

hP, MO.

GENOA T-TIWKAND END s m p s

TOP CLEATING RACING WINCHES

mmnoo): THREESPEED SELFTALING RACING WINCHES B560STRA . . . . . . 182

BlOAP . BlOAL . 8lOASG BlOCL . BlOADL BlOCSG

... . .

... ... . . . . . . . .

........

186 186 187 186 186 187 186 186 187 186 186 187

HARKENITALY MCK HARDWARE STAY TENSDNERS FMlT BLOCKS

B2113

AMERICA'S CUP WINCHES BlllOAC . . . . . . . BlllOTCR . . . . . .

183 183

GENOA LEAD CARS B154CM . . . . . . . . B155CM . . . . . . . . B1871AM . . . . . . .

MODULAR KlTS BK42.2ST . BK442ST . BK46.2ST . BK482ST . BK53.2ST . BK562ST. BK64.2ST .

...... . . . . . .

...... . . . . .

...... ..

188 188 188 188 188 188 188

GENOA T-TRACKAND END STOPS 0201-1.5M . . . . . . . 132 B201-2M . . . . . . . . 132

SERVICE KlTS BK4510 BK4511 BK4512 BK4513

........

188 188 188 188

WINCH HANDLES BBAP . . . . . . . . .

186

. . . . . . . .

........ . . . . . . . .

' New parts Fasteners suDDlied

.........

WNMK€RPOLE ENO FlllWGS B120 . . . . . . . . . . 100

1251 East Wisconsin Avenue Pewaukee, Wisconsin 53072 USA Telephone: (414) 691-3320 Fax: (414) 691-3008 Cable: Harken Pewaukee http://www.paw.com/saillharkenl Harken East (Trade Only)

One Mill Street Newport, Rhode Island 02840 Fax: (401) 841-5070 Telephone: (401) 849-8278

Argsntlna Harken Argentina Avellaneda 1266i72 CP 1642 Lornas de San lsldro Buenos Aires. Argentina Fax: (54) 1-742-1641 Telephone: (54) 1-743-8586

A~t?balla Hatken Australia Pty. Ltd. W Clea~iewPlace Brwkvals, N.S.W. 21W Australia F a : (61) 02-9905-9455 Telephone: (61) M-9905-94Op BamWdV Bermuda MarlneSupply P.O. Box HM 808 Ham~ltonHMCX. Bermuda Fax: (80pj 295-7665 Telephonej(809) 295-9950 Pearman. Watlifigton 8 Co., Ltd. KO Bar .. .. . . HM . .... 840 ..Hamwton HMCX, Bermuda F&: (809) 292-4469 Teledhone: (809) 295-3232

Bdl Regatta spon Ltd RI@ IUvarenga. 2121 CEP: 455094005 Butanta Sau Paulo Brazil

E m bnada Nonh Marine Ltd. 2242 Lakeshore B M . W Toronto, Ontario Canada MBV 1A5 Far (416) 252-2994 Telephone: (416) 252-7841 Wsrhrrn Canada Westem Marine Company 1494 Powell Street Vancouver, B.C., CaMda V5L 505 Fax: (604) 253-2656 Telephone: (604) 253-7721

Harken West (Tmde Only)

Harken Italy AEA.

Harken France

2608 Shelter Island Drive San Diego, California 92106 Fax: (619) 225-1508 Telephone: (619) 225-1506

Via Ceresio 12 22074 Lomano (Como) Italy Fa:(39) 2-96-37-09-98 Telephone: (39)2-96-77-90-28 100653.2620@cornpusew.com

ZA. Port Ues Minimes 17000 La Rochelle France Fax: (33) 46.44.25.70 Telephone: (33) 46.44.51.20

HarXeo, ine Pewukee, Wisoorin

.....,. , .

HollandlBeIjium lrnhofl b.v. Leimuiderdijk 47Ba 2156 MX Wetenngbrug, Holland Fax: (31) 71-3315866 Telephone: (31) 71-3315w ..

Luiz ~ i d l n h & n ~ a d a Rua de Pedroucos, 89 - A 1400 Lisboa,~ortugal Fax: (351) 1-301 66 58 Telephone: (351) 1-301 77 53

SwedenNonvay Rutgenon Marin AB Box 84 $440 30 Marstrand, Sweden Fax: (46) 303-608 89 Telephone: (46) 303-610 60 Swiizerland Lambelet Ditfusion Port du Nid-du-Cro 2007 Neuchatel Switzerland Fax: (41) 38-259960 Tdephone: (41) 38-259963

--.. Mercury Marine Supply Co. Ltd. 5F-4.. No. 22. Tsu Wei 4th Road. Lin Ya. Kaohsiung, 80212, Taiwan, R.O.C. Fax: (886) 7-331-4232 Telephone: (886) 7-331-7293

- --,-Roi y Tas~erSails (Thalano, CO ~ t o 262 Chaofa Road Chaong 83130 Phuket Island. Thailand F ~ X66-76 : 280.348 Telephone: 6 7 6 280-347

Ilrrkay Kornpozit Marin, Turizm Sanayi Ve Ticaret Ltd. Sti. Kemeralti Cad. No: 67 80020 Karakoy Istanbul, Turkoy Fax: (90) 212-293-6351 Telephone: (90) 212-251-6200

New Zealand A. Foster &Co. Ltd. 30-36 Fanshawe Street P.0. Box 1951

Spaln Trimer i.p.m.s.i. Regas, 33 M W 6 Barcelona, Spain Fax: (34) 3-238.01.34 one: (34) 3237-78-10

Glasgow G51 2YT Scotland F a : (44) 1-41-427-5419 Telephone: (44) 1-41-427-5331